wms1.midcindia.orgwms1.midcindia.org/sewmsuploadedfiles/dtp/2389/tenderdocumen…wms1.midcindia.org

MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

TENDER DOCUMENT

TENDER FOR

Name of Work : IT - ADDL. PUNE INFOTECH PARK II INDUSTRIALAREA...Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction toWipro circle.


Short Tender Notice1 1 1

Detailed Tender Notice2 2 4

SCOPE OF WORK3 5 6

CLAUSE FOR PAYMENT OF STAMP DUTY4 7 7

CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF ADDITONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT5 8 8

CLAUSE FOR RECOVCERY OF LABOUR CESS6 9 9

COMMON CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS7 10 16

SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ROYALTY PAYMENT8 17 17

PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE9 18 23

BANK GUARANTEE (PROFORMA)10 24 25

Value Added Tax (VAT) Act and Contract Labour, Income Tax Clause11 26 27

CLAUSE FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TAXES/DUTIES12 28 28

SERVICE TAX CLAUSE (For other than maintenance, labour oriented and consultancy works)13 29 29

INSURANCE Clause of Work14 30 30

THIRD PARTY INSPECTION CLAUSE15 31 31

QUALITY AUDIT CLAUSE16 32 32

STANDARD CEMENT CONSUMPTION STATEMENT17 33 37

CEMENT VARIATION CLAUSE18 38 38

MAINTENANCE GUARANTEE CLAUSE DURING DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD.19 39 39

List of Defects Required to be observed and Rectified by the Contractor during the Defect Liability Period20 40 40

DECLARATION FOR NON-EMPLOYMENT OF EX-MIDC EMPLOYEE21 41 41

Certificate From Contractor22 42 42

Clause for Site Office23 43 43

Clause for RCC structural design & proof checking.24 44 44

Clause for Idle machaniery.25 45 45

SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ASPHALT – CHALLAN26 46 46

TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT & STEEL to be Procured by the Contractor27 47 47

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR MATERIAL28 48 54

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT LAYERS29 55 74

B-1 Tender Form30 75 97

Schedule A31 98 100

Schedule B32 101 113

POST-QUALIFICATION FORM for Joint Venture for works costing Above Rs.300 Lakhs33 114 124

F Form34 125 125

ANNEXURE – ‘A’ Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs35 126 127

Clause, Condition and MOU for Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs36 128 128

ANNEXURE – ‘B’ Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs37 129 133

Index

Sr.No.

Particulars PageFrom

PageTo

Work Name : IT - ADDL. PUNE INFOTECH PARK II INDUSTRIAL AREA...Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

DRAWINGS38 134 134

• Note : The Amendment’s details for any Tender document are displayed immediately after that document. Thelist of all such Amendments is available at the end of the document.

Item Wise Specification39 135

Index

Sr.No.

Particulars PageFrom

PageTo

Work Name : IT - ADDL. PUNE INFOTECH PARK II INDUSTRIAL AREA...Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)


E tenders are invited for the work “Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.” having estimated cost of Rs.9,06,38,125.00 from the contractor registered with PWD, Govt, of Maharashtra, CPWD, MES, Railways, CIDCO,MJP in appropriate class.

The blank tender forms are available on E Tendering module on MIDC's website ,<www.midcindia.org>. The

Tenderers are requested to download the entire tender document from MIDC's website. The last date of

submission of E Tender documents duly filled in shall be 01/03/2016 upto 11:00 Hrs. and shall be opened on

the same day if possible. For further details please see detail tender notice on MIDC's website.

Right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason there of is kept reserved by the competentauthority.

--------------NOTICE ENDS HERE--------------

TENDER NOTICE NO. E-TENDER NOTICE NO.04/2016 /2015-2016

Chief Engineer

Zone Pune

Page 1 Executive EngineerContractor

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE NO. E-TENDER NOTICE NO.04/2016

E tenders are invited from eligible contractors for the following work. The details of tender are given below.An amount given below towards Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) & cost of blank tender & application supportamount should be paid online and online payment for errection of Asphalt plant with in 30 Km if Applicable.A copy of EMD Exemption Certificate issued by MIDC may be submitted in lieu of payment for EMD and scannedcopy of the same shall be uploaded at relevant location.The tender will be considered only if the enclosures arein proper order.

The EMD will be forfeited in case, after the acceptance of the tender, the contractor refuses to pay the Security

Deposit as noted below, within the specified time limit. Otherwise it will be refunded. The work is to be

completed within the stipulated time as noted below.

1. Name of Work

IT - ADDL. PUNE INFOTECH PARK II INDUSTRIALAREA...Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wiprocircle.

2. Rs 9,06,38,125.00Estimated Cost

Earnest Money Deposit3.

In absence of valid EMD exemption certificate issued by MIDC payRs 4,53,200.00 online

4. Application Support Amount

Rs. 1000/- pay online (Non-refundable)

5. Security Deposit

Initial security deposit Rs 27,19,200.00 or 3.00% of tendered costwhichever is higher by DD of Nationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/Bank approved by Government of Maharashtra. S. D. inform of BGwill be accepted when amount of S.D. is more than Rs.50,000

Rs 63,44,700.00 or 7.00% of tendered cost whichever is higherthrough RA bills.

Cost of Blank Tender Form6.Rs 15,000.00 pay online (Non Refundable)

RequiredDeposit for Asphalt Fees7.

Time Period8.12 Months Including monsoon

9. Availability of blank tender form02/02/2016 To 01/03/2016 (to be downloaded from the MIDC Etendering site www.midcindia.org).

10. Queries of contractorWill be received by E tendering upto 13/02/2016 06:00 PM


11. Reply to queries & MIDC clarificationWill be published on the website on 24/02/2016 06:00 PM

Last date of submission of Tender12.01/03/2016 upto 11:00 AM hrs. @ MIDC website.

Date of opening of PQ & tender

Place of Tender Opening13.

01/03/2016 02:00 PM hrs. (if possible)

Office of the Superintending Engineer, MIDC Circle - 2 , TelcoRoad Chinchwad, Pune - 411019.

14. Class of registerationI (C)

15. Eligibility

The contractors having registration with PWD of Govt. ofMaharashtra, or registered with MES/ Railways, CPWD,CIDCO, MJP in appropriate class and having experience ofexecuting simillar type of single work as mentioned in P.Q.form.

Compensation16.Rs 5,000.00 per day for delay in work execution/ completionof work.

Validity of offer17.180 days from the date of opening of the tender. (Fromopening of First Envelope)

1. Important Note: A. The information regarding the tender & PQ form (if applicable) & the facility todownload it, will be available on MIDC E tendering portal on website www.midcindia.org. The downloaded &duly completed tender form shall be submitted (by eligible contractors only) without making any change inthe script of tender document. If after submission of tender, it is noticed that the tender script is modified inany manner whatsoever, the tender will be summarily rejected. Contractors may upload their queries beforeexpiry of query period. The replies to the queries received before the due date, will be published on thewebsite along with MIDC clarification (if any) which should be downloaded by the tenderer. The document ofreply to the queries of the contractor and MIDC clarification (if any) will form part & parcel of the tenderdocument & the clarifications given in the document will supercede the provisions of the tender. After thetender is accepted & offer letter is issued to the contractor, agreement shall be executed with the contractoron the tender copy prepared/printed by MIDC

B. Contractor must pay online:- a. EMD amount in absence of valid EMD exemption certificate issued by MIDC. b. Cost of Blank tender form. c. Application support amount. d. Deposit for erection of asphalt machinery within 30 Kms (if applicable) in absence of certificate and location plan uploaded at appropriate place.

2. The tenderer shall upload scanned copy / copies,of the following documents at appropriate place

Envelope No.1 shall contain (i.e. in 1(a) and 1(b):

(i) Valid EMD exemption certificate issued by MIDC (In case of JV, exemption certificate of lead partner)(Inabsence of EMD exemption certificate pay the EMD online.) (ii) Certificate and location plan of Asphalt plant within 30 Kms. (If applicable) (In absence of Certificate andlocation plan of Asphalt plant pay the deposit online.) (iii) Attested copy of valid Registration Certificate in appropriate class issued by PWD (GoM)/ CIDCO/Railways/ MJP/ MES/ CPWD.


Zone Pune

Chief Engineer

Railways/ MJP/ MES/ CPWD. (iv) Professional Tax Registration Certificate for employees in E category for tenders without PQ and both i.e.'E' & 'R' category for tenders where PQ is applicable. (v) Registration Certification with Sales Tax Deptt. under VAT Act 2002, of Govt. of Maharashtra. (vi) Certified copy of PAN card. (In case of Joint Venture PAN Card of the Lead Partner) (vii) Experience certificate for single similar work during last 5 financial years executed in Govt. Deptt. semiGovt. / Local bodies such as MIDC/ CIDCO/ MJP local bodies etc. as specified elsewhere OR PQ form dulycompleted with supporting documents and specified therein (if applicable) (vii) Reply to queries of the contractor and MIDC clarification if any. (viii) If tenderer desires to form JV, the notarized MOU of JV shall be uploaded as per format enclosed (ifapplicable). (ix) In case of final asphalting work i.e. BM/AC/DBA/SDBC/PSS works included in composite work or singlework, if the asphalt work costs Rs.100 lakhs and above, the details of plant and machinery as per form No. 'A'of PQ form. (x) The photo copies duly attested, of the above certificates will have to be uploaded in Envelope No.1.Original shall be produced in the office of for verification on the day of opening of the tender as mentionedelsewhere. (xi) Attested copy of valid Registration Certificate in appropriate class issued by PWD (GoM)/ CIDCO/Railways/ MJP/ MES/ CPWD.

Envelope No.2 shall contain Price Bid:

Important Conditions -1. The Submission of tender shall be done in the manner prescribed by MIDC only.2. If the contents of Envelope No.1(a) and 1 (b) are not found as per the requirements of MIDC, theEnvelope No.2 will not be opened at all & the tender shall be summarily rejected.3. Tenderer should digitally sign wherever required.4. The tenderer shall be bound to keep open the offer upto 180 Days from the date of opening of thetender. (i.e. from opening of First Envelope of tender)5. The acceptance of the tender rests with the competent authority which does not bind itself to accept thelowest tender & reserves the right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason thereof.6. The notes & conditions stipulated in this notice & elsewhere in the tender shall form the part of theagreement.7. If it is found that the information submitted is misleading/ false or if it is found that certain information ishidden, then the contractor will be disqualified during any stage of tender process & even after opening oftender.


SCOPE OF WORK

Name Of Work :- Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.

Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

MIDC has developed Rajiv Gandhi IT / BT Park (RGIP) in three phases in the village limits of Hinjawadi and Maan,Tal. Mulshi, Dist. Pune. Due to huge traffic volume, the traffic congestion is observed at many places in RGIP. Toovercome the traffic congestion and to smoothen traffic flow coming from Pune City it is proposed to widen the roadfrom "T"junction to Wipro circle approaching to Rajiv Gandhi IT/ BT Park Ph- II, Hinjawadi-Maan. Existing road isfour lane road which is proposed to be widened to six lane with widening of 3.75 M on both side and providing 1.5M wide footpath on one side only. Total length of road to be widened is 1660 RM.

The work consists of following provisions.

1. Construction of road:

i. Earthwork in embankmentii. 200 mm thick G.S.B.

iii. 225 mm thick WMM

iv.50 mm thick LBM

v. 50 mm thick BM and

vi. 40 mm thick BC treatment.

vii 60 mm thick paver blocks for footpath.

viii Thermoplastic paint for marking of traffic lanes.ix. Sign boards.

2. Construction of CD work, box culvert & retaining walls:

i) 900 mm dia RCC NP-3 class x single row, 1200 mm dia RCC NP-3 class pipe single row / double row CD workare proposed to be provided across the road.

ii) Service pipes of 300 dia RCC NP-3 class pies are proposed to be provided at existing locations for crossing ofservices.

iii) RCC retaining walls in cc M-20 grade are proposed to be provided on both sides of road.


iv) Extension of existing box Culvert in CC M-25 grade concrete with single span is proposed to be constructed.

3. Construction of foot paths:

i) 1.50 m wide foot path on one side is proposed with 60 mm thick paver blocks.

ii) 300 mm dia RCC NP-3 class RCC pipes are proposed to be provided on both side of road for services like HTline/ LT line/ OFC cables etc. and for storm water drainage.

It is important to note that contractor has to execute the work without hampering heavy traffic on existing road. Heshall plan the schedule of work with study of present peak hour flow. All the safety measures during execution ofwork, proper diversion, signage’s, signal shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. The responsibility oftraffic safety & diversion solely lies with the contractor.

The bidders are requested to inspect the site before quoting the offer. During the course of execution if any servicessuch as OFC cable, electric cable, water supply lines/ drainage lines of villagers etc are required to be shifted, thesame shall be realigned by the contractor at his risk and cost. There are some trees in the alignment of the road. It isnecessary to cut / shift these trees. The contractor shall obtain necessary permission for cutting / shifting of treesfrom concerned department. The necessary supporting documents / letter will be given by MIDC to the contractor forprocess of obtaining permission.




CLAUSE FOR PAYMENT OF STAMP DUTY

As per Article-63 of Schedule-I of Bombay Stamp Act, 1958, stamp duty charges shall be as follows: Workscontract, that is to say a contract for works & labour or services involving transfer of property in goods(whether asgoods or in some other form) in its execution & includes sub-contract:

a) Where the amount or value set forthin such contract

does not exceed Rs.10 lakhs.

Rs.100/-

b) Where it exceeds Rs.10 lakhs. Rs.100/- plus Rs.100/- for everyRs.1,00,000/- or part thereof, aboveRs.10 lakhs, subject to the maximum ofRs.5,00,000/-

The contractor whose offer will be accepted will be called for execution of the agreement & shall only be liable topay the stamp duty applicable thereon.

==============================================================================



(A Govt of Maharashtra Undertaking)

CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF ADDITONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT A) Clause for Recovery of Additional Security Deposit in case tenders ACCEPTED more than 15% below :The tenderer shall note that, in case the tender is quoted and accepted more than 15% below then theadditionalsecurity deposit shall be recovered in the form of cash / DD, as the case may be, at the time of execution ofagreement .The recovery of additional security deposit shall be as detailed below:

Sr.No.

Offer received below Additional securitydeposit to berecovered

1) For offer between 15.01% upto20% below

1% of estimated cost.

2) For offer between 20.01% upto25% below

2% of estimated cost

3) For offer more than 25.01%below

3% of estimated cost

B) Clause for Recovery of security deposit for quantities Exceeding 125% and Extra Item Rate List (EIRL):

It shall also be noted that security deposit for the quantities exceeding 125% of tendered quantities and/orEIRL shall also be deducted at the % to be recovered through bills (i.e. in cash) as mentioned in the tender text.

C) Refund of above Security deposit:

The security deposit so recovered in above events shall be refunded after satisfactory completion of defectliability period.




CLAUSE FOR RECOVERY OF LABOUR CESS

The Govt. of Maharashtra vide its decision dated 17/06/2010 has decided to recover Labour cess on allthe construction works undertaken by Govt., Public sector undertaking and Municipal Corporation, MunicipalCouncils, Gram Panchayat etc.

The contractors are therefore requested to note that labour cess at 1% of the cost of construction (excludingland cost) arrived at after deducting amount of compensation if any paid to the workers or their relatives underworkers compensation Act 1923 will be recovered from them. The recovery of labour cess at 1% shall be made fromthe payment due for each bill to be paid to the contractor.




COMMON CONDITIONS & ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS

1. COMMON CONDITIONS: Extra charges for any item of work shall not be allowed unless the work to which it is related is clearly withinthe spirit & meaning of the specification or unless such works are ordered in writing by the Engr-in-charge & are claimed for in thespecified manner before the commencement of work. The contractor shall at his own expense make all necessary provisions for housing,water supply, electricity & sanitary arrangements for his employees at site of works as required. He shall pay directly to the concernedauthorities all rates, taxes, royalties & other charges. He shall also comply with all requirements of health department of the concernedauthorities.

2. MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specifically provided for either in the item or in the specifications or in the Schedule 'A' for Supply ofMaterials by MIDC, all items in the tender are inclusive of costs of material required for the execution of the items. Materials not stipulatedto be supplied by MIDC, shall be brought by the contractor at his cost. The quality, type & make of materials used in the work shall be asper samples got previously approved from Engineer-in-charge, as mentioned in the detailed specification All rejected material shall beremoved by the contractor from site of work immediately failing which the same will be got removed by MIDC at his cost.

3. WORKS: The lining out of all works shall be marked by the contractor on site with permanent pillars as directed. The necessary levelswill be given by MIDC. The contractor must however, provide the necessary labour & material for making out the ground & keeping allreferences, levels & lining props sealed in cement concrete & execute the work in accordance with those levels for which he will beresponsible throughout the whole period of contract. The few bench mark pillars to be connected with MIDC benchmark shall beconstructed by the contractor at the site of work as directed for reference of various levels in connection with work. The line out if requiredto be carried out more than one time, the same shall be done by the contractor without extra cost.

4. CARTING: The contractor shall convey pipes, specials & other sundry materials required for the Execution of the work at his owncost.The contractor shall provide diversion to the affected existing road, if required, as directed by Engineer-in-charge at his own cost

5. GENERAL: The contractor shall be deemed to be thoroughly conversant with the local condition such as the availability of allconstruction materials, skilled & unskilled labour & to have based his rates accordingly for this work. He shall be deemed to have carefullystudied all the specifications & drawings & followed them before the submission of his tender.

6. In case of any discrepancy between the type of working drawings on one hand & the wording of the corresponding item & specificationsthereof as per the contract, the later will be deciding for the purpose of actual execution of items. However, the Exe. Engineer's decisionshould be obtained in the matter before hand. For a composite item, if any higher specification are to be adopted for any component as aresult than specified in the item & specification therefore, extra rate will be payable on approvaNo major deviation involving substantialextra outlay will be made without the prior approval of the Superintending Engineer.

7. Work progress register will be maintained by MIDC on site &/or in the Divisional office &/or Sub division under it. The contractor willsign all instruction issued by Exe. Engineer or his representative/ his superior officers & comply with them. For this purpose the contractoror his authorised representative shall attend the site or said office daily for receiving instructions.

8. i) Metered water supply will be made available to the contractor from MIDC pipeline if available & water consumed will be charged atthe prevailing industrial rate or near by industrial area or in that area subject to change as decided by MIDC from time to time. Theconnection, metering etc. shall be taken by the contractor at his cost. In case of water supply to CETP and CHWTSDF will be provided atdomestic rate applicable in that area during construction and operation period.

ii) For taking water supply connection separate agreement for water supply connection is necessary to be executed with MIDC and the termsand conditions of this agreement will prevail until water supply connection is in force.

9. It willbe the contractor's responsibility to inspect & investigate the work site thoroughly so as to arrive at the rates quoted in the tender.In


this regard necessary information available with MIDC Will be given to him without any guarantee about it's foolproofness.

10. Contractor has to clear road land width/plot which includes cutting trees less than 30 Cms. In girth with permission from concernedcompetent authority, cleaning brush wood, loose stones, vegetation, bushes, stumps & mole hills without any extra cost. The contractor shallprovide diversion to the affected existing road, if required as directed by Engineer-in-charge at his own cost.

11. The contractor shall engage an authorised all time person on this work capable of engaging & guiding the work & understanding allspecifications. He will take orders as willbe issued by the Exe.Engineer, or his authorised representative & shall be responsible for carryingthem out. The person shall not be changed without prior intimation to the Exe. Engineer & his representative on the work site.

12. The contractor will take all precautions during the execution of work so as not to cause any damage to any property/ adjacent properties& shall be responsible to make good any damaged property as directed by the Exe. Engineer till his satisfaction.

13. All installations such as electric cable, water pipeline, telephone lines, OFC, Sewer main manhole, natural drainage, gas/ fuile pipelines,CD works, strom water draines etc coming in the way shall be looked after carefully. The protections and support against any damages,which otherwise willhave to made good by contractor at his cost. In case any permission is required from Concerned authority for handlingthese lines, the contractor will co-ordinate with such authority. All safety precautions shall be taken from traffic flow point of view.

14. Contractor should specifically indicate the metal & murum quarries from which he proposes to bring the material for completing thework.

15. Where the proper measurement of work, it is necessary to have an initial set of levels taken,the same as recorded in the authorised fieldbook by the Exe. Engineer or his authorized representative & willbe signed by the contractor who willbe entitled to have a true copy of thesame on demand. Any failure on the part of the contractor to get such levels before starting the work will render him liable to accept thedecision of the Exe. Engineer as to the basis of taking measurements. Likewise the contractor will not cover any work which will render itssubsequent measurement difficult or impossible, without first getting the same jointly measured by himself & the authorised representativeof the Exe. Engineer. The record of such measurements on to Department's side willbe signed by the contractor & he willbe entitled to havea true copy of the same on demand.

16. All work before being finally taken over by MIDC will be entire liability of the contractor for guardingmaintaining & making good anydamage of any magnitude. Interim payments made for such work will not alter this position. The handing over by the contractor & takingover by the Exe. Engineer, or his authorised representative, will be always in writing, of which copies will go the Exe. Engineer, hisauthorised representative & the contractor. It is, however understood that before taking over such work, MIDC will not put it to its regularuse distinct from casual/incidental one.

17. Orders issued by the Superintending Engineer of MIDC by whatever designation he may be knownfrom time to time regarding theconduct of the work shall be binding on the contractor.

18. The tendered rates for supply of materials are for delivery of materials properly stacked in regular heaps or otherwise as directed forfacility of measurement before use. In case of road materials, the same shall be stacked by the road side as directed. Materials shall not betacked at places where they are likely to be damaged or lost. The contractor shall have no claim for any loss on this account. If such materialhas been paid for& is subsequently lost before use in the work, the contractor shall make good the loss.

19. No material shall be removed from the road land, except for excavation of gutters, or any other adjoining land unless permitted in writingsubject to such conditions as the Exe. Engineer may specifyThe contractor is liable for the damages/compensation arising out of disregard ofthis condition.

20. The orders of collection & utilisation of materials shall be decided by Exe.Engineer/his authorised representative so as to ensure orderlywork.

21. For the items so indicated, no materials shall be used without first having been measured by regular stacks. The whole of the quantity ofa particular material required for a sizable section of the work shall be first collected before it can be measured & used. The same materialshall either be collected separately or the collection shall not be started at all unless the material collected in the section under reference has


shall either be collected separately or the collection shall not be started at all unless the material collected in the section under reference hasbeen all used.

22. The contractor will have to construct a shed for storing controlled & valuable materials issued to him under Schedule 'A' of theagreement, at work site, having double locking arrangement.The material shall be taken for use in the presence of the departmental person.No material will be allowed to be removed from site of work.

23. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for any items in this contract.

24. The contractor shall study all the plans, specifications & other terms & conditions of the contract carefully before tendering & shall alsoinspect the site & get self acquainted with nature of work & local conditions regarding the availability of labour, material, source &sufficiency of water supply required for the execution of the work & site conditions, rivers, nallas, topography etc existing roads, means ofcommunication & access to site of work etc.

25. The contractor shall submit, within one month from the date of work order of MIDC, designs & drawings to the Exe.Engineer. Aftergetting the letter of approval of design from Exe.Engineer, the contractor shall at his own expense clear the site & take up theprovisional & final setting & carryout the work under the supervision of his responsible representative & shall provide necessary material,labour, tools, instruments etc required for the same. The line & setting out shall be done most accurately & it shall be the full responsibilityof the contractor for correctness of the position, level, dimensions, alignment etc of all parts of the work & if any time during the execution,any error appears/arises, the same shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost. The checking of any setting out/line/level by theEngineer shall not in any way absolve the contractor of his own responsibility for the correctness thereof. The contractor shall protect &preserve all benchmark, site rails etc used for setting out of the work.

26. The contractor shall, if necessary, construct temporary roads & maintain these in proper condition till the completion of work at hisown cost. If necessary, he shall also at his own cost, make necessary arrangement for acquisition of land for construction of suchtemporary road or for any other purpose in connection with the execution of work.

27. The contractor shall comply with all proper & legal orders & direction of the local/public authority/ municipality & abide by their rules& regulations & pay all such fees & charges which he may be liable to. No reimbursement of such fees & charges will be made by MIDC.

28. The contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-charge in writing when any portion of the work is ready for inspection giving himsufficient notice to enable him to inspect the same without regarding the further r progress of work. The work shall not be considered tohave been completed inaccordance with terms of contract until the Engineer-in-charge shall have certified in writing to that effect

29. If contractor desires to use any design/material/process covered by letter "Patent" or "Copy Right", it shall be responsibility of thecontractor to observe all legal formalities for the use of the same

30. In the event of there being reasonable doubt as to the quality of workmanship & material used in the construction, the Engineer-in-chargemay order to the contractor to satisfy MIDC by carrying out suitable test of structure or part thereof. In the manner as prescribed in Clauseon Page 53 of the Indian Std. Code for practice for PCC & RCC for general building construction & as per Std.Spcf. of Deptt. As may beapproved by the Engineer-in- charge regarding the sufficiency wherever necessary at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the Exe.Engineer

31. All the laboratory equipment required for the field test of materials, concrete, steel shall be arranged by contractor at his own cost

32. The contractor shall take all precautions, due care against damage by floods, rains, storms,out break of fire & accidents. Nocompensation willbe allowed to the contractor for his plants/materials lost, damaged by way of the above cause or other causes which isin charge of the contractor.

33. Safety of materials & recoveries: The contractor shall use the materials supplied to him by the department at free of cost or as mentionedin the Schedule ‘A’ very properly & economically. The contractor shall be responsible for proper handling & safe custody of the materialsso issued to him. The materials remaining unused after the completion of the work shall be returned by the contractor at the Department. Thedepartment will accept only such materials as are in perfect conditions. If any of the materials issued to the contractor free of cost there of


department will accept only such materials as are in perfect conditions. If any of the materials issued to the contractor free of cost there ofshall be recovered from the contractor at double the rate at which it was purchased by the department, or the market rate prevailing at thetime whichever is higher. The contractor shall maintain a day to day account of materials issued to him by the department & shall produce itto the Engineer-in-charge when demanded.

34. Road Crossings: Any work at the road crossing shall be restricted only to half the width of the road, leaving the other half open fortraffic. Second half is taken up only after the first half is completed & made upto the original surface, serviceable with the permission ofEngineer-in-charge. All roads shall be reinstated by the contractor without any extra cost after proper consolidation, watering, cutting etc.Guarding barricading shall be provided by the contractor for 24 hrs. a day. The work of road crossing shall be planned well in advance &shall be carried out within the minimum possible time thereby causing least disturbance to traffic. No road sha ll remain excavated for morethan 24 hrs. Where the roads are very narrow such that traffic cannot be allowed in the second half when the work in first half is in progress,the contractor shall provide necessary diversions & maintain the same at his cost till such time as the work is in progress & the road isopened to traffic.

35. Interpretation: Singular & Plural 'Work' imparting the singular number shall include the plural number also & vice versa where thecontext requires.

36. Removal of Contractor's Employees: The contractor shall employ in & about the execution of the works only such persons as are careful,skilled, competent & experienced in their several trades & shall, on the direction of the Engineer-in-charge forthwith cease to employ in &about the execution of the works. Any person who in the opinion of the MIDC or En-Engineer-in-charge, misconduct himself, or isincompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties or whose continued employment is undesirable for any reason, suchpersons shall not be again employed upon the works without the written permission of the MIDC/Engineer-in-charge

37. Access to site of work: The provisions of clauses & conditions of this contract shall also apply to all premises, work shops, factories,plants, quarries & all other places from where materials, manufactured articles & machineries are being obtained or stored for the works.The MIDC/Engineer-in-charge or their representative & other subordinates shall be furnished with such information, assistance & facility bythe contractor as is required to make a complete & detailed investigation/inspection/supervision of the said goods.

38. Inspection of Works & Materials:

All materials & each part of details of the work shall be subject at all times, to inspection by the MIDC/Engineer-in-charge or theirrepresentative or other authorized subordinateswho shall be furnished with reasonable facilities & assistance by the contractor forascertaining whether or not the work as performed or the materials used are in accordance with the requirements & intent of the plans &specifications.

The contractor shall also inform the Engineer-in-charge in writing, when any portion is readyfor inspection giving him at least 24 hrs.advance intimation to enable him to inspect the same without regarding further progress of the work.

Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by the MIDC/Engineer-in-charge or is representative, is liable to beordered to be removed & replaced at the contractor's expense.

39. Testing of Materials & Works: All materials before being incorporated in the work shall be inspected. After satisfactory necessary testsas per prevalent standards shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The testing shall be done in the Government approvedlab or anylaboratory approved by MIDC & the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor himself only.

Any work in which such materials are used prior to inspection & when necessary, testing & without approval or written permission of theEngineer-in-charge shall be considered as unauthorized, defective & not acceptable.

The testing of materials & works where necessary shall be carried out in accordance with the latest standards Methods of Bureau of IndianStandards Institution current on the date fixed for opening of the tender. If no such standard exists for a particular test, the standard methodas laid down by the British Standard Institution or by American Association of State Highway Officials or the American Society or othersuitable organization for testing of materials, will be used at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. He may also adopt any other suitable


method at his discretion.

The contractor shall furnish such facilities instruments, machinery, equipment, labour and material as the Engineer-in-charge may require forcollecting & forwarding sample or for ascertaining the quantity, quantity or weight of materials used and if so directed shall not make usedof or incorporate in the work of any materials represented by the said sample until the required test are made and the materials accepted.

The contractor shall establish a laboratory at site where routine testing of materials of concrete, asphalt etccan be done to the requirements asper work at his cost. The daily test report register should be maintained at site/ lab and shall be produced as and when required.

The cost of collection of sample including transportations as well as of the testing shall be borne by the contractor for the followings.

i) The collection & supply of the samples & carrying out of such tests is provided for or clearly intended in the contract, willbe carried outin the laboratories approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

ii) The collection & supply of the samples & the carrying out of such tests if not provided for or clearly intended in the contract but ontesting, the material is found defective & has to be rejected. The defective material should be removed from site within 24 hours & report ofthe same should be given to Engineer-in-charge.

40. Unauthorized & Defective Works: No work shall be done without lines, levels, grades, lengths & other dimensions having been givenor approved by the Engineer-in-charge or when authorized by him or by his representative or other authorized subordinates. Any work doneby the contractor prior to the approval of the contract, work done contrary to or regardless of the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge,work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, or any extra work done without authority willbe considered as unauthorized &willnot be paid for under the provisions of this contract. Work so done shall be ordered to be removed or replace at the contractor's expense.All works & materials which do not conform to the requirements of the contract whether on account of poor workmanship, defectivematerials, unsuitable equipments & plans, carelessness or any other causes, shall be considered as defective.

The Engineer-in-charge shall have the power to order removal or replacement of all unauthorized/defective materials/works which in hisopinion should be removed or replaced all defects, be removed, replaced or corrected as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

41. Night Work: Subject to any provisions to the contrary contained in the contract, no work shall be carried out between the hours of sun set& sunrise without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge except when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary,for savinglife or property or for the safety of the work, in which case, the contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer-in-charge or hisrepresentative, provided always that the provision of this clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work which it is customary to carryout by double or rotary shifts in which case sufficient advance notice shall be given of the intention of work at night to the Engineer-in-charge. After making all requisite arrangements & managementof areas, materials & equipments,required under any emergency etc.Overtime to supervisory staff of the MIDC, in such cases shall have to be however borne by the contractor.

The contractor shall also carry on work between sunset & sunrise if so required by the Engineer-in-charge, subject to obtaining approval inwriting, for expediting the progress on the works or for any other reasons of technical safety.

Whenever any work is required to be carried out at night in the interest of structural safety or any other reason with express approval of theEngineer-in-charge or his representativeauthorized to supervise, adequate lighting & other arrangement shall be made in advance by thecontractor for proper execution & supervision of the such work. The contractor shall not be however entitled to any extra payments for nightwork. Before such work to be carried, the contractor should also inform to local Police Station in writing.

42. Explosive and inflammable Materials: The MIDC does not anticipate use of any explosive or any inflammable material on this work,however, in the event, explosive of inflammable materials are used for the execution of the works, the contractor shall at his own expense,obtain such license or license as may be required for storing and using explosives and or inflammable materials and locate, construct andmaintain magazines if such area is required for storage in accordance with relevant Government rules in force. Such magazine shall clearlymarked dangerous – explosive in the original language and devnagriand shall be in the care of competent watchman all the time. All theseshall be done under intimation and after getting concurrence Engineer-in-charge.

The contactor shall exercise utmost care while using explosives and or inflammable material not to endanger life or property and shall be


The contactor shall exercise utmost care while using explosives and or inflammable material not to endanger life or property and shall besolely responsible for any and all damages resulting from their storage and use, and shall indemnify absolutely MIDC and its office andemployees against any claim and liability arising out of any accident or any violation and or any law, rules, orders etc.

43. Care, Maintenance and repair of works:-

a) From the commencement until the time, the works are completed and finally accepted and handed over to the MIDC, the contractor shalltake full responsibility for care and maintenance thereof including care of all temporary works to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-chargeand in case any damage the Deterioration loss or injury shall happen to the works or to any part there of or to any temporary work, fromstorms, fire, rains, accidents or any case whatsoever other than earthquake, volcanic eruption or other convulsionof nature or act of God,War, Invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities (whether war be declared or not) Civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military orinsured power, shall at his own cost maintain, repair and make good the same so that till the time of final acceptance, the works shall be ingood order and condition and in conformity in every respects with the requirements of the contract and the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.

b) If the contractor fails to comply with the requirements mentioned in Sub Clause 1 above, the Engineer-in-charge will immediately askhim to comply with the same within prescribed period.In the event of contractor failing to comply with these instructions, the Engineer-in-charge will immediately proceed to take care of the same viz. maintain or repair as required at the cost of the contractor. The clauseregarding defect liability period is given separately.

44. Compliance of Laws: The contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts, laws of the Central & state Governments, all local byelaws, ordinances, rules & regulations & all orders & decrees of bodies/tribunals having any jurisdiction/authority which in any manner effectthose engaged or employed on the work or which in way effect the conduct of the works. He shall at all time observe & comply with all suchlaws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders & decrees & shall give all notices & pay out of his own money, say fees or charges to which hemay be liable.

He shall protect & indemnify the MIDC & its officers & employees against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation ofany such laws, ordinances, regulations orders, or decrees whether by himself or by his employees

45. Treasure Trove: In the event of the discovery by the contractor or his employees during the progress of the works of any treasure, coins,antiquities, fossils, minerals or other articles or things of value or interest, whether geological, archeological or any other such treasure orother things shall be deemed to be the absolute property of MIDC.

The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or another persons from removing such things as above & shallimmediately upon discovery thereof & before removal, acquaint the Engineer-in-charge of such discovery &carry out his orders as to thedisposal of the same which will be at the contractors expense.

46. Patented Devices, Materials & Processes: Whenever the contractor desires to use any design, device, drawing information's, materials, orprocess covered by a patent of copyright,he shall procure the rights for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner at hisown expenses & a copy of the agreement shall be filed with the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall indemnify the MIDC from & against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs & expenses which may be brought ormade against the MIDC or to which they may be put by reason of the contract infringing or being held to have infringed any patent rights orcopyright in relation to any design, device drawing, materials or process at anytime during the prosecution or after the completion of thework & in the event of any injunction being obtained against the use of the same, the contractor shall replace the same with other materialsdesign, drawing, device, process etc. which do not infringe any such patent right or copy right, to the infringe any such patent right or copyright, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

47. Trespass: The contractor shall at all times be responsible for any damages due to trespass committed by his agents & work people incarrying out the work, unless authorized by the Engineer-in-charge in writing in which case,all repair work shall be done by the contractor at


his own cost to restore the original condition.

48. Indemnity: The MIDC shall on behalf of the contractor shall indemnify their officers, employees etc against all actions, suits, claims &demands of any character brought in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted to be done by the contractor in the excavation of or inconnection with the works of this contract & against any loss or damage to MIDC his workman/labourers in consequence, for any action orsuit being brought against the contractor for anything done or omitted to be done in the execution of the works of the contract orcompensation to be paid by contractor to his workman/labourers in consequence of accidents causing damage or loss of life of hisworkman/labourers etc. All such payments made by the MIDC shall be recovered from the contractor from his dues out standing, or remainsto be paid or that which becomes payable.

The MIDC shall not be liable to the contractor for damages or losses or delays resulting, from work by third parties or by injunction or otherrestraining orders obtained by third parties.

49. Police Protection: If police is asked for by the contractor for special protection of his camp of work, the MIDC may arrange for suchprotection so far as possible with the authorities concerned and full cost of such protection shall be debited to the contractor and recoverfrom his bills without any extra claim

50. Permits, Licenses, Priorities, Certificates etc: The contractor shall make his own arrangements at his own cost, if required.

a.To obtain permits, licenses, quota certificates, foreign exchange etc for any materials or items of work etc if required by him.

b.To obtain rail & other priorities for transport of his plant, tools equipments, stores, machinery materials, labour staff etc.

c.To arrange with civil supply authorities for release of controlled goods if so, for his labour & staff.

The MIDC will not undertake to arrange for these but will not undertake to arrange for these but will render reasonable help within itscompetence without accepting any responsibility for delay if any.

51. Field Book: Whichever payments is based on levels, all sets of levels such as initial, intermediate & final shall be taken & recorded bythe Engr-in-charge or his representative in the presence of Contractor or his authorised representative. Contractor shall attend the site forchecking these levels & signing in token of acceptance thereof. If Contractor fails to attend the site on the day or for any reason fails to signthe documents in which these levels are recorded,they shall be final & binding on the contractor

52. Levels shown on the drawings: Whichever payment is based on the levels, all sets of levels such as initial, intermediate & final shall betaken & recorded by the Engr-in-charge or his representative in the presence of contractor or his authorised representative.Advanceintimation of day & time when the levels would be taken will be given by MIDC to the contractor/ his authorised representative.Contractorshall attend the site for checking these levels & signing in token of acceptance thereof.If contractor fails to attend the site on the day or forany reason fails to sign the documents in which these levels are recorded, they shall be final & binding on the contractor

53. Sign Boards:Necessary sign boards, danger flags & lamps during night time to mark the closure of the road shall be provided by thecontractor at his cost.A chowkidar is essential to be appointed by the contractor to keep light & watch the materials lying on site,intactthrough the night. Contractor is responsible for the accidents if above care in not taken properly. He will have to pay compensation for thesame.




Special Condition for Royalty Payment

Clause regarding recovery of royalty charges through the bills of contractor towards Minor Minerals such as murum, excavation,

sand, metal etc. work done by the contractor

1) It shall be noted by the contractor that the amount of royalty charges towards the minor minerals(Excavation, murum, metal, sand etc.) consumed/used by the contractor for the work will be deducted from his billsand will be paid to the concerned Revenue Deptt. by MIDC.2) The contractor shall obtain above types of minor minerals from Govt. approved quarries or from the privateland after obtaining legal permission from the concerned authorities. However, in case the contractor brings thematerial from unauthorized quarries or in illegal manner, he shall be fully responsible for any legal action taken bythe Revenue or any Govt. authorities against him for such unauthorized or illegal act, even thoughthe royaltycharges are recovered from his bills and paid to be Revenue Department. He shall also indemnify MIDCofficers from any legal action so taken by the Govt. authorities for default on his part.3) The contractor shall give an undertaking on court fee stamp of Rs.100/- for indemnifying MIDC officersfrom any legal action taken by Govt. as detailed above.


ACCOMPANIMENT TO THE GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NO. CAT/06/04/148 DT 16.5.2005

PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE

1. If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below,there shall be any variation in theConsumer Price Index (New Series) for Industrial workers for MUMBAI Centre as per the Labour Gazette publishedby the Commissioner of Labour, Govt.of Maharashtra &/or in the Wholesale Price Index for all commoditiesprepared by the Office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry, Govt. of India, or in the price of petrol/oil &lubricants & major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal pipes etc, then subjectto the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment on account of

i) Labour component

ii) Material component

iii) Petrol, oil & lubricant components

iv) Bitumen component

v) HYSD & mild steel component

vi) Cement component

vii) CI & DI pipes component

calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from these, no other adjustment shall bemade to the contract price for any reason whatsoever. Component percentage as given below are as of the total costof work put to tender. Total of labour, material & POL components shall be 100 & other components shall be as peractual's,i) Labour component (Kl) [!LG] 25 % ii) Material component (K2) [!MG] 70 %iii) Petrol, Oil & Lubricant components (K3) [!PG] 5 %iv) Bitumen componentv) HYSD & mild steel componentvi) Cement componentvii) CI & DI pipes component

Note: if cement, steel, bitumen, CI & DI pipes are supplied on Schedule-A, then respective component shall not be

considered. Also, if particular component is not relevant, same shall be deleted.

1) Formula for Labour components :

V1 = 0.85 P x K1 x L1-L0


100 L0

Where

V1= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for labour component P= Cost of work done during the

quarter under consideration minus the cost of cement, HYSD & mild steel, bitumen, CI & DI pipes calculated at the

basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration. Star rates:

K1= Percentage of LABOUR component as indicated above.

L0= Basic Consumer Price Index for MUMBAI centre shall be average consumer price index for the quarter

preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

L1= Average Consumer Price Index for MUMBAI centre for the quarter under consideration.

Star rates:

1. Cement - Rs - 5,100/- per MT

2. Tor Steel - Rs 34,000/-Per MT

3. Bitumen VG -10 - Rs 30562.00 per MT

4. Bitumen VG - 30 - Rs 31596.00 per MT

2) Formula for Materials components :

V2 = 0.85 P x K2 x M1 -M0

100 M0

Where

V2= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for material component P= Same as worked out for labourPage 19 Executive EngineerContractor

V2= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for material component P= Same as worked out for labour

component K2= Percentage of Material component as indicated above.

M0= Basic Wholesale Price Index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter preceding the month in

which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.

M1= Average Wholesale Price Index for the quarter under consideration.

3) Formula for petrol, oil & lubricant components :

V3 = 0.85 P x K3 x P1-P0

100 P0

Where

V3= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for POL component

P= Same as worked out for labour component

K3= Percentage of petrol, oil & lubricant component as indicated above.

P0= Average Price of HSD at MUMBAI, during the quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for

receipt of tender falls.

P1= Average Price of HSD at MUMBAI, during the quarter under consideration.

4) Formula for Bitumen Component:

V4 = QB (B1 - B0)Where

V4= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for bitumen component

QB= Quantity of bitumen (Grade ) in Metric Tonnes used in the

permanent works & approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration.

B1= Current, average ex-refinery price per metric tonne of bitu


men (Grade ) under consideration including taxes (octroi,

excise, sales tax/VAT etc) during the quarter under consideration.

B0= Basic rate of bitumen in Rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P or average ex-

refinery price in Rupees per metric tonne including taxes (octroi, excise, sales tax/VAT) of bitumen for the grade of

bitumen under consideration during prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for

receipt of tender falls whichever is higher.

5) Formula for HYSD & mild steel component: V5 = SO x (SI1 - SI0) x T

SI0

Where

V5= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/ mild steel component SO= Basic rate ofHYSD/mild steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working outvalue of P. SI1= Average Steel Index asper RBI Bulletin during the quarter under considerationSI0= Average of Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for thequarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of steel used inthe permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

6) Formula for cement component :V6 = CO x (CI1 - CI0) x T

CI0

Where

V6= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for cement component CO= Basic rate of cement inrupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P. CI1= Average Cement Index published in the RBIBulletin for the quarter under consideration. CI0= Average of Cement Index published in the RBI Bulletin for thequarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of cement usedin the permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

7) Formula for CI/DI pipe Component: V7 = QD x (D1 - D0)

Where

V7= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for CI/DI pipe component D0= Pig iron basic price inRupees per tonne considered for working out value of P. D1= Average pig iron price in Rupees per tonne during thequarter under consideration (Published by IISCO). QD= Tonnage of CI/DI pipes used in the works during the quarterunder consideration.

The following conditions shall prevail:

b) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of the work order issued toPage 21 Executive EngineerContractor

b) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of the work order issued tothe contractor & ending on the date on which the time allowed for the completion of work specified in the contractfor work expires, taking into considering the extension of time, if any, for completion of the work granted byEngineer under the relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract in cases other than those where such extension isnecessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of Engineer as regards the Operative Period of thecontract shall be final & binding on the contractor. Where any compensation for liquidated damages is levied on thecontractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the relevant contract provisions, the priceadjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out bypegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, SI1, CI1 to levels corresponding to the date from which such compensationis levied. ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 & B2 forms but shall not apply topiece works. The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause.iii) Price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be executed during thecompletion of the work & also on the excess quantities of items payable under the provision of Clause 14/41 of thecontract form B1 & B2. Since the rates payable for the extra items or the extra quantities under Clause 14/41 are tobe fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words,when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under Clause 14/41 of the Contract Form B1& B2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revisedwith reference to the current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutualagreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less. iv) This clause is operative both ways ie.if theprice variation as calculated above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed tothe contractor & if it is on the negative side, MIDC shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor & theamount shall be deductible from any amounts due & payable under the contract. v) To the extent that fullcompensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not entirely covered by the provisions of this or otherclauses in the contract, the unit rate & price included in the contract shall be deemed to include amount to cover thecontingency of such other actual rise or fall in costs.

vi) Calculation for working out escalation payment on account of material, labour & POL will be restricted to 2digits only.

Where V5= Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/ mild steel component SO= Basic rate ofHYSD/mild steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out value of P. SI1= Average Steel Index asper RBI Bulletin during the quarter under consideration. SI0= Average of Steel Index as per RBI Bulletin for thequarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls. T= Tonnage of steel used inthe permanent works for the quarter under consideration.

8) Formula for CI/DI pipe Component: V7 = QD x (D1 - D0)

Where V7= Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for CI/DI pipe component D0= Pig iron basic price


in Rupees per tonne considered for working out value of P. D1= Average pig iron price in Rupees per tonne duringthe quarter under consideration (Published by IISCO).

QD= Tonnage of CI/DI pipes used in the works during the quarter under consideration.

The following conditions shall prevail: b) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencingfrom the date of the work order issued to the contractor & ending on the date on which the time allowed for thecompletion of work specified in the contract for work expires, taking into considering the extension of time, if any,for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the relevant clauses of the Conditions of Contract in casesother than those where such extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision ofEngineer as regards the Operative Period of the contract shall be final & binding on the contractor. Where anycompensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequateprogress under the relevant contract provisions, the price adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date oflevy of such compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, SI1, CI1 to levelscorresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied.

ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 & B2 forms but shall not apply to piece works.The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause.

iii) Price variation under this clause shall not be payable for the extra items required to be executed during thecompletion of the work & also on the excess quantities of items payable under the provision of Clause 14/41 of thecontract form B1 & B2. Since the rates payable for the extra items or the extra quantities under Clause 14/41 are tobe fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words,when the completion/execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under Clause 14/41 of the Contract Form B1& B2 extends beyond the operative date of the DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond that date shall be revisedwith reference to the current DSR prevalent at that time on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutualagreement thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less. iv) This clause is operative both ways ie.if theprice variation as calculated above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be allowed tothe contractor & if it is on the negative side, MIDC shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor & theamount shall be deductible from any amounts due & payable under the contract.

v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not entirely covered by theprovisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate & price included in the contract shall be deemed toinclude amount to cover the contingency of such other actual rise or fall in costs.

vi) Calculation for working out escalation payment on account of material, labour & POL will be restricted to 2digits only.


BANK GUARANTEE (PROFORMA)

Security for Performance

(To be furnished on appropriate Stamp Paper)

In consideration of the Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (hereinafter called The MIDC) havingagreed to exempt M/s._______________________ Address ______________ ((hereinafter called The Contractor/s)from demand, under the terms and conditions of agreement dated ________ made between the Corporation ANDM/s. ____________ for the work of_______________________________________________________________________(hereafter called `The said Agreement') of Security Deposit for the due fulfillment by the said contractor/s of theterms and conditions contained in the said Agreement on production of a Bank Guarantee forRs._________________ (Rs._________________________Only). 1. We ____________________________ Ltd.(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’ at the request of (name of the contractors) ____________________ do herebyundertake to pay the MIDC an amount not exceeding Rs.___________ only against any loss or damage causedexceeding Rs. ___________ against any loss or damage cause to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by theMIDC reasons of any breach by the said contractor/s any of the terms and conditions contained in the saidAgreement. 2. We ________________ do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under thisguarantee without any demur, merely on the demand from the MIDC stating that the amount claimed is due by wayof loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the MIDC by reason of breach by the saidcontractor/s of any of the terms and condition contained in the said agreement or by reason of the contractor/s failureto performs the said agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as the regards the amountdue and payable by the Bank under this agreement. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted toan amount not exceeding Rs.__________ (Rupees _________________________________ only) 3. We undertaketo pay to the Corporation the amount not exceeding Rs._________________ (Rs.__________________ only)notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor/s or suppliers (s) in any suit or proceeding pendingbefore any court of tribunal relating thereto or liability under this present absolute and unequivocal. 4. We______________________ further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and affectduring the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreements and that it shall continue to beenforceable till all the dues of the MIDC under or by virtue of the said Agreement have been fully paid and its claimssatisfied or discharged till (date) _________ or office of The Executive Engineer(Office/Department) of______________MIDC certified that terms & conditions of said agreement have been fully and properly carried outby the said contractor and accordingly discharges this guarantee. Unless the demand or the claim under thisguarantee is made on us in writing on or before (date) ____________. We shall be discharged from all liability underthis Guarantee thereafter. 5. We ____________________further agree with the MIDC that the MIDC shall havefullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner out obligations hereunder to vary any of theterms & conditions of said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or topostpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers, exercisable by the MIDC against said Contractor & toforebear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to said agreement & we shall not be relieved from ourliability by reason or any such variation or extension being granted to the said contractor or for any forbearance actor omission on the part of the MIDC or any indulgence by the MIDC to the said contractor or by any such matter orthing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the contractor(s)/


6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the contractor(s)/supplier (s).

We ___________________ lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with previousconsent of the MIDCin writing.


MAHARASHTRA STATE COMMISSIONER OF SALES TAX

NOTIFICATION NO.VAT-1505/CR-123/TAXATION-1 DT.1.4.2005

MAHARASHTRA VALUE ADDED TAX ACT-2002

1. The tendered rates shall be inclusive of all taxes, rates & cesses & shall also be inclusive of the tax leviable in respect of VATunder the provision of the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act-2002.

2. The contractors who submit the tenders should necessarily be a Registered Dealer under the MaharashtraValue Added Tax Act, 2002.

3. The contractor shall submit the Registration Certificate as a registered dealer under the above said Act atthe time of submission of tender/at the time of issuing the work order.

4. MIDC will deduct this tax at source at 2% (for registered contractors) & 4% (in other case) of the value ofthe work done as per Section 31 of Maharashtra VAT Act, 2002 & Notification No.VAT-1505/CR-123/TAXATION-1 DT.1.4.2005. TDS certificate to this effect will be issued by MI DC.

REGISTRATION UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR ACT -1970

While submitting the tender, the tenderer should note that he should produce the certified xerox copy ofRegistration in prescribed form issued by Labour Commissioner under Contract Labour Act, 1970, as an employer,as much as they are directly employing the workers for execution of the contract works awarded to them by MI DC& comply with the provision of the Act. After acceptance of tender by MIDC the contractor has to give intimationabout work order & get this particular work registered within a period of 15 days from the date of issue of work orderfrom labour commissioner under Contract Labour Act, 1970 failing which no permission will be granted to continuefurther work under the agreement.

DEDUCTION OF INCOME TAX

The Income Tax including surcharges or percentage in force from time to time or at the rate as intimated bythe competent Income Tax authority shall be deducted from bill amount whether measured bill, advance payment orsecured advance.

Maharashtra Value Added Tax

Amendments


4. MIDC will deduct this tax at source at 2% (for registered contractors) & 5 % (in other case) of the value

of the work done as per Section 31 of Maharashtra VAT Act, 2002 & Notification No.VAT-1505/CR-

123/TAXATION-1 DT.1.4.2005. TDS certificate to this effect will be issued by MI DC.


CLAUSE FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF TAXES/DUTIES

While submitting the tender, the contractor shall consider the prevailing taxes & duties on the dateof submission. In case there is statutory increase in the taxes/duties, the contractor shall submitdocumentary evidence for the payment of the same. On verification of the documents, the reimbursementwill be made if there is increase. In case there is reduction in the statutory taxes/duties, deduction will beeffected. It may also be noted that this clause is not applicable if there is increase in the octroi duringexecution of the work.

=======================================




SERVICE TAX CLAUSE

(For other than maintenance, labour oriented and consultancy works)

1. The tendered rate shall be inclusive of all taxes, rates & cesses & shall also be inclusive of thetax liable in respect of Service Tax under the provision of Service Tax Act.

2. The contractors who submit the tenders should necessarily be registered under the Service TaxAct, if he is providing services covered under Service Tax Act.

3. The contractor shall submit the registration certificate/ authorized documents under the serviceTax Act at the time of submission of tender.

4. The successful tenderer shall himself be liable/responsible to pay the Service Tax witheducation cess thereon to concerned government authority directly (after receiving the payment)as per the prescribed rate declared by concerned

government authority time to time & within the prescribed period as per Service Tax Act.


MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)

INSURANCE OF WORK

The contractor shall take out necessary Insurance Policy/Policies immediately after issuing work order and produce acopy of same prior to payment of first RA bill so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of theawardedcontract work for total contract value & complete contract period including defect liability period asstipulated in thetenderpaper and upto the period for which the extension of time limit is granted from the "Directorateof Insurance,MaharashtraState, Mumbai" only. Its postal address for correspondence is "264, MHADA, 1st floor,Opp Kalanagar,Bandra (E), Mumbai-400 051". Tel.26438690 / 26438746 & Fax:26438461. Similarly, all workmenappointed to complete the contract work are required to be insured under Workmen's Compensation InsurancePolicy. Insurance Policy /Policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted. If any contractor haseffected insurance with any Insurance Company, the same will not be accepted.


MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION(A Government of Maharashtra Undertaken)

THIRD PARTY INSPECTION

Material such as all type of pipes (of all sizes) R.C.C. / P.S.C. / M.S. /D.I. /CI./A.C./HDPE/PVC/GRP & other, all type ofvalves (of all sizes), any other materials as per requirements which are supplied by the contractor under this contract are subject to thirdparty inspection. The charges for third party inspection shall be 0.20% on the actual cost of materials, excluding Excise and freight ofmaterials. The charges for such inspection shall be paid by the contractor. All the arrangements for inspection i.e. measuring tools, testingequipments and tools, labour required for handling materials during testing etc shall be made available / arranged by the manufacturer /Vendor / contractor in their premises at their own costs. If any particular testing facility is not available at the premises / location of Factory,then the test shall be arranged by the factory owner / Vendor at his own cost at other locations / test laboratory. All expenses in this regardshall also have to be borne by the manufacturer /vendor /contractor only.If the material inspected fails during test on no fault of the inspecting agency, fees are payable to the inspecting agency forthe said inspection and for any further re-inspection of the same material.Third party inspection shall be done from one of the following agencies. The name of the agency for third party inspectionshall be informed by Engineer-in-charge.

1. M/s. Geo-Chem Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.2. M/s. Dr. Amin Controllers Pvt. Ltd.3. M/s. Quality Services and Solutions (QSS),4. M/s. SGS India Pvt. Ltd.5. M/s. Wapcos Ltd.6. M/s. RITES Ltd.

If it is subsequently observed that there are defects in the quality of material, the contractor shall replace the material withoutany extra cost. In addition to third party inspection, the Engineer-in-charge or his representative may conduct inspection intermittently.Third Party Inspection Report : The third party inspection report merely in the certificate form stating thatpipes/valves/specials or any other material inspected are found satisfactory will not be accepted, but it should be in the form of detailedreport stating the parameters checked & observations made with comments of the Inspecting Officer in accordance with the respectivespecifications/detailed item wise specifications / as per Tender notice.

********

The material to be tested and their tentative quantities are as below.

1. Paver blocks 60 mm thick – 3790.00 sqm

2. RCC NP-3 Class pipes 300 mm dia – 1000.00 m



5. PVC pipes 100 mm dia – 500.00 m

Amendments




QUALITY AUDIT CLAUSE

The contractor shall note that, following exercise of Quality Audit of the work shall be carried out by the nominated

authority from MIDC.

1. The quality audit of the work shall be exercised by authority nominated by MIDC at a stage when 80% of the workis completed or at stage as decided by MIDC.

2. The contractor should remain present (alongwith all test reports & necessary documents for the works) at site whenquality audit of the work is being exercised.

3. Final Bill will be released for payment only after compliance of the points/remarks raised by the quality auditor withproper reasoning to the competent authority & only after receipt of clearance of nominated authority.

4. The contractor has to make all necessary rectifications, alterations to the work executed, as suggested by thequality auditor without any extra cost. If the contractor fails to do so, or does not intend to do so, then the probableamount required for the rectification shall be withheld from the bills & other dues payable to the contractor. Thecontractor shall be liable to pay suitable compensation as decided by the Superintending Engineer.


MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION( A Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)

STANDARD CEMENT CONSUMPTION STATEMENT

Item of Work Rate of CementConsumption inbags.

Remarks

A] Cement Concrete (Nominal Mix)

Lower Limit Upper Limit

1:5:10 (M-5) 2.60/m3 2.35 2.85

1:4:8 (M-7.5) 3.10/m3 2.80 3.40

1:3:6 (M-10) 4.10/m3 3.80 4.40

1:2:4 (M-15) 6.20/m3 5.90 6.50

1:1½:3 (M-20) 8.20/m3 7.90 8.50

1: 1: 2 (M-25) 8.70/m3 8.40 9.00

B] Cement Concrete (Design Mix) Minimum cementconsumption forDesign Mix

M-15 5.80/m3 The grater value of either theminimum cement contentspecified or cementconsumption as per design mixwill prevail during execution ofwork.

M-20 6.60/m3

M-25 6.60/m3

M-30 7.00/m3

M-35 7.50m3

M-40 8.00/m3

C] Brick Masonry II Class with 30% mortar

CM - 1:8 1.05/m3

CM - 1:6 1.40/m3

CM - 1:5 1.70/m3

CM - 1:4 2.10/m3

D] 115 mm thick Brick Masonry II Class

CM - 1:3 0.28/m2

E] Brick Masonry I Class withoutpointing with 25% mortar

CM - 1:6 1.15/m3

CM - 1:5 1.40/m3

CM - 1:4 1.70/m3

F] UCR Masonry without pointing with 35% mortar

CM - 1:6 1.70/m3

CM - 1:5 2.00/m3

CM - 1:4 2.50/m3

G] UCR Masonry without pointing with 45% to 50% mortar

CM - 1:6 2.15/m3

CM - 1:5 2.60/m3

CM - 1:4 3.10/m3

H] Laterite Stone Masonry with 18% mortar

CM - 1:6 0.85/m3

CM - 1:5 1.00/m3

CM - 1:4 1.30/m3

I] Cement Plaster with Cement mortar 1:3 (neeru finish)

6 mm 0.07/m2

12 mm 0.13/m2

20 mm 0.20/m2

25 mm 0.23/m2

40 mm 0.40/m2

J] Cement Plaster with Cement mortar 1:4 (without neeru finish)

6 mm 0.06/m2

12 mm 0.11/m2

20 mm 0.17/m2

25 mm 0.22/m2

40 mm 0.34/m2

K] Coursed Rubble masonry with pointing 30% mortar

1:6 CM 1.70/m3

1:5 CM 2.00/m3

1:4 CM 2.50/ m3

L] Sand Faced plaster CM 1:3

12 MM 0.20/m2

20 MM 0.23/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2

M] Cement plaster without neeru finish CM 1:3

6 MM 0.07/m2

12 MM 0.13/m2

20 MM 0.20/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2

N] Cement plaster with neeru finish CM 1:4

6 MM 0.06/m2

12 MM 0.10/m2

20 MM 0.17/m2

25 MM 0.22/m2

O] Decorative texture plaster

CM 1:4 0.15/m2

P] Neat Cement Finish over green surface

1.5 mm Thick 0.04/m2

Q] Wet on wet finish CM 1:3

12 MM 1.05/m2

R] Pointing with Cement Mortar 1:3

Brick Masonry 0.03/m2

Stone Masonry 0.05/m2

S] Paving and Flooring

Shahabad / Tandur / Kotta / KaddapaChequred tiles / plain cement tiles /marble / mosaic / granite CM 1:4 bedand with pointing 1:3

0.19/m2

Skirting & Daddo 0.30/m2

Shahabad / Tandur / Kadappa CM 1:6 0.14/m2

White / coloured glazed tiles 0.28/m2

Granite stone facing plaster CM 1:3 0.20/m2

Ceramic tiles 0.22/m2

IPS flooring 40 mm 0.30/m2

T] Colgrout Masonry with 45 % mortar

Cement 1:3 sand mortar 3.54/m3

U] Gunniting CM 1:3

25 MM 0.28/m2

40 MM 0.45/m2

50 MM 0.55/m2

V] Water proofing

Box type water proofing 0.80/m2

Water proofing by injection grouting 1.00/m2

Water proofing on terrace slab 0.50/m2



Remarks



1:5:10 (M-5) 2.60/m3 2.35 2.85

1:4:8 (M-7.5) 3.10/m3 2.80 3.40

1:3:6 (M-10) 4.10/m3 3.80 4.40

1:2:4 (M-15) 6.20/m3 5.90 6.50

1:1½:3 (M-20) 8.20/m3 7.90 8.50

1: 1: 2 (M-25) 8.70/m3 8.40 9.00

B] Cement Concrete (Design Mix) Minimumcementconsumption forDesign Mix

M-15 5.80/m3 The grater value of either theminimum cement contentspecified or cementconsumption as per design mixwill prevail during execution ofwork.

M-20 6.60/m3

M-25 6.60/m3

M-30 7.00/m3

M-35 7.50m3

M-40 8.00/m3


CM - 1:8 1.05/m3

CM - 1:6 1.40/m3

CM - 1:5 1.70/m3

CM - 1:4 2.10/m3


CM - 1:3 0.28/m2


CM - 1:6 1.15/m3

CM - 1:5 1.40/m3

CM - 1:4 1.70/m3


CM - 1:6 1.70/m3

CM - 1:5 2.00/m3

CM - 1:4 2.50/m3


CM - 1:6 2.15/m3

CM - 1:5 2.60/m3

CM - 1:4 3.10/m3


CM - 1:6 0.85/m3

CM - 1:5 1.00/m3

CM - 1:4 1.30/m3


6 mm 0.07/m2

12 mm 0.13/m2

20 mm 0.20/m2

25 mm 0.23/m2

40 mm 0.40/m2


6 mm 0.06/m2

12 mm 0.11/m2

20 mm 0.17/m2

25 mm 0.22/m2

40 mm 0.34/m2


1:6 CM 1.70/m3

1:5 CM 2.00/m3

1:4 CM 2.50/ m3


12 MM 0.20/m2

20 MM 0.23/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.07/m2

12 MM 0.13/m2

20 MM 0.20/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.06/m2

12 MM 0.10/m2

20 MM 0.17/m2

25 MM 0.22/m2


CM 1:4 0.15/m2




12 MM 1.05/m2






0.19/m2









U] Gunniting CM 1:3

25 MM 0.28/m2

40 MM 0.45/m2

50 MM 0.55/m2

V] Water proofing






Remarks



1:5:10 (M-5) 2.60/m3 2.35 2.85

1:4:8 (M-7.5) 3.10/m3 2.80 3.40

1:3:6 (M-10) 4.10/m3 3.80 4.40

1:2:4 (M-15) 6.20/m3 5.90 6.50

1:1½:3 (M-20) 8.20/m3 7.90 8.50

1: 1: 2 (M-25) 8.70/m3 8.40 9.00


M-15 5.80/m3 The grater value of either theminimum cement contentspecified or cementconsumption as per design mixwill prevail during executionof work.

M-20 6.60/m3

M-25 6.60/m3

M-30 7.00/m3

M-35 7.50m3

M-40 8.00/m3


CM - 1:8 1.05/m3

CM - 1:6 1.40/m3

CM - 1:5 1.70/m3

CM - 1:4 2.10/m3


CM - 1:3 0.28/m2


CM - 1:6 1.15/m3

CM - 1:5 1.40/m3

CM - 1:4 1.70/m3


CM - 1:6 1.70/m3

CM - 1:5 2.00/m3

CM - 1:4 2.50/m3


CM - 1:6 2.15/m3

CM - 1:5 2.60/m3

CM - 1:4 3.10/m3


CM - 1:6 0.85/m3

CM - 1:5 1.00/m3

CM - 1:4 1.30/m3


6 mm 0.07/m2

12 mm 0.13/m2

20 mm 0.20/m2

25 mm 0.23/m2

40 mm 0.40/m2


6 mm 0.06/m2

12 mm 0.11/m2

20 mm 0.17/m2

25 mm 0.22/m2

40 mm 0.34/m2


1:6 CM 1.70/m3

1:5 CM 2.00/m3

1:4 CM 2.50/ m3


12 MM 0.20/m2

20 MM 0.23/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.07/m2

12 MM 0.13/m2

20 MM 0.20/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.06/m2

12 MM 0.10/m2

20 MM 0.17/m2

25 MM 0.22/m2


CM 1:4 0.15/m2




12 MM 1.05/m2






0.19/m2









U] Gunniting CM 1:3

25 MM 0.28/m2

40 MM 0.45/m2

50 MM 0.55/m2

V] Water proofing






Remarks



1:5:10 (M-5) 2.60/m3 2.35 2.85

1:4:8 (M-7.5) 3.10/m3 2.80 3.40

1:3:6 (M-10) 4.10/m3 3.80 4.40

1:2:4 (M-15) 6.20/m3 5.90 6.50

1:1½:3 (M-20) 8.20/m3 7.90 8.50

1: 1: 2 (M-25) 8.70/m3 8.40 9.00


M-15 5.80/m3 The grater value of either theminimum cement contentspecified or cementconsumption as per designmix will prevail duringexecution of work.

M-20 6.60/m3

M-25 6.60/m3

M-30 7.00/m3

M-35 7.50m3

M-40 8.00/m3


CM - 1:8 1.05/m3

CM - 1:6 1.40/m3

CM - 1:5 1.70/m3

CM - 1:4 2.10/m3


CM - 1:3 0.28/m2


CM - 1:6 1.15/m3

CM - 1:5 1.40/m3

CM - 1:4 1.70/m3


CM - 1:6 1.70/m3

CM - 1:5 2.00/m3

CM - 1:4 2.50/m3


CM - 1:6 2.15/m3

CM - 1:5 2.60/m3

CM - 1:4 3.10/m3


CM - 1:6 0.85/m3

CM - 1:5 1.00/m3

CM - 1:4 1.30/m3


6 mm 0.07/m2

12 mm 0.13/m2

20 mm 0.20/m2

25 mm 0.23/m2

40 mm 0.40/m2


6 mm 0.06/m2

12 mm 0.11/m2

20 mm 0.17/m2

25 mm 0.22/m2

40 mm 0.34/m2


1:6 CM 1.70/m3

1:5 CM 2.00/m3

1:4 CM 2.50/ m3


12 MM 0.20/m2

20 MM 0.23/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.07/m2

12 MM 0.13/m2

20 MM 0.20/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.06/m2

12 MM 0.10/m2

20 MM 0.17/m2

25 MM 0.22/m2


CM 1:4 0.15/m2




12 MM 1.05/m2






0.19/m2









U] Gunniting CM 1:3

25 MM 0.28/m2

40 MM 0.45/m2

50 MM 0.55/m2

V] Water proofing



Water proofing on terrace slab 0.50/m2Page 36 Executive EngineerContractor


Remarks



1:5:10 (M-5) 2.60/m3 2.35 2.85

1:4:8 (M-7.5) 3.10/m3 2.80 3.40

1:3:6 (M-10) 4.10/m3 3.80 4.40

1:2:4 (M-15) 6.20/m3 5.90 6.50

1:1½:3 (M-20) 8.20/m3 7.90 8.50

1: 1: 2 (M-25) 8.70/m3 8.40 9.00


M-15 5.80/m3 The grater value of either theminimum cement contentspecified or cementconsumption as per designmix will prevail duringexecution of work.

M-20 6.60/m3

M-25 6.60/m3

M-30 7.00/m3

M-35 7.50m3

M-40 8.00/m3


CM - 1:8 1.05/m3

CM - 1:6 1.40/m3

CM - 1:5 1.70/m3

CM - 1:4 2.10/m3


CM - 1:3 0.28/m2


CM - 1:6 1.15/m3

CM - 1:5 1.40/m3

CM - 1:4 1.70/m3


CM - 1:6 1.70/m3

CM - 1:5 2.00/m3

CM - 1:4 2.50/m3


CM - 1:6 2.15/m3

CM - 1:5 2.60/m3

CM - 1:4 3.10/m3


CM - 1:6 0.85/m3

CM - 1:5 1.00/m3

CM - 1:4 1.30/m3


6 mm 0.07/m2

12 mm 0.13/m2

20 mm 0.20/m2

25 mm 0.23/m2

40 mm 0.40/m2


6 mm 0.06/m2

12 mm 0.11/m2

20 mm 0.17/m2

25 mm 0.22/m2

40 mm 0.34/m2


1:6 CM 1.70/m3

1:5 CM 2.00/m3

1:4 CM 2.50/ m3


12 MM 0.20/m2

20 MM 0.23/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.07/m2

12 MM 0.13/m2

20 MM 0.20/m2

25 MM 0.25/m2


6 MM 0.06/m2

12 MM 0.10/m2

20 MM 0.17/m2

25 MM 0.22/m2


CM 1:4 0.15/m2




12 MM 1.05/m2






0.19/m2









U] Gunniting CM 1:3

25 MM 0.28/m2

40 MM 0.45/m2

50 MM 0.55/m2

V] Water proofing





MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION ( A Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)

CEMENT VARIATION CLAUSE

The rates in Schudule are based on the above stated rates of cement consumption. The permissible variation in the cement consumptionshall be as given under Item No.1 above. For rest of the item permissible variation shall be + 5% of figures give above. If the actualconsuption on any work is below these limits, reduced rates shall be paid (considering double the prevailing market rate) for any item ofwork on which less cement has been used below limit of -5%. If consumption goes beyond the limit of +5% the same shall not be paid.It may be noted that when specifically ordered out to adopt richer mix than specified in the tender, the excess cement soconsumed above the specified mix in the tender, the same will be paid at prevailing market rate. However, for cement saveddue to adoption of poorer mix when so specifically directed by the department, a reduced rate will be paid (as per prevailingmarket rate).For excess/less cement use on work as per cement variation clause the standarad consumption for cement shall be as pertable given above.




Maintenance Guarantee Clause during Defect Liability Period .

1. The contractor willhave to guarantee the work executed under the agreement for a period of 3 Year from the date of completion of thework. During this period of 3 Year , the contractor will have to make good all damages caused to the works done by him under thisagreement, to the full satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge, without charging any extra cost. The repairs to defects due to bad workmanshipshall be done.

2. The contractor willhave to maintain the work done by him under this agreement in good condition during the defect liability period. Thelist of defects to be observed and rectified is attached separately in the tender document.

3. The contractor will have to carry out the repairs within 8 days from the date of intimation by MIDC about the damages.

4. If during the guarantee period, the company/contractor's firm gets dissolved or some new partners are introduced, then the responsibilityto maintain the work done under this agreement during the defect liability period will have to be borne by the new Company/Contractor'sfirm.

5. For enforcing this guarantee, 10.00 % Security Deposit of estimated cost or tendered cost whichever is higher, shall be recovered fromthe contractor as under:

a) 3.00 % initial security deposit in the form of DD/BG at the time of issue of work order.

b) 7.00 % to be recovered through RA bills.

Out of this 10.00 %, the initial security deposit of 3.00 % in the form of BG/DD will be released alongwith the final bill. However,

remaining 7.00 % recovered through RA Bills shall be released after completion of defect liability period or after 3 Year from the date of

completion of work.

Before releasing such security deposit after 3 Year or after the defect liability period, the Executive Engineer along with the representative

of the contractor shall inspect the work & if the work is found to be satisfactory then only 7.00 % security deposit shall be released.

6. Considering the guarantee offered by the contractor, the contractor is requested to thoroughly inspect & study the site conditions beforequoting for this work. No extra claim on this account will be entertained later.7. If certain works are neglected by the contractor, the same shall be carried out by the department at the risk & cost of the contractor. Thecost of the same shall be recovered from the amount balance with MIDC.8. Before starting the work, the contractor will have to give in writing,guarantee on stamp paper of Rs.100/- for free maintenance of workdone by him for the period of 3 Year from the date of completion of work.9. This Maintenance Guarantee Clause supersedes all clauses regarding security deposit mentioned elsewhere in this tender.


MAHARASHTRA INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION ( A Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)

List of Defects Required to be observed and Rectified by the Contractor during the Defect Liability Period

For WBM Road, CD works & Asphalting Works

1. Sinkiing of embankment, side shoulders, forming depressions, forming boils etc.

2. Developing pot holes, ruts, boils, wavy surface.3. Sinking of road at CD Works, forming depressions/ bumps.4. Underpining at CD works.5. Developing longitudinal cracks.6. Side shoulders not devleoped and compacted to level of asphalted road surface.7. Damage of NP2/NP3 Class pipes and pipe joints of CD works.8. Damge of UCR masonry.9. Sinking of cushioning over CD works pipes.10. Peeling out of pointing of UCR masonary.11. Developing horizontal and vertical cracks to UCR masonry, coping, concrete and plaster.12. Any other defect crititical or logical defect informed by Engineer-in-charge.

Note:

i. Any other defect over and above those mentioned above or any defect as an when pointed out by the\Engineer-in-charge will have to be attended satisfactorily by the contractor at his own cost during the defect liabilityperiod.

ii. Out of the above mentioned defects, the defects relevent to the work executed under this contract shallonly be observed.




DECLARATION

I/We hereby declare that in the formation of our Company, either by way of partnership or consultant, no MIDC ex-

employee has been on the enrollment of the Company.

It is further to certify that the ex-employee of the MIDC, who has joined the Company, has completed 2 years fromhis date of resignation from MIDC or from the date of retirement from MIDC.

Date :

Place : Signature of Contractor




CERTIFICATE

I/We hereby certify that the rates have been quoted by me/us after:

a) I/We have fully acquainted myself/ ourselves with site conditions &b) I/We have fully read, understood & accepted all terms, conditions, specifications & requirementsmentioned in these tender documents.

Stamped & dated

Signature of the

Contractor


CONSTRUCTION OF SITE OFFICE.

Temporary site office having 4 m. X 5 m. size with standard quality furniture such as six chairs, two tables and one steel cup-board, pedestalfan, one new computer with latest configuration, one new laser printer etc. and jug & glasses for drinking water, along with water supply fordrinking and sanitation purpose, shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost till the completion of the work for use of M.I.D.C.officials at site and visiting MIDC officers. The site office structure shall be built with tubular truss with A.C. sheet roofing and claddingwith required ventilation and lighting arrangement. A toilet of size 1.5 m. x 1.20 m. shall be also provided. The material required forconstruction shall be brought by the contractor at his cost for which NO PAYMENT shall be made by MIDC to the contractor. The siteoffice shall be dismantled and all the debris shall be taken away as soon as the work is completed. Fixing of information board to the site ofwork: The contractor shall provide and fix the information board of size 1.5 m. x 2.00 m., as approved by Engineer-incharge. If site office isnot constructed and information board is not provided by the contractor within 20 days from the date of commencement of the work, asmentioned in the work order, Rs. 2, 00,000/- amount in lump sum shall be kept in deposit from the contractor’s 1st R.A. bill. The same willbe released only after construction of site office and erection of information board. If not constructed in next one month (i.e. total one monthand twenty days from the date of commencement of the work as mentioned in the of work order), the amount kept in deposit will beforfeited. The site office with all service furniture and fittings shall be the property of the MIDC during the period of the contract, however,any rent, taxes, cess, M&R cost, maintenance charges, insurance, etc. shall be paid by the contractor for which no claim shall be entertained.Payment of Electrical bills, etc. shall be made by the Contractor. Periodical / day to day maintenance shall be carried by the Contractor. Thespace required for site office shall be arranged by the contractor at his cost and he shall obtain all necessary permissions for the same.

Survey Instrument:

Before starting of work the Contractor shall get confirmed the alignment of road by carrying out Electronic Total Station (ETS) survey.Necessary instrument i.e. ETS, surveyors, helpers, etc. shall be provided by the contractor without any extra claim for the same, drawings forthe proposed road will be provided by MIDC. The services of Electronic Total Station, surveyors, helpers, etc. shall be made available bythe contractor as and when required during the course of execution of work without any extra cost/claim.


Clause for RCC Structural Design and Proof checking

The contractor shall get prepared the RCC structural design of the box culvert/slab culvert and Retaining walls to be constructed, fromlicensed RCC Structural Designer/Consultant and submit this office along with Proof checking from authorised Proof StructuralDesigner/Consultants for obtaining approval from the competent authority. No extra payment towards RCC design and Proof

checking will be made to the contractor.


CLAUSE FOR IDLE MACHINERY

It shall be explicitly noted that claim for idle machinery, equipment, labours, etc. and any other related items shall NOT beentertained under any circumstances. If work is not to be carried out at one or more locations due to local issues or any other reasonsthen the contractor is free to demobilise machinery, equipment, labours, etc. and any other related items. The contractor shall redeploythe requisite machinery, equipment, labours, etc. and any other related items at his own cost, to the site of work after resolution of thelocal issues or any other issues. For which no separate additional payment / claim will be entertained. The contractor may have to

execute the work in stretches, which may be available for execution, from time to time.


SPECIAL CONDITION FOR ASPHALT – CHALLAN

For the item of supply of asphalt in bulk particularly for surface dressing, tack coat item, grouting it is obligatory and binding on thecontractor to produce original asphalt challan from refinery. Asphalt in bulk shall be weighed in presence of MIDC’s representativeon standard weight bridge. (Gross weight of bouser and Tare weight of bouser shall be taken) and original weight slips shall befurnished to MIDC by the contractor duly signed by him. For the items of asphalt mix such as Lean Bituminuos Mcadam /Bituminuos Mcadam / Asphalt Concrete etc., the Asphalt challans of refinery, in original will be acceptable. Thus asphalt challans arerequired only for the verification of grade of asphalt and date on which the asphalt is procured.The bitumen/Asphalt procured from

Mumbai refinery will only be accepted. The grades of asphalt mentioned in the tender and their

corresponding market grades are as under.

80/100 = VG-10

60/70 = VG-30


TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT & STEEL TO BE PROCURED BY THE CONTRACTOR

1. The contractor is aware that considerable delay is likely to occur in getting materials required to be procured and conveyed by railwhenever such materials are to be supplied by themselves. The contractors are, therefore, warned to procure their requirements sufficientlyin advance to allow for the period usually taken for supply of such materials.

2. Supply of Railway wagons is beyond the control of MIDC. No responsibility can, therefore, be accepted for the delay, which may occur inregard to the materials, which will be transported through railway wagons.

3. All materials will have to be procured by the contractor in time. The MIDC may recommend the application for Licenses and permits forthe release of controlled materials. The MIDC, however, does not undertake any responsibility whatsoever on account of difficulties anddelays that may involve in connection with the materials for which applications may have been recommended by the MIDC. The contractorshall remain fully responsible for producing all the licenses and permits required for collection of materials in proper time. No extension oftime limit for claims for compensation shall be entertained by MIDC on account of delays or difficulties that may arrise in case ofprocurement of materials to be arranged by the contractor.

4. The Engineer-in-charge of MIDC shall check the material before they are used in the work. As per direction of Engineer-incharge shoptesting wherever necessary will be carried out by MIDC. If the material is not found as per relevant Indian Standard Specifications then suchmaterial will be rejected.

5. All the reinforced bars except 6 mm dia shall be in the form of straight bars.

6. The contractor should make their own arrangements for storage and proper security of materials procured by him by constructing a puccashed, which should be leak proof and should protect the materials against atmospheric effect. The same shall be dismantled and removed thesame within 15 days from the date of completion of work, as per the instruction of the Engineer-in-charge. No extra payment for theconstruction, dismantling and removing of the same shall be allowed. If the contractor fails to dismantle andremove the same withinspecified period then the same will be removed by the MIDC at the cost and risk of the contractor.

7. A regular account of consumption of materials procured by the contractor should be maintained by the contractor in the form prescribedby the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor shall submit the same every week / month to the Engineer in charge.


General Specification for Material

1.Concreting

Cement :

Unless specified all cement shall be Portland cement of 43 grade and above and in accordance with Indian standard specifications as revised

from time to time. The brand of cement shall be Unitech, Ambuja, Rajashree, Narmada, Manikgarh, Coromandel,CCI and Vasavdatta.

Before cement is used on the work , its brand shall be got approved from the Executive Engineer.

1. The Ordinary Portland Cement shall conform to IS:8112 of 1989 with latest amendments, if any.

2. The cement shall be supplied in HDPE bag and contents of each bag shall be 50 kg.

3. The contractor should produce test certificate of manufacturer.

4. The cement brought by contractor will be got tested from Govt. / Semi-Govt. or MIDC approved Laboratory,before it is used on

work. If it is found to be according to IS:8112 of 1989 then only it will be allowed to be used, otherwise it will berejected. The results of

tests so obtained shall be final & binding on the contractor over & above the test certificate of manufacturer. Thetesting charges will be

borne by the contractor. The testing charges will be borne by the contractor.

5. It is obligatory on the part of the contractor to provide the original challans from the cement-supplying authorisedagents or from the

company ALONGWITH the test certificates, otherwise the cement will not be allowed to be used on the work.

6. Contractor will not be allowed to keep the stock of cement for a requirement of more than one month period as perIS provisions.

7. When the cement is to be consumed in bulk i.e. while casting slabs, or any other structure, any mass concrete,contractor willhave to

procure fresh cement duly tested.

Mild Steel And Tor Steel


1. The mild steel bars and C.T.D. bars shall be conforming to IS : 1786 (1985).

2. MS bars conform to IS : 226-1962 and IS : 432 (part-I) 1966 and shall be quality of Grade-I (Especially

pages 8 & 9, para 8 and 9 Table I column (4) of IS : 432 (part-I) 1966.

3. Cold Twisted Deformed Bars: The cold twisted deformed bars shall conform to IS:266-1962 and IS:1786-

1985 and shall be tested quality with physical requirements as per page 6 para 8 of 1986-1966.

4. The steel of each lot or load shall be tested in the Govt. / Semi Govt. MIDC approved laboratory and

tolerance limit is as per the IS. The weight & diameter of steel bars will be acceptable upto tolerance limit

specified in the relevant IS. The contractor should note that the payment will be strictly as per standard

weight i.e. 8 mm dia bars, standard weight is 0.39 kg / Rmt. As per IS the tolerance limit is ( +/-) 7 %.

The minimum weight will be 0.36 kg / Rmt. And maximum weight will be 0.41 kg / Rmt. However, the

payment will be made as per 0.39 kg / Rmt.

5. The TMT or TOR steel to be procured shall be manufactured by the following companies only or shall be

rolled by approved rolling mills of (steel from any other company will not be accepted) companies i.e.

SAIL, TISCO, RASHTRIYA ISPAT, etc.

6. The contractor shall produce test certificate of manufacturers. The steel brought by contractor will be got

tested from Govt. / Semi Govt./ MIDC approved laboratory before it is used on work and if it is found to

be according to IS: 226-1977 & IS 1786-1985 then only it will be allowed to be used, otherwise it will be

rejected.

Contractor

Page 50 Executive Engineer


7. It is obligatory on the part of the contractor to produce the original challans for purchase of steel /

reinforcement ALONG WITH the test report, otherwise the contractor will not be allowed to use the same

on the work.

Requirement of steel as per approved designs and drawings should be worked out by the contractor within one month

of approval of drawings so as to facilitate the procurement by the contractor. The MIDC will consider alternative

equivalent sections in steel to suit convenience of procurement and these alternative sizes and lengths shall be

procured by the contractors without delay and no claims for additional rates for fabrications of alternative sections

shall be entertained by the MIDC.

1. No extra payment will be made for TMT bars, if used by the contractor for his convenience.

Weight of steel that will be procured by the contractor will be computed on the basis of table mentioned on

page no.

82 :

The procurement of steel from the reputed manufacturers, as mentioned in 5 above, shall be on the basis of weight

and diameter wise. Weight & diameter shall both be mentioned in concerned register. The surplus steel after

completion of work shall also be removed from the site by contractor after it is inspected and certified by the

Engineer-in-charge.

All the steel procured by the contractor shall be used including cut pieces whenever feasible and practicable and

allowed by Engineer-in-charge only. The cut pieces which are not useable shall be separately stacked. Specific

permission from the Engineer-in-charge shall be taken by the contractor for taking away such cut pieces, which are

not useful. Their length and weight diameter wise shall be taken in presence of MIDC Representative.

Such cut pieces are taken away with prior permission from Engineer-in-charge of MIDC. Its lengths and weight

diameter wise shall be taken in presence of MIDC representative.


Sand:

Sand shall be clean and gritty composed of hard siliceous grains and free from clay or any vegetable/organic

matter. All sand shall pass through a mesh 4.75 mm. If there is any trace of earthy matter, sand must be washed /

screened.

Aggregate :

The aggregates shall consist of broken stone, sound, hard and durable so as to pass through a 20 mm mesh. The size

shall not vary as for as possible. All aggregates must be perfectly cleaned, cubical and should be washed if necessary

and free from sulfur. No limestone be used.

Centering:

The term centering shall include all forms, moulds, plywood shuttering, poles, shores, strutting and up rights and all

other temporary supports for the concrete to be laid. The centering shall be of such dimensions and as constructed as

to remain rigid during the process of laying, curing, tamping and setting the concrete. Joints must be water tight so as

to prevent the leakage of liquid cement paste.

Contractor


Mixing Of Concrete:

Unless otherwise stated concrete should be batched in mixer. Concrete shall be mixed in proportion of one part of


cement, parts of sand and parts of aggregate. In case of hand mix 10% extra cement shall be used and the concrete

must be thoroughly mixed at least 3 times in dry stage before water is added as far as possible. The mix shall always

be brought to the same degree of water consistency and fairly wet mixture must be used particularly for beams.

Concrete must be mixed on watertight platform sufficiently large to allow two heaps being mixed simultaneously.

The crushing strength of concrete at 28 days and 7 days shall be as per IS 456. If the work test is not found to be of

required strength then necessary deduction shall be made in the rate of that quantity proportionately if the strength is

with in the acceptable limit . If the tolerance is not within the acceptable limit the part of structure shall be broken

and reconstructed at the cost of contractor.

Water Cement Ratio:

The proportion of water should be as per IS: 456-2000 Clause 5. The proportion of aggregate cement & sand and its

crushing strength will depend upon the grade of concrete. It is obligatory on the part of contractor to carry out design

mix for all grades of concrete based on the approved aggregate sand & cement.

Placing Of Concrete:

Before any concrete is put in position centering must be well watered to prevent it sucking optimum moisture from

the concrete. The concrete shall be placed in its final position in the work as soon as possible after mixing and care

must be taken to place it gently in position and not to drop it from a height. It must be well tamped and vibrated with

mechanical immersion/plate/screed /surface vibrators till all the air is expelled. Care being taken to see that

reinforcement is thoroughly surrounded by the liquid concrete and there are no voids, or cavities are left. The

concrete shall be continuously watered and kept damp for 21 days after placing in position.

Stopping & Recommencing Work:

As far as possible when concreting is once commenced, it must be continued without stopping until the job is


completed. If, however, stopping of concreting placing is unavoidable the break should be at right angles to direction

of the span. On no account a joint shall be made towards the end or at the end of the beam or of slab. Wherever a

joint has been made in laid concrete the surface of the existing concrete must be carefully brushed with a steel brush

before recommencing the work. Remove loose metal particles and dust. A thick grout of neat cement must be poured

over the edge before the new concrete is placed against it. Where the concrete work should be stopped, shall be

decided in advance by the Executive Engineer and is shown properly on plan.

Striking Centering:

Under the ordinary circumstances the centering of the slabs beam and column shall be removed as per following

conditions: -

(A) Vertical sides of slab beam and columns : 24 hours.

(B) Bottom of slabs below 4.5 m. span. : 06 days.

(C) Bottom of slab above 4.6 m. span and arch

bottom upto 20 m. span : 14 days.

(D) Bottom of beams over 6.0 m. span. : 21 days.

For rapid hardening cement 3/7 of the above period will be sufficient in all cases except vertical sides of slabs, beams

and columns which should be retained at least for 12 hours.

Contractor



General Workmanship:

This should comply with Clause No. 1 of Indian Standard Specification 250:1965. It is binding on the contractor to

provide testing laboratory on site for conducting various tests.

Contractor



501 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT LAYERS

501.1 General

Bituminous pavement course shall be made using the materials described in the Specifications.

The use of machinery and equipment mentioned in various Clauses of these Specifications is mandatory. Details of the machinery andequipment are available in the Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works. The equipment mandatory for any particularproject shall be in accordance with the Contract Specifications for that project.

501.2 Material

501.2.1 Binder

The binder shall be an appropriate type of bituminous material complying with the relevant Indian Standard, as defined in the appropriateClauses of these Specifications, or as otherwise specified herein. The choice of binder shall be stipulated in the Contract or by the Engineer.Where viscosity grades of bitumen are specified, they are referred to by a designation in accordance with IS:73. Where modified bitumen isspecified, it shall conform to the requirements of IRC:15462; and the following provision of this Specification shall apply.

i) Modified bitumen from refinery sources or blended at approved central plant or at site using appropriate industrial process andplant with high shear mill, and testing facilities to achieve stable and homogenous mix shall be used. The use of high shear mixer or anyother device capable of producing a homogeneous blend is essential when the modified is in powder form.

ii) Transportation tanks and storage tanks shall be insulated and equipped with effective heating system and circulation/agitatingdevice to maintain the specified temperature, homogeneity and viscosity of the bitumen during transit and storage.

iii) Separation, difference in softening point (R&B), shall not be more than 3oC for any type of specified modified bitumen whentested as per Annex B of IS:15462.

Selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen, based on highest and lowest daily mean temperatures at a particular site, are given in Table500-1.

Selection criteria for modified bitumen shall be in accordance with IRC:SP:53.

Table 500-1: Selection Criteria for Viscosity-Graded (VG) Paving Bitumens

Based on Climatic Conditions

Lowest Daily Mean AirTemperature, oC

Highest Daily Mean Air Temperature, oC

Less than 20oC 20oC to 30oC More than 30oC

More than -10oC VG-10 VG-20 VG-30

-10oC or lower VG-10 VG-10 VG-20


Lowest Daily Mean AirTemperature, oC

Highest Daily Mean Air Temperature, oC

Less than 20oC 20oC to 30oC More than 30oC

More than -10oC VG-10 VG-20 VG-30

-10oC or lower VG-10 VG-10 VG-20

Both the highest daily mean air temperature and the lowest daily mean air temperatures mentioned in Tables 500-5 and 500-6 can beobtained for the weather station nearest to the project site from the Indian Meteorological Organization (IMO). This daily mean hightemperature on a specific day is the same as daily “normal” high temperature for that day as usually reported in some newspapers. Thehighest of the 365 daily mean high air temperatures (which usually occurs on some day in May or June) is used in Tables 500-5 and 500-6.Likewise, the lowest daily mean air temperature (which usually occurs on some day in January) can also be obtained from the IMO. Sincethese are mean temperatures based on the average of 30-40 years data, these temperatures are significantly lowest than the absolutemaximum temperatures, which may have occurred in a specific year.

501.2.2 Coarse Aggregates

The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material retained on the 2.36 mm sieve. They shall beclean, hard, durable, or cubical shape, free from dust and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious matter. Where the Contractor’sselected source of aggregates has poor affinity for bitumen, the Contractor shall demonstrate through test results that with the use of anti-stripping agents, the stripping value is improved to satisfy the specification requirements. The Engineer may approve such a source and, as acondition for the approval of that source, the bitumen shall be treated with approved anti-stripping agents, as per the manufacturer’srecommendations, at the cost of the Contractor.

Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as aggregate not less than 90 percent by weight of the crushed material retained on the 4.75 mmsieve shall have at least two fractured faces, except that in the case of bituminous concrete the requirement in this regard shall be 95 percent.

The aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements set forth in the individual relevant clause for the material.

501.2.3 Fine Aggregates

Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring material, or a combination of the two, passing 2.36 mm sieve and retained onthe 75 micron sieve. They shall be clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious matter.Natural sand shall not be allowed in binder and wearing course. However, natural sand upto 50 percent of the fine aggregates may beallowed in base course. Fine aggregates shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with therequirement of IS:2720 (Part 37). The plasticity index of the fraction passing 0.425 mm shall not exceed 4 when tested in accordance withIS:2720 (Part 5). The fine aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements set forth in the individual relevant-clause for the material inquestion.

501.2.4 Source of Material

The sources of materials proposed to be used by the Contractor shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer who shall give thenecessary approval. The Engineer may from time to time withdraw approval of a specific source, or attach conditions to the existingapproval. Any change in aggregate source for bituminous mixes shall require a new mix design, and laying trials, where the mix is based ona job mix design. Stockpiles from different sources approved or otherwise, shall be kept separate, such that there is no contaminationbetween one material and another. Each source submitted for approval shall contain material sufficient for at least 5 days work.


501.3 Mixing

Pre-mixed bituminous materials shall be prepared in a hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of yielding a mix of proper anduniform quality with thoroughly coated aggregates. Appropriate mixing temperatures are given in Table 500-2 of these Specifications, thedifference in temperature between the binder and aggregate shall at no time exceed 14o C. In order to ensure uniform quality of the mix andbetter coating of aggregates, the hot mix plant shall be calibrated from time to time. The essential features of the hot mix plants are given inAnnex A of IRC: 27.

Table 500-2: Mixing, Laying and Rolling Temperatures for Bituminous

Mixes (Degree Celsius)

BitumenViscosityGrade

BitumenTemperature

AggregateTemperature

MixedMaterialTemperature

LayingTemperature

*RollingTemperature

VG-40 160-170 160-175 160-170 150 Min 100 Min

VG-30 150-165 150-170 150-165 140 Min 90 Min

VG-20 145-165 145-170 145-165 135 Min 85 Min

VG-10 140-160 140-165 140-160 130 Min 80 Min

*Rolling must be completed before the mat cools to these minimum temperatures.

If a continuous type mixing plant is used, the Contractor must demonstrate by laboratory analysis that the cold feed combined grading iswithin the grading limits specified for that bituminous bound material. In the case of a designed job mix, the bitumen and filler content shallbe derived using this combined grading.

501.4 Transporting

Bituminous materials shall be transported in clean insulated and covered vehicles. An asphalt release agent, such as soap or lime water, maybe applied to the interior of the vehicle to prevent sticking and to facilitate discharge of the material.

501.5 Laying

501.5.1 Weather and Seasonal Limitations

Laying shall be suspended:

i) In presence of standing water on the surface.


ii) When rain is imminent, and during rains, fog or dust storm;

iii) When the base/binder course is damp;

iv) When the air temperature on the surface on which it is to be laid is less than 10oC for mixes with conventional bitumen and is lessthan 15oC for mixes with modified bitumen;

v) When the wind speed at any temperature exceeds the 40 Km per hour at

2 m height.

501.5.2 Cleaning of Surface

The surface on which the bituminous work is to be laid shall be cleaned of all loose and extraneous matter by means of a mechanical broomand air jet. The equipment for applying a high pressure air jet from a compressor to remove dust or loose matter shall be available full timeat the site.

501.5.3 Spreading

Prior to spreading the mix, the base shall be prepared by carrying out the required operations as per Clause 501.8 depending upon the siteconditions. Except in areas where paver cannot get access, bituminous materials shall be spread, levelled and temped by an approved self-propelled paving machine equipped with an electronic sensing device. The essential features of the paver finisher shall conform to Annex Aof IRC:27. As soon as possible after arrival at site, the materials shall be supplied continuously to the paver and laid without delay. The rateof delivery of material to the paver shall be regulated to enable the paver to operate continuously. The travel rate of the paver, and itsmethod of operations, shall be adjusted to ensure an even and uniform flow of bituminous material across the screed, free from dragging,tearing and segregation of the material. In areas with restricted space (such as confined space, foot ways, of irregular shape and varyingthickness, approaches to expansion joints etc) where paver cannot be used, the material shall be spread, raked and levelled with suitable handtools by trained staff.

The minimum thickness of material laid in each paver pass shall be in accordance with the minimum values given in the relevant parts ofthese Specifications. When laying binder course or wearing course approaching an expansion joint of a structure, machine laying shall stop300 mm short of the joint. The remainder of the pavement up to the joint, and the corresponding areas beyond it, shall be laid by hand, andthe joint or joint cavity shall be kept clear of surfacing material.

Bituminous material, with a temperature greater than 145oC, shall not be laid or deposited on bridge deck water-proofing systems, unlessprecautions against heat damage have been approved by the Engineer.

501.5.4 Cleanliness and Overlaying

Bituminous material shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. The only traffic permitted to run on bituminous material to be overlaid shall bethat engaged in laying and compacting the next course or, where a binder course is to be sealed or surface dressed, that engaged on suchsurface treatment. Should any bituminous material become contaminated, the Contractor shall make it good to the satisfaction of theEngineer, in compliance with Clause 501.8.

Binder course material shall be covered by either the wearing course or surface treatment, whichever is specified in the Contract.

501.6 Compaction


Bituminous materials shall be laid and compacted in layers, which enable the specified thickness surface level, regularity requirements andcompaction to be achieved.

Compaction of bituminous materials shall commence as soon as possible after laying. Compaction shall be substantially completed beforethe temperature falls below the minimum rolling temperatures stated in the relevant part of these Specifications. Rolling of the longitudinaljoints shall be done immediately behind the paving operation. After this, rolling shall commence at the edges and progress towards thecenter longitudinally except that on super-elevated and unidirectionally cambered portions, it shall progress from the lower to the upper edgeparallel to the center line of the pavement. Rolling shall continue until all roller marks have been removed from the surface. All deficienciesin the surface after laying shall be made good by the attendants behind the paver, before initial rolling is commenced. The initial orbreakdown rolling shall be done with 8-10 tonne static weight smooth-wheel rollers. The intermediate rolling shall be done with 8-10 tonnestatic weight or vibratory roller or with a pneumatic tyre roller of 12 to 15 tonne weight, with a tyre pressure of at least 0.56 MPa. Thecontractor shall demonstrate the efficiency of the equipment proposed to be used by carrying compaction trials. The procedure for site trialsshall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The finish rolling shall be done with 6 to 8 tonne smooth wheel tandem rollers. Rolling shallcontinue until the specified compaction is achieved.

Where compaction is to be determined by density of cores, the requirements to prove the performance of rollers shall apply in order todemonstrate that the specified density can be achieved. In such cases the Contractor shall specify the plant, and the method by which heintends to achieve the specified level of compaction and finish at temperatures above the minimum specified rolling temperatures. Layingtrials shall then demonstrate the acceptability of the plant and method used.

Bituminous materials shall be roller in a longitudinal direction, with the driven rolls nearest the paver. The roller shall first compact materialadjacent to joints and then work from the lower to the upper side of the layer, overlapping on successive passes by at least one-third of thewidth of the rear roll or, in the case of a pneumatic-tyred roller, at least the nominal width of 300 mm.

In portions with super-elevated and unidirectional camber, after the edge has been rolled the roller-shall progress from the lower to the upperedge.

Rollers should move at a speed of not more than 5 km. per hour. The roller shall not be permitted to stand on pavement which has not beenfully compacted, and necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent dropping of oil, grease, petrol/diesel or other foreign matter on thepavement either when the rollers are operating or standing. The wheels of roller machine shall be in good working order, to prevent the mixfrom adhering to the wheels. Only sufficient moisture to prevent adhesion between the wheels of rollers and the mix should be used. Surpluswater shall not be allowed to stand on the partially compacted pavement.

501.7 Joints

501.7.1 Where joints are made, the material shall be fully compacted and the joint made flush in one of the following ways:

a) All joints shall be cut vertical to the full thickness of the previously laid mix. All loosened material shall be discarded and the verticalface coated with a suitable viscosity grade hot bitumen, or cold applied emulsified bitumen. While spreading the material along the joint thematerial spread shall overlap 25 mm to 50 mm on the previously laid mix beyond the vertical face of the joint. The thickness of the looseoverlap material should be approximately a quarter more than the final compacted thickness. The overlapped mix shall be dragged back tothe hot lane so that the roller can press the small excess into the hot side of the joint to obtain a high joint density.

b) By using two or more pavers operating in echelon, where this is practicable and in sufficient proximity for adjacent widths to be fullycompacted by continuous rolling.

501.7.2 All longitudinal joints shall be offset at least 300 mm from parallel joints in the layer beneath or as directed, and in alayout approved by the Engineer. Joints in the wearing course shall coincide with either the lane edge or the lane marking , whichever isappropriate. Longitudinal joints shall not be situated in wheel track zones.

501.7.3 For transverse joints method a) above shall apply, Transverse joints in the successive and adjoining layers shall have a


minimum offset of 2 m.

501.8 Preparation of Surface

501.8.1 Scope

This work shall consist of preparing an existing granular or black-topped surface for laying bituminous course. The work shall be performedon such widths and lengths as shown on the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer. The existing surface shall be firm and clean, andtreated with Prime or Tack coat as specified in the Contract.

501.8.2. Materials

501.8.2.2 For patching Potholes and Sealing Cracks

Where the existing surface to be overlaid is bituminous, material required for patching and sealing cracks shall be in accordance with Clause3004.2 and 3004.3 of MORTH book of specifications-2013 or as directed by the Engineer.

501.8.2.3 For Profile Corrective Course

The type of material for use as profile corrective course shall be as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Where it is to belaid as part of the overlay/strengthening course, the profile corrective course material shall be of the same specification as that of theoverlay/strengthening course. However, if provided as a separate layer, it shall be of the specification and details given in the Contract.

501.8.3. Construction Operations

501.8.3.1 Preparing Existing Granular Surface

Where the existing surface is granular, all loose materials shall be removed, and the surface lightly watered where the profile correctivecourse to be provided as a separate layer is also granular. Where the profile corrective course of bituminous material is to be laid over theexisting granular surface, the latter shall, after removal of all loose material, be primed in accordance with Clause 502 and a tack coatapplied in accordance with Clause 503.

The surface of all granular layers on which bituminous works are to be placed, shall be free from dust. All such layers must be capable ofbeing swept, after the removal of any non-integral loose material, by means of a mechanical broom, without shedding significant quantitiesof material and dust removed by air jet, washing, or other means approved by the Engineer.

After cleaning, the surface shall be correct to line and level within the tolerances specified for base course.

501.8.3.2 Scarifying Existing Bituminous Surface

Where specified or shown on the drawings, the existing bituminous layer in the specified width shall be removed with care and withoutcausing undue disturbance to the underlying layer, by a suitable method approved by the Engineer. After removal of all loose anddisintegrated material, the underlying layers which might have been disturbed shall be suitably reworked supplementing the base material asnecessary with suitable fresh stone aggregates and compacted to line and level. The compacted finished surface shall be primed inaccordance with Clause 502. Reusable material shall be stacked as directed by the Engineer with all leads and lifts.

501.8.3.3 Patching of Potholes and Sealing of Cracks

Where the existing surface to be overlaid is bituminous, any existing potholes and cracks shall be repaired and sealed in accordance withClauses 3004.2 and 3004.3 of MORTH Specifications 2013 or as directed by the Engineer.


501.8.3.4 Profile Corrective Course

a) Application of Profile Corrective Course

i) A profile corrective course for correcting the existing pavement profile shall be laid to varying thickness as shown on theDrawings.

ii) Any high spots in the existing black-topped surface shall be removed by a milling machine or other approved method, and allloose material shall be removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

iii) Where the maximum thickness of profile corrective course will be not more than 40 mm, the profile corrective course shall beconstructed as an integral part of the overlay course. In other cases, the profile corrective course shall be constructed as a separate layer,adopting such construction procedure and using such equipment as approved by the Engineer, to lay the specified type of material, tothickness and tolerance as specified for the course to be provided.

iv) The profile corrective course shall be laid to tolerances and densities as specified for wearing course if it is laid integral with thewearing course. The profile corrective course shall be laid to tolerances and densities as specified for base course, if it is to be covered witha wearing course layer.

b) Laying on Granular Base : After preparing the granular surface in accordance with Clauses 501.8.3.1 and 501.8.3.2, the profilecorrective course shall be laid using material as described in Clauses 501.8.2.3 and 501.8.3.4 (a), or as otherwise described in the Contract,and compacted to the requirements of the particular Specification.

c) Laying on Existing Bituminous Surface : The existing bituminous surface shall be prepared in accordance with Clause 502.8.3.3, andafter applying a tack coat conforming to Clause 503, the bituminous profile corrective course shall be laid using material as described inClauses 501.8.2.3 and 501.8.3.4 (a) and compacted to the requirements of the Specification.

d) Correction of Local Depressions, Camber and Super-Elevation: Where local sags or depressions occur in the existing pavement, aspecific filling operation shall be instructed by the Engineer, which should be laid in accordance with Fig.500-1. Normally, the maximumlayer thickness at any point should not exceed 100 mm. In placing multiple lifts, they should be arranged according to the correct method asillustrated.

Note : Profile corrective course material to be in accordance with the lift thickness.

Fig.500-1 : Methods for Providing Corrective Course for

Short Sags and Depressions.

For correction of camber or super-elevation of the existing carriageway, the method shown in Fig.500-2 shall be adopted, depending on theprofile of the existing carriageway.

501.8.3.5 Covering the Profile Corrective Courses

Profile corrective course shall be so planned that the layer shall be covered by the designed base/wearing course at the earliest opportunity,before opening to regular traffic.

501.8.4. Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work

The relevant provisions of Section 900 of MORTH Book of Specifications-2013.


501.8.5. Arrangements for Traffic

During construction operations, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance the provisions of Clause 112 of the MORTH Book ofspecification-2013.

Case III : Converting two-sided camber to one-sided cross- fall during provision of a dual carriageway.

Fig. 500-2: Correction of Camber or Super-Elevation

501.8.6 Environmental Protection

The provisions of clauses 111 of MORTH Book of specifications 2013 and the provision of Annex A to Clause 501 shall apply.

501.8.7 Measurement for Payment

501.8.7.1 Cleaning of the Surface

The work of cleaning of the surface using mechanical broom and air-jet shall be incidental to the work of preparation of surface.

501.8.7.2. Scarifying

Scarifying the existing bituminous surface shall be measured and paid for on a square metre basis or as per contract conditions.

501.8.7.3. Prime Coat

Prime coat shall be measured and paid for on a square metre basis or as per contract conditions.

501.8.7.4. Tack Coat.

Tack coat shall be measured and paid for on a square metre basis or as per contract conditions.

501.8.7.5 Potholes and Crack Sealing

The work of filling potholes shall be measured separately and be paid for in square metres or on weight basis in tonnes as specified in theContract.

The work of sealing cracks for applying fog spray or emulsion slurry seal shall be measured in square metres, for the area covered by thespray.

The work of sealing cracks of size 3 mm to 6 mm in width shall be measured in square metres or in linear meters as specified in theContract.

The work of sealing cracks of size greater than 6 mm width shall be measured in linear metres.

501.8.7.6 Profile Corrective Course

Profile corrective course shall be measured as the volume laid in position in cubic metres, or in tonnage or as stipulated in the Contract. Thevolume shall be calculated by plotting the exact profile of corrective course as required, and laid superimposed on the existing pavementprofile or corrective course as required, and laid, superimposed on the existing pavement profile. Cross-sectional areas of the profilecorrective course shall be measured at intervals of 10 m centre to centre on straight sections and at 5 m centre to centre on curves


corrective course shall be measured at intervals of 10 m centre to centre on straight sections and at 5 m centre to centre on curveslongitudinally and at seven locations transversely, for two lane carriageway, and at three locations transversely for single lane and thevolume shall be calculated using the method of end areas.

501.8.7.7 Filling of Local Depressions.

The work of filling depressions where instructed to be carried out separately shall be measured by the weight of the bituminous materialplaced in position.

501.8.8 Rates

501.8.8 Rate for Scarifying

The contract unit rate for scarifying existing bituminous surfaces, including repairing/reworking disturbed underlying layers and removingand stacking reusable and unusable materials, shall include but not necessarily be limited to, the cost of all labour, supply of materialsneeded for repair /reworking, hire charges of tools and plant, and transportation of scarified materials with all leads and lifts.

501.8.8.2 Rate for Premixed Bituminous Material

The contract unit rate for premixed bituminous material shall be payment in full for carrying out the required operations including fullcompensation for, but not necessarily limited to

i) Making arrangements for traffic to Clause 112 of MORTH Book of specifications except for initial treatment to verge, shouldersand construction of diversions.

ii) Cleaning of the surface.

iii) Providing all materials, to be incorporated in the work including arrangement for stock yards, all royalties, fees, rents, wherenecessary and all leads and lifts.

iv) Mixing transporting, laying and compacting the mix as specified including all wastage in cutting joints.

v) All labour, tools, equipment, plant including g installation of hot mix plant, power supply units and all machinery, incidental tocomplete the work to these Specifications.

vi) Carrying out the work in part widths of the road where directed.

vii) Carrying out all tests for control of quality.

viii) The rate shall cover the provision of bitumen at the application rate specified in the contract, with the provision that the variationin actual percentage of bitumen used shall be assessed and the payment adjusted accordingly as per Contract.

ix) The rates includes for all testing, mix design, transporting and testing of samples and cores and tests as directed by the Engineerand

x) The cost of all plant and laying trials as specified to prove the mixing and laying methods shall be deemed to be included in theContractor’s rates.

501.8.8.3 Rate for Prime Coat

The Contract unit rate for prime coat shall be as per Clause 502.8


501.8.8.4 Rate for Tack Coat

The Contract unit rate for tack coat shall be as per Clause 503.8

501.8.8.5 Rate for Filling of Local Depressions

The Contract unit rate for filling of local depressions shall be payment in full for (i) furnishing all material, (ii) all works involved includingtrimming, cleaning, backfilling, priming, application of tack coat, filling with bituminous material in layers and compacting each layer (iii)all labour tools, equipment and incidentals to complete the works in accordance with the Specifications.

501.8.8.6 Rate for Profile Corrective Course

The Contract unit rate for profile corrective course when laid separately shall be payment in full for carrying out the required operations asspecified, and shall include all components listed in Clause 501.8.8.2.

NOTE :- Whenever the completed item of bituminous layer is inclusive of Tack coat as mentioned in wording of the item or in thespecification of the item, No separate payment shall be made for Tack coat, However the measurement of Tack coat and asphalt (Bitumen)consumption shall be recorded and verified and rates of completed item be adjusted as per actual consumption, if within permissible limits.

Annex ‘A’ to Clause 501

Annex ‘A’

PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

1. GENERAL

1.1 This Appendix sets out limitations on the Contractor’s activities specifically intended to protect the environment.

1.2 The Contractor shall take all necessary measures and precautions and otherwise ensure that the execution of the works and allassociated operations on or off site are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including thoseprescribed elsewhere in these specifications.

1.3 The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance arising from the execution of the works.This shall wherever possible be achieved by suppression of the nuisance at source rather than abatement of the nuisance once generated.

1.4 In the event of any spoil, debris, waste or any deleterious substance from the site being deposited on any adjacent land, the Contractorshall immediately remove all such material and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2. WATER QUALITY

2.1 The contractor shall prevent any interference with the supply to or abstraction from, and prevent any pollution of, water resources(including underground percolating water) as a result of the execution of the Works.

2.2 Areas where water is regularly or repetitively used for dust suppression purpose shall be laid to fall to specifically constructed


settlement tanks to permit sedimentation of particulate matter. After settlement, the water may be reused for dust suppression and rinsing.

2.3 All water and other liquid waste products arising on the site shall be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the site andin a manner that shall not cause nuisance or pollution.

2.4 The Contractor shall not discharge or deposit any matter arising from the execution of the Works into any waters except with thepermission of the Engineer and the regulatory authorities concerned.

2.5 The Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing stream courses and drains within, and adjacent to, the site are kept safeand free from any debris and any materials arising from the Works.

2.6 The Contractor shall protect all watercourses, waterways, ditches canals, drains, lakes and the like from pollution as a result ofexecution of the Works.

3. AIR QUALITY

3.1 The Contractor shall devise and arrange methods of working to minimize dust, gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out theWorks in such a manner as to minimize adverse impacts on air quality.

3.2 The Contractor shall utilize effective water sprays during delivery, manufacture, processing and handling of materials where dustis likely to be created, and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles of friable materials shall be covered withclean tarpaulins, with application of sprayed water during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles of material or debris shall be dampened prior totheir movement, except where this is contrary to the Specifications.

3.3 Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust producing material shall have properly fittingside and tail boards. Materials having the potential to produce dust shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards, andshall be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition. The tarpaulin shall be properly secured and extended at least 300 mm over theedges of the side and tail boards.

3.4 In the event that the Contractor is permitted to use gravel or earth roads for haulage, he shall provide suitable measures for dustpalliation, if these are, in the opinion of the Engineer, necessary. Such measures may include sprinkling water on the road surface at regularintervals.

4 NOISE

4.1 The Contractor shall consider noise abutment measures in his planning and execution of the Works.

4.2 The contractor shall take all necessary measures so that the operation of all mechanical equipment and construction processes onand off the site shall not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environmental requirements. TheContractor shall use all necessary measures and shall maintain all plant and silencing equipment in good condition so as to minimize thenoise emission during construction works.

5 CONTROL OF WASTES

5.1 The Contractor shall control the disposal of all forms of waste generated by the construction operations and in all associatedactivities. No uncontrolled deposition or dumping shall be permitted. Wastes to be so controlled shall include, but shall not be limited to, allforms of fuel and engine oils, all types of bitumen, cement, surplus aggregates, gravels, bituminous mixes etc. The Contractor shall makespecific provision for the proper disposal of these and any other waste products, conforming to local regulations and acceptable to theEngineer.


6 MEASUREMENT

6.1 No separate measurement shall be made in respect of compliance by the Contractor with these provisions. The Contractorshall be deemed to have made allowance for such compliance with these provisions in the preparation of hisprices for items of work included in the Bill of Quantities and full compensation for such compliance will bedeemed to be covered by them.

502PRIME COAT OVER GRANULAR BASE

502.1 Scope

This work shall consist of the application of a single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material to a porous granular surfacepreparatory to the superimposition of bituminous treatment or mix. The work shall be carried out on a previously preparedgranular/stabilization surface to Clause 501.8.

502.2 Materials

502.2.1 The primer shall be cationic bitumen emulsion SS1 grade conforming to IS:8887 as specified in the Contract.

502.2.2 Quantity of SS1 grade bitumen emulsion for various types of granular surface shall be as given in Table 500-3.

Table 500-3 : Quantity of Bitumen Emulsion for Various Types of Granular Surfaces

Type of Surface Rate of Spray (kg/Sq.m.)

WMM/WBM 0.7-1.0

Stabilized soil bases/Crusher Run Macadam 0.9- 1.2

502.2.4 The correct quantity of primer shall be decided by the Engineer and shall be such that it can be absorbed by the surface withoutcausing run-off of excessive primer and to achieve desired penetration of about 8-10 mm.

502.3 Weather and Seasonal Limitations

Primer shall not be applied during a dust storm or when the weather is foggy, rainy or windy or when the temperature in the shade is lessthan 100 C. Surfaces which are to receive emulsion primer should be damp, but no free or standing water shall be present. Surface can bejust wetted by very light sprinkling of water.

502.4 Construction

502.4.1 Equipment

The primer shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer equipped for spraying the material uniformly at specifiedrates and temperatures. Hand spraying shall not be allowed except in small areas, inaccessible to the distributor, or in narrow strips where


primer shall be sprayed with a pressure hand sprayer, or as directed by the Engineer.

502.4.2 Preparation of Road Surface

The granular surface to be primed shall be swept clean by power brooms or mechanical sweepers and made free from dust. All loosematerial and other foreign material shall be removed completely. If soil/murum binder has been used in the WBM surface, part of this shouldbe brushed and removed to a depth of about 2 mm so as to achieve good penetration.

502.4.3 Application of Bituminous Primer

After preparation of the road surface as per Clause 502.4.2, the primer shall be sprayed uniformly at the specified rate. The method forapplication of the primer will depend on the type of equipment to be used, size of nozzles, pressure at the spray bar and speed of forwardmovement. The contractor shall demonstrate at a spraying trial, that the equipment and method to be used is capable of producing a uniformspray, within the tolerances specified.

No heating or dilution of SS1 bitumen emulsion shall be permitted at site.

502.4.4 Curing of primer and Opening to traffic

A primed surface shall be allowed to cure for at least 24 hours or such other higher period as is found to be necessary to allow all themoisture/volatiles to evaporate before any subsequent surface treatment or mix is laid. Any unabsorbed primer shall first be blottedwith a light application of sand, using the minimum quantity possible. A primed surface shall not be opened to traffic other than thatnecessary to lay the next course.

502.5 Quality Control of Work

For control of the quality of materials and the works carried out, the relevant provisions of Section 900 of the MORTH Book ofspecifications-2013 shall apply.

502.6 Arrangements for Traffic

During construction operations, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 112 of the MORTHBook of specifications.

502.7 Measurement for Payment

Prime coat shall be measured as mentioned in mode of measurement of relevant item.

502.8 Rate

The contract unit rate for prime coat shall be payment in full for carrying out the required operations including full compensation for allcomponents listed in Clause 401.7 9i) to (v) and as applicable to the work specified in these Specifications. Payment shall be made on thebasis of the provision of prime coat at an application rate of quantity at 0.6 kg per square metre/ or at the rate specified in the Contract, withadjustment, plus or minus, for the variation between this quantity and the actual quantity approved by the Engineer after the preliminarytrials referred to in Clause 502.4.3.

503 TACK COAT

503.1 Scope

The work shall consist of the application of a single coat of low viscosity liquid bituminous material to existing bituminous, cement concreteor primed granular surface preparatory to the superimposition of a bituminous mix, when specified in the Contract or as instructed by the


Engineer. The work shall be carried out on a previously prepared surface in accordance with Clause 501.8.

503.2 Materials

The binder used for tack coat shall be either Cationic bitumen emulsion (RS 1) complying with IS;887 or suitable low viscosity pavingbitumen of VG 10 grade conforming to IS:73. The use of cutback bitumen RC:70 as per IS:217 shall be restricted only for sites at sub-zerotemperatures or for emergency applications as directed by the Engineer. The type and grade of binder for tack coat shall be as specified inthe Contract or as directed by the Engineer.

503.3 Weather and Seasonal Limitations

Bituminous material shall not be applied during a dust storm or when the weather is foggy rainy or when the temperature in the shade is lessthan 10o C. Where the tack coat consists of emulsion, the surface shall be slightly damp, but not wet. Where the tack coat is of cutbackbitumen, the surface shall be dry.

503.4 Construction

503.4.1 Equipment

The tack coat shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer, equipped for spraying the material uniformly at aspecified rate. Hand spraying shall not be permitted except in small areas, inaccessible to the distributor, or narrow strips, shall be sprayedwith a pressure hand sprayer, or as directed by the Engineer.

503.4.2 Preparation of Base

The surface on which the tack coat is to be applied shall be clean and free from dust, dirt and any extraneous material, and be otherwiseprepared in accordance with the requirements of Clauses 501.8. The granular or stabilized surfaces shall be primed as per Clause 502.Immediately before the application of the tack coat, the surface shall be swept clean with a mechanical broom, and high pressure air jet, orby other means as directed by the Engineer.

503.4.3 Application of Tack Coat

The application of tack coat shall be at the rate specified in Table 500-5, and it shall be applied uniformly. If rate of application of Tack Coatis not specified in the contract, then it shall be permitted. Paving bitumen if used for tack coat shall be heated to appropriate temperature inbitumen boilers to achieve viscosity less than 2 poise. The normal range of spraying temperature for a bituminous emulsion shall be 20oC to70oC and for cutback, 50oC to 80oC. The method of application of tack coat will depend on the type of equipment to be used, size ofnozzles, pressure at the spray bar, and speed or forward movement. The Contractor shall demonstrate at a spraying trial, that the equipmentand method to be used is capable of producing a uniform spray, within the tolerances specified.

Table 500-5: rate of Application of Tack Coat

Type of Surface Rate of Spray of Binder in Kg. Per Sq.m.

Bituminous surfaces 0.20 – 0.30

Granular surfaces treated with primer 0.25 – 0.30

Cement concrete pavement 0.30 – 0.35


503.4.4 Curing of Tack Coat

The tack coat shall be left to cure until all the volatiles have evaporated before any subsequent construction is started. No plant or vehiclesshall be allowed on the tack coat other than those essential for the construction.

503.5 Quality Control of Work

For control of the quality of materials and the works carried out the relevant provisions of Section 900 of the MORTH Book ofSpecifications 2013.

503.6 Arrangements for traffic

During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 112 of the MORTHBook of Specifications-2013.

503.7 Measurement for Payment

Tack Coat shall be measured in terms of surface area of application in square metres or as specified in the Tender Document.

503.8 Rate

The contract unit rate for tack coat shall be payment in full for carrying out the required operations including for all components listed inClause 401.8 (i) to (v) and as applicable to the work specified in these Specifications. The rate shall cover the provision of tack coat, at 0.2kg per square metre or at the rate specified in the Contract, with the provision that the variation between this quantity and actual quantity ofbitumen used will be assessed and the payment adjusted accordingly.

NOTE :- Whenever the completed item of bituminous layer is inclusive of Tack coat as mentioned in wording of the item or in thespecification of the item, No separate payment shall be made for Tack coat, However the measurement of Tack coat and asphalt (Bitumen)consumption shall be recorded and verified and rates of completed item be adjusted as per actual consumption, if within permissible limits.

Table 500-7 Aggregate Grading and Bitumen Content

Grading 1 2

Nominal maximum aggregate size 40 mm 19mm

Layer thickness 80-100mm 50-75mm

Is Sieve size (mm) Cumulative % by weight of total aggregatepassing

45 100

37.5 90-100

26.5 75-100 100

19 - 90-100

13.2 35-61 56-88

4.75 13-22 16-36

2.36 4-19 4-19

0.3 2-10 2-10

0.075 0-8 0-8

Bitumen content** percent by mass oftotal mix

3.3** 3.4**


Grading 1 2

Nominal maximum aggregate size 40 mm 19mm

Layer thickness 80-100mm 50-75mm

Is Sieve size (mm) Cumulative % by weight of totalaggregate passing

45 100

37.5 90-100

26.5 75-100 100

19 - 90-100

13.2 35-61 56-88

4.75 13-22 16-36

2.36 4-19 4-19

0.3 2-10 2-10

0.075 0-8 0-8

Bitumen content** percent by mass oftotal mix

3.3** 3.4**

* Nominal maximum aggregate size is the largest specified sieve size upon which any of the aggregate material is retained.

** Corresponds to specific gravity of the aggregate being 2.7. In case aggregates have specific gravity more than 2.7, bitumen content can bereduced proportionately. Further, for regions where highest daily mean air temperature is 30oC or lower and lowest daily mean airtemperature is -10oC or lower, the bitumen content may be increased by 0.5 percent.

Table 500-8 : Physical Requirements for Coarse Aggregate

Property Test Specification Method ofTest

Cleanliness (dust) Grain size analysis Max 5% passing0.075 mm sieve

IS:2386 Part I

Particle shape Combined Flakinessand ElongationIndices*

Max 35% IS:2386 Part I

Strength Los AngelesAbrasion Value or

Aggregate impactValue

Max 35%

Max 27%

IS:2386 Part IV

Durability Soundness either :Sodium Sulphate orMagnesiumSulphate

Max 12%

Max 18%

IS:2386 Part V

Water Absorption Water Absorption Max 2% IS:2386 Part III

Stripping Coating andStripping ofBitumen AggregateMix

Minimumretained coating95%

IS:6241

Water Sensitivity Retained TensileStrength**

Min.80% AASHTO 283


Property Test Specification Method ofTest

Cleanliness (dust) Grain size analysis Max 5% passing0.075 mm sieve

IS:2386 Part I

Particle shape CombinedFlakiness andElongation Indices*

Max 35% IS:2386 Part I

Strength Los AngelesAbrasion Value or

Aggregate impactValue

Max 35%

Max 27%

IS:2386 PartIV

Durability Soundness either :Sodium Sulphate orMagnesiumSulphate

Max 12%

Max 18%

IS:2386 Part V

Water Absorption Water Absorption Max 2% IS:2386 PartIII

Stripping Coating andStripping ofBitumen AggregateMix

Minimumretained coating95%

IS:6241

Water Sensitivity Retained TensileStrength**

Min.80% AASHTO 283

* To determine this combined proportion, the flaky stone from a representative sample should first be separated out. Flakiness index isweight of flaky stone metal divided by weight of stone sample. Only the elongated particles be separated out from the remaining (non-flaky)stone metal. Elongation index is weight of elongated particles divided by total non-flaky particles. The values of flakiness index andelongation index so found are added up.

** if the minimum retained tensile test strength falls below 80 percent, use of anti stripping agent is recommended to meet the requirement.

Table 500-9 : Grading Requirements for Mineral Filler

IS sieve (mm) Cumulative Percent Passing by Weight of Total Aggregate

0.6 100

0.3 95-100

0.075 85-100

Table 500-11 : Requirements for Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam

Properties ViscosityGradePavingBitumen

ModifiedBitumen

TestMethod

Hot Climate ColdClimate

Compaction level 75 blows on each face of the specimen

Minimum stability

(kN at 600C)

9.0 12.0 10.0 AASHTOT245

Marshall flow (mm) 2-4 2.5-4 3.5-5 AASHTOT245

Marshall Quotient

(Stability

Flow)

2-5 2.5-5 MS-2 and

ASTMD2041

% air Voids 3-5

% Voids Filled withBitumen (VFB)

65-75

Coating of aggregateparticle

95% Minimum IS :6241

Tensile Strength ratio 80% Minimum AASHTOT 283

% Voids in MineralAggregate (VMA)

Minimum percent voids in mineral aggregate (VMA)are set out in Table 500-12


Properties ViscosityGradePavingBitumen

ModifiedBitumen

TestMethod

Hot Climate ColdClimate

Compaction level 75 blows on each face of the specimen

Minimum stability

(kN at 600C)

9.0 12.0 10.0 AASHTOT245

Marshall flow (mm) 2-4 2.5-4 3.5-5 AASHTOT245

Marshall Quotient

(Stability

Flow)

2-5 2.5-5 MS-2 and

ASTMD2041

% air Voids 3-5

% Voids Filled withBitumen (VFB)

65-75

Coating of aggregateparticle

95% Minimum IS :6241

Tensile Strength ratio 80% Minimum AASHTOT283

% Voids in MineralAggregate (VMA)

Minimum percent voids in mineral aggregate(VMA) are set out in Table 500-12

Table 500-12 : Minimum Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA)

Nominal MaximumParticle Size1 (mm)

Minimum VMA Percent Related to DesignPercentage Air Voids

3.0 4.0 5.0

26.5 11.0 12.0 13.0

37.5 10.0 11.0 12.0Page 72 Executive EngineerContractor

Nominal MaximumParticle Size1 (mm)

Minimum VMA Percent Related to DesignPercentage Air Voids

3.0 4.0 5.0

26.5 11.0 12.0 13.0

37.5 10.0 11.0 12.0

Note : Interpolate minimum voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) for designed percentage air voids values between those listed.

Table 500.13 : Permissible Variations in the Actual Mix from the Job Mix Formula

Description Base/binder Course

Aggregate Passing 19mm sieve or larger + 8%

Aggregate Passing 13.2mm, 9.5 mm + 7%

Aggregate Passing 4.75mm + 6%

Aggregate Passing 2.36 mm, 1.18mm, 0.6mm + 5%

Aggregate Passing 0.3 mm, 0.15mm + 4%

Aggregate Passing 0.075mm + 2%

Binder Content + 0.3%

Mixing temperature + 100C

REQUIREMENTS FOR PAVING BITUMEN

Asphalt or bitumen shall be straight run conforming to IS: 73 orIndustrial bitumen as per IS: 702 of suitable consistency satisfying the requirement of physical properties given in table below:

Table




Sr.

No.

Characteristics Paving Grades MethodofTestRef.to

VG10

VG 20VG30

VG40

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

i) Penetration at 25oC, 100 g 5 s,0.1 mm. Min in 1/10 mm

80 60 45 35 IS:1203

ii) Absolute viscosity at 60oC,Poises

800-1200

1600-2400

2400-3600

3200-4800

IS1206(part2)

iii) Kinematic viscosity at 135oC,cSt, Min

250

300

350

400

IS1206(Part3)

iv) Flash point (Cleveland opencup) oC Min

220

220

220

220

IS1448(P:69)

v) Solubility in trichloroethylene,percent, Min

99.0

99.0

99.0

99.0

IS:1216

vi) Softening point (R&B) C, Min 40 45 47 50 IS:1205

vii) Tests on residue from rollingthin film oven test

a) Viscosity ratio at 60oC Max

b) Ductility at 25oC Min4.0

75

4.0

50

4.0

40

4.0

25

IS:1206(Part2)

IS1208




FORM B-1

PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS

General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of contractors.

1.All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in a form of invitation to tender pasted on a boardhung up in the office of the Executive Engineer, MIDC, IT Division. and signed by the Executive Engineer, MIDCDn.

This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and opening tenders, and the timeallowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of earnest money to be deposited with the tender and the amountof security deposit to be deposited by the successful tenderer, and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from bills. Itwill also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, dues and ground rents will be granted. Copies of thespecifications, designs and drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required inconnection with the work shall be signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification and shall also beopen for inspection by contractors at the office of the Executive Engineer during office hours.

Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by a contractor andapproved by a competent authority on behalf of MIDC such specifications with designs and drawings shall form partof the accepted tender.

2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately by each partner thereof, and inthe event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorneyauthorising him to do so.

3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm, should also be signed by all thepartners except where the contractors are described in their tender as a firm, in which case the receipt shall be signedin the name of the firm's one of the partners, or by some other person having authority to give official receipts for thefirm.

4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form stating at what percentage above or below therates specified in Schedule 'B' (memorandum showing items of work. to be carried out) he is willing to undertake thework. Only one rate or such percentage on all the estimated rates/ scheduled rates shall be named. Tenders whichpropose any alterations in the works specified in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed forcarrying out the work, or which contain any other conditions, of any sort will be liable for rejection. No printed formof tender shall include a tender for more than one works but if contractor who wish to tender for two or more works,they shall submit separate tender for each work.

5. The Superintending/ Executive Engineer or his duly authorised Assistant shall open tenders in the presence of


contractors who have submitted tenders or their representatives who may be present at the time, and he will enter theamounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted,the contractor shall, for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications and other documentsmentioned in Rule 1. In the event of tender being rejected. the Divisional/ Competent officer shall authorise theScheduled Bank concerned to refund the amount of earnest money deposited to the contractor making the tender, onhis giving a receipt for the return of the money.

6. The officer competent to dispose of the: tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tender withoutassigning any reason thereof.

7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any matter relating to thistender or the contract shall be valid and binding on MIDC unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.

8. The memorandum of work to be tendered for and the schedule of materials to be supplied by MIDC and their ratesshall be filled in and completed by the office of the Executive Engineer, before the tender form is uploaded. If a formwhich has not been so filled in and completed, contractor shall request the said office through query to have this donebefore he completes and submits his tender.

9. All works shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of MIDC and theirrates shall be without reference to any local custom.

10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for any items in this contract.

11. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in use in MIDC and no proposals toadopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer's decision as to what is the usual method in usein the MIDC will be final.

12. The contractor shall comply with the provision of the Apprentices Act 1961 and the rules and orders issuedthere under from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the SuperintendingEngineer, may in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable, for any pecuniary liabilityarising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the Act.

MEMORANDUM ( B1 Tender Form )


a Name of work Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @Hinjawadi.

Widening of existing main road from ' T' junctionto Wipro circle.

b Estimated Cost Rs. 9,06,38,125.00

c E.M.D. Rs. 4,53,200.00 paid online.

d Security Deposit Initial SD Rs. 27,19,200.00 or 3.00 % of tendered

cost whichever is higher by DD / RTGS ofNationalized Bank / Scheduled Bank/ Bankapproved by Government of Maharashtra. S. D.inform of BG will be accepted when amount ofS.D. is more than Rs.50,000/-

Rs.63,44,700.00 or 7.00 % of tendered costwhichever is higher through RA bills.

Total SD Rs. 90,63,900.00 or 10.00 % of tendered costwhichever is higher.

e Percentage, if any, to be deductedfrom bills so as to make up the totalamount required as security deposit

10 %

f Compensation for non-completionof work in time/slow progress ofwork, for every day the work iscarried out at disproportionatelyslow rate

Rs. 5000 per day

g Time allowed for the work from thedate of written order to commencethe work.

12 Months Including monsoon

I/We hereby tender for the execution of above stated work for Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation(hereinafter referred to as MIDC) at (in figures) _____________________________________ percentabove/below. (in words) ________________________________________________ _percent above/below. Theestimated rates entered in Schedule B (memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) & in accordance withall specifications, designs, drawings, instructions & rules, terms & conditions of contract as hereinabove &


all specifications, designs, drawings, instructions & rules, terms & conditions of contract as hereinabove &hereinafter included in these documents & agree that when materials are provided by the MIDC, such material & therates to be paid for them shall be as provided in Schedule A hereto. Should this tender be accepted, I/We herebyagree to abide by & fulfill all the terms & conditions of contract annexed hereto & in default thereof to forfeit & payto MIDC the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions. Paid the following online

(i) Cost of blank tender form Rs.________________ (Non refundable)(ii)

EMD (in absence of EMDExemption Certificate)

Rs.________________

(iii) Application Support Cost Rs.________________ (Non refundable)

(iv) Deposit towards erection of Asphaltplant & machinery within 30 Kms

(if applicable )

Rs.________________

Total Rs.________________

The earnest money, full value of which is to be absolutely forfeited to MIDC should I/We do not deposit thefull amount of security deposit specified in the above memorandum, in accordance with Clause I(A) of the ContractConditions; otherwise the said earnest money shall be refunded to us.

Signature of witness: Signature of the contractor.

Address: Address:

Occupation:

Date: Date:

The above tender is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the MIDC______ at % above/ below the estimated cost.

Place: Executive EngineerDate:


Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation


CONDITION OF CONTRACT

CLAUSE 1; Securiy deposit: The person(s) whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor, whichexpression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors, administrators &assigns) shall A) within 10 days (which may be extended by the Suptd. Engineer concerned upto 15 days if theSuperintending Engineer thinks fit to do so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender,deposit with the Exe. Engineer in cash to the Exe. Engineer (if deposited for more than 12months) of sum sufficientwhich will make up the full security deposit specified in the tender or B) Permit MIDC at the time of making anypayment to him for work done under the contract to deduct such as will amount (*% of all money so payable)suchdeductions to be held by MIDC by way of Security deposits) provided always that in the event of the contractordepositing a lump sum by way of security deposit as contemplated at (A) above, then & in such case, if the sum sodeposited shall not amount to 10.00 % of the total estimated cost of the work, it shall be lawful for MIDC at the timeof making any payment to the contractor for work done under the contract to make up the full amount of 10.00 % bydeducting a sufficient sum from every such payment at last aforesaid until the full amount of the security deposit ismade up. All compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to MIDC under the terms of hiscontract may be deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or from interest arisingthere from or from any sums which may be due or may become due by MIDC to the contractor under any othercontract or transaction of any nature, on any account whatsoever & in the event of his Security deposit being reducedby reasons of any such deductions or sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall, within 10 days thereafter, make good incash as aforesaid any sum(s) which may have been deducted from (* or raised by sale of his security deposit) or anypart thereof.

If the amount of security deposit to be paid in a lump sum within the period specified at (A) above is not paidthe tender/contract already accepted shall be considered as cancelled & legal steps taken against the contractor forrecovery of the amount.

* [NOTE: This will be the same percentage as that in the tender at (f)]

CLAUSE 2; Compensation for delay: The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall bestrictly observed by the contractor & shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is givento the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with, with all duediligence (time being deemed to be of the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor). In the event of thecontractor failing to comply with this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount of Rs. 5000 perday or such amount upto 1% as Suptd. Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide, of the amountof the estimated cost of the whole work as shown by the tender for each day that the work remainsuncommenced /unfinished, after the proper date. And further to ensure good progress during the execution of the


work, the contractor shall be bound, in all the cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds 1 month tocomplete:

25% of the work in 25 % of the time

50% of the work in 50% of the time



Note: The quantity of work to be done within a particular time to be specified above shall be fixed by the officercompetent to accept the contracts after taking into consideration the circumstances of each case and inserted in theblank space kept for the purpose & abide by the programme of detailed progress laid down by the Exe. Engineer.

In the event of contractor failing to comply with this condition, he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amountof Rs. 5000 per day or such amount upto 1% as Suptd. Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) maydecide of said estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity of work remains incomplete,provided always that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause shall not exceed10% of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the tender.

CLAUSE 3: In any case in which under any clause(s) of this contract, the contractor shall have rendered himselfliable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of this security deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted byinstallments) or in case of the abandonment of work owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any othercause the Exe. Engineer on behalf of MIDC shall have power to adopt any of the following courses, as he may deembest suited to the interest of MIDC:-

Action when whole of security deposit is forfeited.

a) To rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Exe.Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) & in that case the security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited & beabsolutely at the disposal of MIDC.

b) To carry out the work or any part of the work departmentally debiting the contractor with the cost of the work,expenditure incurred on the tools & plants, & charges on additional supervisory staff including the cost of workcharged establishment employed for getting the unexecuted part of the work completed & crediting him with thevalue of the work done departmentally in all respects in the same manner & at the same rates as if it had been carriedout by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of Exe. Engineer, as to the cost & other alliedexpenses so incurred & as to the value of the work so done departmentally shall be final & conclusive against thecontractor.

c) To order that the work of the contractor be measured up & to take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out ofhis hands & to give it to another contractor to complete in which case all expenses incurred on advertisement forfixing a new contracting agency additional supervisory staff including the cost of work charged establishment & costof the work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the contractor & the value of the work done or


of the work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the contractor & the value of the work done orexecuted through the new contractor shall be credited to the contractor in all respects & in the same manner & at thesame rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Exe.Engineer as to all the cost of the work & other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted workdone by the new contract & as to the value of work so done shall be final & conclusive against the contractor.

In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause:

a) above, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work therefor, actually performedby him under this contract unless & until the Exe. Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of suchwork & the amount payable to him in respect thereof, & he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified.In the event of either of the courses referred to in clauses

b) or c) being adopted & the cost of the work executed departmentally or through a new contractor & other alliedexpenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted fromany money due to the contractor by MIDC under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit orthe sale proceed thereof provided. However, the contractor shall have no claim against MIDC even if certified valueof the work done departmentally or through a new contractor, exceeds the certified cost of such work & alliedexpenses, provided always that whichever of the three courses mentioned in clause a), b) or c) is adopted by the Exe.Engineer the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his havingpurchased or procured any materials, or entered into any engagements or made any advances on account of or with aview to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract.

The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to all cost of the work done by the new contractor and as to thevalue of the work so done and shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

CLAUSE 4; Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory: If the progress of anyparticular portion of the work is unsatisfactory the Exe. Engineer shall, notwithstanding that the general progress ofthe work is in accordance with the conditions mentioned in Clause 2, be entitled to take action under Clause 3(b)after giving the contractor 10 days notice in writing. The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any losssustained by him owing to such action.

CLAUSE 5; Contractor shall remain liable to pay compensation if action not taken under Clauses 3 & 4. Power totake possession of or require removal of, or sell contractor's plant: In any case in which any of the powers conferredupon the Exe. Engineer by Clauses 3 & 4 hereof shall have become exercisable & the same shall not have beenexercised, the non exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof & such powers shallnotwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor for which under any clause(s) hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit & the liability ofthe contractor for past & future compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Exe. Engineer taking actionunder sub-clause a) or c) of Clause 3: he may, if he so desires, take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials &stores, in or upon the works or the site thereof or belonging to the contractor, or procured by him & intended to beused for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contractrates, or in the case of contract rates not being applicable at current market rates, to be certified by the Exe. Engineerwhose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the Exe. Engineer may, after giving notice in writing to the


contractor or his clerk of the works, foreman or other authorised agent, require him to remove such tools, plant,materials or stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such notice; & in the event of the contractorfailing to comply with any such requisition, the Exe. Engineer may remove them at the contractor's expense or sellthem by auction or private sale on account of the contractor & at his risk in all respects & the certificateof the Exe. Engineer as to the expense of any such removal, & the amount of the proceeds & expense of any suchsale shall be final & conclusive against the contractor.

CLAUSE 6; Extension of time: If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of the work onthe ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other ground, he shall apply in writingto the Exe. Engineer before the expiration of the period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 daysfrom the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which the case for asking for extension occurred, which,is earlier ever & the Exe. Engineer may, if, in his opinion, there are reasonable grounds for granting an extension,grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Exe. Engineer in this matter shall be final.

CLAUSE 7; Final certificate: On completion of the work, the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by theExe. Engineer (hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion, but no such certificate shall be givennor shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on whichthe work shall have been executed all scaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish, & shall have cleaned off the dirt fromall woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any buildings, in or upon which the work has beenexecuted, or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of executing the work, nor until the works shallhave been measured by the Engineer-in-charge or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates untilthey have received the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, the said measurements being binding & conclusiveagainst the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal ofscaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish, & cleaning off dirt on/before the date fixed for the completion of the work,the Engineer-in-charge may, at the expense of the contractor, remove such scaffolding, surplus materials & rubbish& dispose of the same as he thinks fit & clean off such dirt as aforesaid & the contractor shall forthwith pay theamount of all expense so incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials asaforesaid except for any sum actually realised by the sale thereof.

CLAUSE 8; Payments on intermediate certificates to be regarded as advances: No payment shall be made for anywork, estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand till after the whole of the work shall have been completed & acertificate of completion given. But in the case of works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand, thecontractor shall, on submitting a monthly bill therefor, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of thework then approved & passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval & passing of the sum sopayable shall be final & conclusive against the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded aspayments by way of advance against the final payments only & not as payments for work actually done &completed, & shall not preclude the Engineer-in-charge from requiring any bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillfulwork to be removed or taken away & reconstructed or re-erected, nor shall any such payment be considered as anadmission of the date performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim, norshall it conclude, determine, or affect in any other way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement& adjustment of accounts or otherwise, or in any other way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall besubmitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise, theEngineer-in-charge's certificate of the measurements & of the total amount payable for the work shall be final &


binding on all parties.

CLAUSE 9; Payment at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as completed to be at the discretionof Engineer-in-charge: The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs.1000/- agreed to within,shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with thesanctioned specifications. In cases where the items of work are not accepted as so completed the Engineer-in-chargemay make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparationof final or on account bills.

CLAUSE 10; Bills to be submitted monthly: A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before thedate fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all work executed in the previous month, & the Engineer-in-charge shalltake or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the same verified, & the claim, so faras it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within ten days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractordoes not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate tomeasure up the said work in the presence of the contractor or his duly authorised agent whose counter signature tothe measurement list shall be sufficient warrant, & the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list whichshall be binding on the contractor in all respects.

CLAUSE 11; Bills to be on printed forms: The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had onapplication at the office of the Engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at therates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, & notmentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rate herein after provided for such work.

CLAUSE 12; Stores supplied by MIDC: If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of anyspecial description of materials to be supplied from the store of MIDC or if it is required that the contractor shall usecertain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such material & stores, & the prices to be charged thereforeas hereinafter mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way tocontrol the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule or memorandum hereto annexed) thecontractor shall be supplied with such materials & stores as may be required from time to time to be used by him forthe purpose of the contract only, & the value of the full quantity of the materials & stores so supplied shall be set offor deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract, or otherwise,or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of sale thereof; of the security deposit is held in Government securities,the same of a sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to thecontractor shall remain the absolute property of MIDC, & shall on no account be removed from the site of work, &shall at all times be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials unused & in perfectly goodcondition at the time of completion or termination of the contract shall be returned to MIDC store, if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his hand, but the contractor shall not be entitled to return anysuch material except with consent of the Engineer-in-charge & he shall have no claim for compensation on accountof any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage toany such materials.

CLAUSE 13; Works to be executed in accordance with specifications, drawings, orders etc.: The contractor shallexecute the whole & every part of the work in most substantial & workmanlike manner, both as regards materials &in every other respect in strict accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully &


faithfully to the designs, drawings & instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Exe. Engineer-in-charge & lodged in the office to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection atsuch office, or on the site of work during the office hours. The contractor will be entitled to receive 3 sets of contractdrawings & working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free ofcost. Further copies of the contract drawings & working drawings if required by him shall be supplied at the rate ofRs.100 per No. of contract drawings & Rs.100 per No. of drawings except where otherwise specified.

CLAUSE 14; Alterations in specifications & designs not to invalidate contracts: The Engineer-in-charge shall havepower to make any alterations in, or addition to, the original specifications, drawings, designs & instructions thatmay appear him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of work, & the contractor shall be bound to carryout the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing signed bythe Engineer-in-charge & such alteration shall not invalidate the contract; & any additional work which thecontractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by thecontractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work & at the same rates as arespecified in the tender for the main work.

Rates for works not entered in estimate, for schedule of rates of the district: And if the additional & altered workincludes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this contract; then such class of work shall be carried outat the rates entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division or at the rates mutually agreed upon between theEngineer-in-charge & the contractor, whichever are lower. If the additional or altered work, for which no rate isentered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division, is ordered to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon them,the contractor shall, within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform theEngineer-in-charge of the rate which he intends to charge for such class of work & if the Engineer-in-charge does notagree to this rate, he shall By Notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work, &arrange to carry it out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the contractor shallcommence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereto before the rates shall have been determined as lastlyhereinbefore mentioned, then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out orexpenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate(s) asshall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of the dispute, the decision of the Suptd. Engineer of the circlewill be final.

Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings & specifications recommended bythe contractor & accepted by the competent authority the alterations above referred to shall be within the scope ofsuch designs, drawings & specifications appended to the tender.

Extensions of time in consequence of additions or alterations: The time limit for the completion of the work shall beextended in the proportions that the increase in its cost occasioned by alterations/additions bears to the cost of theoriginal contract work & the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportions shall be conclusive.

CLAUSE 15; No claim to any payment or compensation for alteration in, or restriction of work:

1. If at any time after execution of the contract documents the Engineer shall for any reason whatsoever (other thandefault on the part of the contractor for which MIDC is entitled to rescind the contract) desire that the whole or anypart of the work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the whole or part of the work


should not be carried out at all he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire & upon the receipt ofsuch notice the contractor shall forth required after having the regard of the appropriate stage at which the workshould be stopped or suspended so as to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safetythereon provided that the decision of the Engineer as to the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or couldhave been safely stopped or suspended shall be final & conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall haveno claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid onaccount of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified here in after.

2. Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continued for continuous period exceeding 90 days, thecontractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract so far as it pertains tothe unexecuted part of the work by giving 10 days prior notice in writing to the Engineer within 30 days of the expiryof the said period of 90 days of such intention are requiring the Engineer to record the final measurement of the workalready done & to pay the final bill. Upon giving such notice, the contractor shall be deemed to have been dischargedfrom his obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under this contract. On receipt of such notice theEngineer shall proceed to complete the measurement & make such payment as may be finally due to the contractorwithin a period of 90 days from receipt of such notice in respect of the work already done by the contractor. Suchpayment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further compensation under theremaining provisions of this clause.

3. Where the Engineer requires the contractor to suspend the work for a period in excess of 30 days at any time or60 days in the aggregate, the contractor shall be entitled to apply to the Engineer within 30 days of resumption ofwork after such suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect ofworking machinery rendered idle on the site or on account of his having had to pay the salary/wages of a labourengaged by him during the said period of suspension provided always that the contractor shall not be entitled to anyclaim in respect of any such working machinery, salary/wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in theaggregate of such suspension or in respect of any suspension where so ever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or anyother default on his part. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final & conclusive against thecontractor.

4. In the event of.

i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer under sub-clause(1) in that behalf.

ii) Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work undersub-clause (2) on account of continued suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days, iii) Curtailment in thequantity of item(s) originally tendered on account of any alteration, omission or substitutions in the specifications,drawings, designs or instructions under Clause 14(1) where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity & the value ofthe quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rates for the item specified in the tender is more than Rs.5000/-. It shallbe open to the contractor, within 90 days from the service of... i) The notice of stoppage of work or; ii) Othernotice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract on account of the continued suspension ofwork or;

iii) Notice under Clause 15(i) resulting in such curtailment to produce to the Engineer satisfactory documentaryevidence of that he had purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work before receipt by him


of the notice of stoppage, suspension or curtailment & require MIDC to take over on payment such material at therates determined by the Engineer. Provided, however, that such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which thesame were acquired by the contractor. The MIDC shall thereafter take over the material so offered, provided thequantities, offered, are not in excess of the requirements of the unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tenderand are of quality and specifications approved by the Engineer.

CLAUSE 15(A); No claim to compensation on account of loss due to delay in supply of material by MIDC: Thecontractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from MIDC for the loss suffered by him on account ofdelay by MIDC in the supply of materials entered in Schedule 'A' where such delay is caused by:

i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons.ii) Force majeure.iii) Act of God.iv) Act of enemies of the state or any other reasonable cause beyond the control of MIDC.

In the case of delay in the supply of materials MIDC shall grant such extension of time for the completion of theworks as shall appear to the Exe. Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case. Thedecision of the Exe. Engineer as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor.

CLAUSE 15 (B); Time limit for unforeseen claims: Under no circumstances whatever shall the contractor be entitledto any compensation from MIDC on any account unless the contractors shall have submitted a claim in writing to theEngineer-in-charge within one month of the cause of such claim occurring.

CLAUSE 16; Action & compensation payable in case of bad work: If any time before the security deposit or any partthereof is refunded to the contractor it shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of thework, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials ofinferior quality or that materials / articles provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a qualityinferior to that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor & then not with standing the fact that the work, materialsor articles complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified & paid for, the contractor shall be bound toforthwith rectify, or remove & reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or if sorequired, shall remove the materials or articles so specified & provided other proper & suitable materials or articles athis own charge & cost & in the event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the Engineer-in-chargein the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on theamount of the estimate for every day not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure so continues & in the case ofany failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove & re-execute the work or remove & replace the materialsor articles complained of as the case may be at the risk & expense in all respects of the contractor. Should theEngineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or madeuse of, it shall be within his discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.

CLAUSE 17; Work to be open to inspection. Contractor or responsible agent to be present: All works under or incourse of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all times be open to the inspection & supervisionof the Engineer-in-charge & his subordinates, & the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours, & atall other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate to visit the


work shall have been given to the contractor, either himself be present to receive orders & instructions, or have aresponsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor's duly authorisedagent shall be considered to have the same force & effect as if they had been given to the contractor himself.

CLAUSE 18; Notice to be given before work is covered up: The contractor shall give not less than five day's noticein writing to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in-charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placingbeyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured & correct dimensions thereoftaken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, & shall not cover up or placebeyond the reach of measurement any work without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or hissubordinate in-charge of the work & if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurementwithout such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor's expense,& in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the materials with which the samewas executed.

CLAUSE 19; Contractor liable for damage done & for imperfections: If during the period of 3 Year from the dateof completion as certified by the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to Clause-7 of the contract or 3 Year aftercommissioning the work, whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Exe. Engineer, the said work is defective in anymanner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Exe. Engineer, dulycommence execution & completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the work that may be necessary forrectifying & setting right the defects specified therein including dismantling & reconstruction of unsafe portionsstrictly in accordance with & in the manner prescribed & under the supervision of the Exe. Engineer. In the event ofthe contractor failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said rectification work within the period prescribedtherefore in the said notice &/or to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the Exe. Engineerget the same executed & carried out departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on account & at the cost ofcontractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to the MIDC the amount of such costs, charges & expensessustained or incurred by the MIDC of which the certificate of the Exe. Engineer shall be final & binding on thecontractor. Such costs, charges & expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue & in the event of thecontractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights &remedies of the MIDC the same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The MIDC shallalso be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable or which may thereafter becomepayable by the MIDC to the contractor either in respect of the said work or any other work whatsoever or from theamount of security deposit retained by MIDC (of which the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final) fromany sums that may then be due or may thereafter become due to the contractor; or from his security deposit or theproceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof.

CLAUSE 20 Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffoldings etc.: The contractor shall supply at his own cost allmaterials (except such special materials, if any, as may, in accordance with the contract, be supplied from the MIDCstores) plant, tools, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackles, scaffolding, & temporary works requisite orproper for the proper execution of the work, whether, in the original, altered or substituted form, & whether includedin the specifications, or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not &which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-chargeas to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which is entitled to requiretogether with carriage therefore, to & from the work.


as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which is entitled to requiretogether with carriage therefore, to & from the work.

Contractor is liable for damages arising from non-provisions of lights, fencing etc.

The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means & materialsnecessary for the purpose of setting out works, &, counting, weighing & assisting the measurement or examination atany time & from time to time of the work or the materials. Failing this the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of the contractor & the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor underthe contract or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portion thereof. Thecontractor shall provide all necessary fencing & lights required to protect the public from accident, & shall also bebound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal proceedings, that may be brought by anypersons for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions, & to pay any damages & costs which may beawarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person, or which may with the consent of the contractorbe paid for compromising any claim by any such person.

CLAUSE 21: The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds & working platforms, gangways & stairways, & shallcomply with the following regulations in connections therewith.

a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be safely done from a ladder or byother means

.b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered, except i)Under the supervision of a competent & responsible person; &

ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of work.

c) All scaffolds & appliances connected therewith & all ladders shall :-

i) be of sound materials;

ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads & strains to which they will be subjected; &

iii) be maintained in proper condition

d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in consequence of normal use.

e) Scaffolds shall not be overloaded & so far as practicable the load shall be evenly distributed.

f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure the strength & stabilityof the scaffolds.

g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.

h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall, whether the scaffold has beenerected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulations herein specified.


erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulations herein specified.

i) Working platforms, gangways & stairways shall :-

i) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally.

ii) be so constructed & maintained, having regard to the prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risksof persons tripping or slipping; &

iii) be kept free from any unnecessary obstructions,

j) In the case of working platforms, gangways, working places & stairways at a height exceeding eight feet.

i) every working platform & every gangway shall be closely boarded unless other adequate measure are taken toensure safety.

ii) every working platform & gangway shall have adequate width; &

iii) every working platform, gangway, working place & stairway shall be suitably fenced.

k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall, except for the time & to the extentrequired to allow the access of persons or the transport of shifting of material, be provided with suitable means toprevent the fall of persons or material.

l) When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a height exceeding six feetsuitable precautions shall be taken to prevent fall of persons or material,

m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffoldsor other working places,

n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms & other working places.

CLAUSE 22: The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards hoisting appliances to be used byhim:a) Hoisting machines & tackles, including their attachments, anchorages & support shall:-

i) be of good mechanical construction, sound material & adequate strength & free from patent defect; &

ii) be kept in good repair & in good working order.

b) Every rope used in hoisting/lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of suitable quality, adequatestrength & free from patent defect.

c) Hoisting machines & tackle shall be examined & adequately tested after erection on the site & before use & bere-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by the MIDC.

d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel & pulley block used in hoisting/lowering materials or as a means of


suspension shall be periodically examined.e) Every crane driver/hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.

f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be in control of any hoisting machine including any scaffold orgive signals to the operator.

g) In the case of every hoisting machine & of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel & pulley block used inhoisting/ lowering/ as a means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

h) Every hoisting machine & all gears referred to in the preceding regulation shall be plainly marked with thesafe working load.

i) In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working load & the conditionsunder which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. j) No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referredto in regulation (g) above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

k) Motors, gearings, transmissions, electric wiring & other dangerous parts of hoisting appliance shall be providedwith efficient safeguards.

l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum the risk of the accidentaldescent of the load.

m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load becomingaccidentally displaced.

CLAUSE 23: Measure for prevention of fire: The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees,brushwood or grass without written permit from the Exe. Engineer.When such permit is given, & also in all caseswhen destroying cut or dug up trees, brushwood, grass etc. by fire, the contractor shall take necessary measures toprevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding property. The contractor shall make his ownarrangements for drinking water for the labour employed by him.

CLAUSE 24: Liability of contractor for any damage done in or outside work area: Compensation for all damagedone intentionally or unintentionally by contractor's labour whether in or beyond the limits of MIDC propertyincluding any damage caused by the spreading of fire mentioned in Clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or such other officer as he may appoint & the estimates of the Engineer-in-charge subject to the decision ofthe Suptd. Engineer on appeal shall be final & the contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessedcompensation on demand failing which the same will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the mannerprescribed in Clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may be due or become due fromMIDC to the contractor under this contract or otherwise.

The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceedings that may be brought by anypersons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire & he shall pay anydamages & cost that may be awarded by the court in consequence.

CLAUSE 25: Employment of female labour: The employment of female labourers on works in the neighbourhood of


soldier's barracks should be avoided as far as possible.

CLAUSE 26: Work on Sundays: No work shall be done on a Sunday without the sanction in writing of the Engineer-in-charge.

CLAUSE 27: Work not to be sublet. Contract may be rescinded & security deposit forfeited for subletting it withoutapproval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolvent: The contract shall not be assigned/subletwithout the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, orattempt so to do or become insolvent or commence any proceeding to get himself adjudicated an insolvent or makeany composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward oradvantage, pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the contractor,or any of his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the employ of MIDC in any way relating to hisoffice or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in thecontract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in writing rescind the contract, & the security deposit ofthe contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited & be absolutely at the disposal of MIDC & the same consequencesshall ensue as if the contract had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof & in addition the contractor shall not beentitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore actually performed under the contract.

CLAUSE 28: Sum payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without referenceto actual loss: All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall beconsidered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of MIDC without reference to the actual loss ordamage sustained, & whether any damage has or has not been sustained.

CLAUSE 29: Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified: In the case of tender by partners, any change in theconstitution of a firm shall be forthwith notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for his information.

CLAUSE 30: Works to be under direction of Suptd.Engineer: All works to be executed under the contract shall beexecuted under the direction & subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle forthe time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point(s) & in what manner they are to be commenced, & fromtime to time carried on.

CLAUSE 31: Decision of Superintending Engineer to be final:Except where otherwise specified in the contract & subject to the powers delegated to him by MIDC under the Coderules then in force, the decision of the Suptd. Engineer of the Circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive &binding on all parties to the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs,drawings & instructions hereinbefore mentioned & as to the quality of workmanship, or materials used on the work,or as to any other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, if any way arising out of, or relating to thecontract, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or other conditions, or otherwise,concerning the works or the execution, or failure to execute the same, whether arising during the progress of work, orafter the completion or abandonment thereof.

CLAUSE 32: Stores of European/American manufacture to be obtained from MIDC: The contractor shall obtainfrom the MIDC's store all stores & articles of European or American manufacture which may be required for thework, or any part thereof or in making up any articles required therefor or in connection therewith unless he hasobtained permission in writing from the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores & articles elsewhere. The value of


such stores & articles as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contractorin his account at the rates shown in the Schedule in Form 'A' attached to the contract & if they are not entered in thesaid Schedule, they shall be debited to him at cost price which for the purposes of this contract shall include the costof carriage & all other expenses whatsoever, which shall have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at thestores aforesaid.

CLAUSE 33: Lump sums in estimates: When the estimate on which a tender is made, includes lump sums in respectof parts of the work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part ofthe work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for each items, or if the part of the work inquestion is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable of measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may at hisdiscretion pay the lump amount entered in the estimate, & the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall befinal & conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum(s) payable to him under the provision of this clause.

CLAUSE 34: Action where no specification exists: In the case of any class of work for which there is no suchspecification as is mentioned in Rule 1 such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional specification,& in the event of there being no Divisional specification, then in such case the work shall be carried out in allrespects in accordance with the instructions & requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.

CLAUSE 35: Definition of work: The expression "work(s)" where used in these conditions, shall, unless there besomething in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed to mean the work(s) contracted to beexecuted under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or permanent & whether original, altered, substitutedor additional.

CLAUSE 36: Contractor's percentage whether applied to net or gross amounts of bill: The percentage referred to inthe tender shall be deducted from/added to the gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stockissued.

CLAUSE 37: Payment of quarry fees & royalties: All quarry fees, royalties, octroi, duties & ground rent for stackingmaterials, if any, should be paid by the contractor, as specified elsewhere in tender.

CLAUSE 38: Compensation under the Workmen's Compensation Act: The contractor shall be responsible for &shall pay any compensation to his workmen payable under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923),hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such compensation is paid by MIDC asprincipal under sub-section (1) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be recoverable byMIDC from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section. Such compensation shall be recovered in themanner laid down in Clause 1 above.

CLAUSE 39: The contractor shall be responsible for & shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid to anyworkman who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such, expenses are incurred by MIDC the sameshall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith & be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of MIDCfrom any amount due or that may become due to the contractor.

CLAUSE 40: The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment & first aid apparatus available forthe use of the persons employed on the site, shall maintain the same conditions suitable for immediate use at any time


& shall comply with the following regulations in connection herewith :-

a) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided by the contractor & the contractor shall takeadequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned.

b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drowning, all necessary equipmentshall be provided & kept ready for use & all necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person indanger.

c) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during thecourse of the work.

CLAUSE 41: Claim for Quantities entered in the Tender or Estimate:

1.Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the tender are approximate & no revision in the tendered rateshall be permitted in respect of any of the items so long as, subject to any special provision contained in thespecifications prescribing different percentage of permissible variation, the quantity of the item does not exceed thetender quantity by more than 25% & so long as the value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of theitem specified in the tender is not more than Rs.5,000/-.

2.The contractor shall, if ordered in writing by the Engineer to do so, carry out any quantities in excess of the limitmentioned above in sub-clause (1) hereof, on the same conditions as & in accordance with the specifications in thetender & at the rates (i) derived from the rates entered in the current Schedule of Rates & in absence of suchrates, (ii) at the rate prevailing in the market. The said rate being increased/decreased as the case may be, by thepercentage which the total tendered amount bears to the estimated cost of the work as put to tender based onSchedule of Rates applicable to the year in which the tender was invited. For the purpose of operation of this clause,this cost shall be taken to be worked out from the DSR prevailing at the time at the acceptance of tender.

3.Claims arising out of reduction in the tender quantity of any item beyond 25% will be governed by the provision ofClause 15 only, when the amount of such reduction beyond 25% at the rate of the item specified in the tender is morethan Rs.5,000/-.(The clause is not applicable to extra items)

4. The clause is not applicable to extra items.

5.There is no change in the item rate if the excess is more than 25% of the tendered quantity but the value of excesswork at the tendered rate does not exceed Rs.5000/-

6.The quantities to be paid at tendered rate shall include

a) Tendered quantity plus

b) 25% excess of the tendered quantity or the excess quantity of the value of Rs.5000/- at the tendered rates,whichever is more.

CLAUSE 42: Employment of famine affected labour: The contractor shall employ any famine, affected, convict or


other labour of a particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-charge.

CLAUSE 43: Claim for compensation for delay in starting the work: No compensation shall be allowed for any delaycaused in the starting of the work on account of acquisition of land or, in the case of clearance works, on account ofany delay in according sanction to estimates.

CLAUSE 44: Claim for compensation for delay in the execution of work: No compensation shall be allowed for anydelay in the execution of the work on account of water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The rates areinclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pits & no claim foran extra rate shall be entertained, unless otherwise expressly specified.

CLAUSE 45: Entering upon or commencing any portion of work: The contractor shall not enter upon or commenceany portion of work except with the written authority & instructions of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate-in-charge of the work. Failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements of orpayment for work.

CLAUSE 46: Minimum age of persons employed, the employment of donkeys &/or other animals & the payment offair wages:

i) No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.

ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching of string or thin rope. The breaching must beatleast three inches wide & should be of tape (Nawar).

iii) No animal suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation or which is immature shall be employed on the work.

iv) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorised to remove from the work any person/ animal found workingwhich does not satisfy these conditions & no responsibility shall be accepted by MIDC for any delay caused in thecompletion of work by such removal.

v) The contractor shall pay fair & reasonable wages to the workmen employed by him in the contract undertaken byhim. In the event of any dispute arising between the contractor & his workmen on the grounds that the wages paidare not fair & reasonable the dispute shall be referred without delay to the Exe. Engineer, who shall decide the same.The decision of the Exe. Engineer shall be conclusive & binding on the contractor but such decision shall not in anyway affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by MIDC at the sanctioned tender rates.

vi) The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers. Similar amenities shall be provided to theworkers engaged on large work in urban areas.

CLAUSE 47: Method of payment: Payment to contractors shall be made by cheques drawn on any bank within theDivision convenient to them, provided the amount exceeds Rs.10. Amounts not exceeding Rs.10 will be paid in cash.

CLAUSE 48: Acceptance of conditions compulsory before tendering for work: Any contractor who does not acceptthese conditions shall not be allowed to tender for works.

CLAUSE 49: Employment of scarcity labour: If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any


village situated within 10 miles of work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable forunskilled labour, any person certified to him by the Exe. Engineer or be any person to whom the Exe. Engineer mayhave delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief & shall be bound to pay to such persons wages not belowthe minimum which the Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any dispute which may arise in connection withthe implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Exe. Engineer whose decision shall be final & binding onthe contractor.

CLAUSE 50: The prices quoted by the contractor shall not in any case exceed the control price if any fixed byGovernment or reasonable price which is permissible for him to charge a private purchaser for the same class &description of goods under the provisions of Hoarding & Profiteering Prevention Ordinance, 1943 as amended formtime to time. If the price quoted exceeds the controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding & ProfiteeringPrevention Ordinance the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with the reasons forquoting such higher price. The purchaser at his discretion will in such case exercise the right of revising the price atany stage so as to conform with the controlled price on the permissible under the Hoarding & Profiteering PreventionOrdinance. This discretion will be exercised without prejudice to any other action that may be taken against thecontractor.

CLAUSE 51: The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of sales tax/VAT, LBT etc. no extrapayment on this account will be made to the contractor.

CLAUSE 52: The contractor should as far as possible obtain his requirement of labour, skilled & unskilled from thenearest Employment Exchange.

CLAUSE 53: The provision regarding contractor's labours provisioning the Contract Labour (Regulation &Abolition) Act, 1970 with the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Rule, 1971 shall be binding onthe contractors. If the provision in the said Act contradicts with any of the provisions regarding Contractor's laboursin any of the clauses in this tender, the provisions in the Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 withthe Maharashtra Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Rules, 1971 shall prevail.

CLAUSE 54: The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 & the rules & the ordersissued under these from time to time. If he/they fails to do so, the failure will be a breach of the contract & theSuperintending Engineer, may in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall be liable to him/them, of theprovisions of the Act.

CLAUSE 55: Supply of materials etc. by the contractors: The contractors are to provide every article (with theexceptions noted in Schedule 'A' attached) which may be necessary & requisite for the due & proper execution of theseveral works included in contract according to the true indent & measuring of the drawings & specifications takentogether which are to be signed by Exe. Engineer, MIDC, (hereinafter called the Exe. Engineer) & by the contractor(s) whether the same may or may not have been prescribed in the specifications or shown on the drawings providedhowever that the same are reasonable & obviously to be informed therefor. In case of any discrepancy between thedrawing & the specification the Exe. Engineer, shall decide which of the two is to be followed.

CLAUSE 56: Execution of work: The contractor shall set out the whole of the work as per approved drawings &details supplied to him & as per the instruction given during the execution of work by the Engineer-in-charge or his


agent, & shall rectify any errors, which may be found therein & shall provide all necessary labour & materials for thepurpose. The contractor shall also provide plants, labour & materials (with the exceptions noted in Schedule attachedwhich may be necessary & requisite for the works). The materials & workmanship are to be the best of theirrespective jobs. The contractor shall have the work in all respects clean & perfect at the completion thereof.

CLAUSE 57: Drawings & Specifications: Atleast 6 copies of the drawings & specifications submitted by theContractor & approved & signed by the Superintending Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractors to the MIDC& copies there of shall be kept on binding. Contractor's agent who is to be constantly kept on the ground by the Exe.Engineer, MIDC, under Schedule 'A' of the contract will supply plain MS rounds &/or TOR steel depending upon theavailability. As such, designs based on exclusive use Tor steel shall not be accepted.

CLAUSE 58: Control over works: The Exe. Engineer or his duly authorised representative have at all times access tothe works which are to be entirely under his control. He may require the Contractors to dismiss person in theContractor's employment upon the works if such person in his opinion is incompetent or misconducts himself & thecontractor shall forthwith comply with every such requirements.

CLAUSE 59: Materials left at site: All works & materials brought & left upon the site of the work either by thecontractor or by his orders for the purpose of forming part of the work are to be considered to be property of theMIDC, & the same shall not be removed or carried away by the Contractor or any other person, without the specialleave or consent in writing of the Exe. Engineer, but the MIDC shall not in any way be answerable for any loss ordamage which may happen to or in respect of any such work or materials on account of the same being lost or stolenor injured or damaged by weather or otherwise.

CLAUSE 60: Removal & substitution of materials: The Exe. Engineer, shall have full power to order the removalfrom the premises of the materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications & may employother persons to remove the same without having to be answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may be

caused to such materials. The Exe. Engineer, shall also have full power to order other proper material to besubstituted & in case of default the Exe. Engineer, may cause the same to be supplied & all cost which be incurred insuch removal & substitution shall be borne by the contractor.

CLAUSE 61: Action in case of improper materials & workmanship: If in the opinion of the Exe. Engineer, any workor any part thereof is executed with improper materials or defective workmanship, the contractor shall when requiredby the Exe. Engineer, forthwith re-execute the same & substitute proper material & workmanship & in case ofdefault by the contractor in so doing within a week from the date of the requisition, the Exe. Engineer, shall have fullpower to employ other persons to re-execute the work & cost there of shall be borne by the contractor.

CLAUSE 62: Action & compensation payable in case of backlog/delay: If at any time before security deposit isrefunded to the Contractor, it shall appear to the Exe. Engineer or his subordinate in-charge of the work, that anyworks have been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials or articles providedby him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted, it shall be lawful for theEngineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the Contractor & then not with standing the fact that the work,materials or articles complained or any have been inadvertently passed, certified & paid for, the contractor shall bebound to forthwith rectify or remove or reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require,or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified & provide other proper & suitable materials or


or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified & provide other proper & suitable materials orarticles at his own charge & cost. In the event of his failing to do so within in the limit aforesaid, the Contractor shallbe liable, to pay compensation at the rate of 1 % on the amount of the estimated cost for every day not exceeding 10days, during which the failure so continues & in the event of any such failures as aforesaid the Engineer-in-chargemay rectify or remove & re-execute the work or remove & replace the material/articles complained of, as the casemay be, at the risk & expenses in all respects of the Contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any suchinferior work or materials as described above is not acceptable, then it will be straight way rejected.

CLAUSE 63: Performance & guarantee of the work or plant completed by the contractor: The contractor shall makegood & repair defects in materials & workmanship & performance etc. revealed in the finished work or the plantcompleted by him, for a period of 3 Year from the date of which final completion certificate, is issued by theEngineer-in-charge. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as to the necessity of repairs shall be binding on thecontractor. If the contractor fails to maintain & keep in proper condition the work completed by him or if the planterected by him falls in performance of guarantee furnished by the contractor over the stipulated period ofmaintenance or performance, then the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to carry out the necessary repairs,departmentally or through another agency at the cost of contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-charge regarding theamount of the expenses incurred in carrying out the repairs shall be final & binding on the contractor. The Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to forfeit the whole or any part of the security deposit towards the expenses incurred byhim in repairing the work completed by the contractor.

CLAUSE 64: Responsibility of contractor for damage or fire etc.: From the commencement of the work to thecompletion of the same, the work shall be under the Contractor's charge. The contractor shall be held responsible forany damage done to the same by fire or any other cause & they shall be liable to make good all such damages & tocarry out any repairs which may be rendered necessary to the same by fire or other causes & they are to hold theMIDC harmless from any claims for injuries to persons or structural damage, damage to property happening fromany neglect or default or want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the Contractor or any of their employeeduring the execution of the work.

CLAUSE 65: Execution of work included in the contract: The Exe. Engineer shall have full power to send workmenon the premises to execute fittings & other works not included in the Contract & for which the Contractors shallafford every reasonable facility during ordinary working hours, provided that such operations shall be carried on insuch a manner as not to impede the progress of the work included in the contract. The contractor shall not howeverbe responsible for any damage which may happen to or be occasioned in the execution of any such fittings or otherworks.



Schedule A

Name Of Work : Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

Schedule showing (approx) the material to be issued to the contractor for works to be executed on thiscontract, & the rate at which they are to be charged.

Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park Ph II at Hinjawadi...Widening of existing main roadfrom T junction to Wipro circle

Schedule B

Sr. No. Particulars Quantity

Rate at which theMaterial is to becharged to the

contractor with unit

Place ofDelivery

Unit

NILNIL NIL NIL NILNIL

TERMS & CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE OF MATERIAL UNDER SCHEDULE 'A'

1.Materials required in excess of the quantity may or may not be supplied by the Deptt. If notsupplied, the contractor should make his own arrangements to provide the same, for which no extraclaims will be entertained.

2.All materials remaining unused after the completion of the works should be returned to theDepartment at the Departmental Store. For the materials remaining unused & not returned, recoverywill be effective at twice the issue rate of the materials or the prevailing market rate at the time ofcompletion of work, whichever is higher.

3.Considerable delay is likely to occur in getting the materials required to be conveyed by rail,whether such materials are to be supplied by the MIDC or by the contractor himself. The contractor,therefore, should submit indent for his requirement sufficiently in advance to allow for the periodusually taken for supply of such material.

No responsibility can be accepted for such delays in regard to supply of these materials. Everyassistance will be given to obtain the supplies as quickly as possible.

4.Contractor should check the materials before they are issued to him. Any complaint after thematerial is accepted by him will not be entertained.

5.The contractor should make his own arrangements for storing, the material issued to him, byconstructing a pucca shed which should be leak proof & should protect against moist climates.6.All other materials not included in the above schedule will have to be procured by the contractors


6.All other materials not included in the above schedule will have to be procured by the contractorsfrom the open market at his own cost.

7.The contractor shall maintain a regular account of consumption of the material issued to him by theDepartment, either at cost or free of cost & shall be produced when asked for.

8.All conveyance charges including loading & unloading operations for bringing the materials issuedfrom the place of delivery to the site of work should be borne by the contractor.

9.Weight of MS rounds that will be issued under Schedule 'A' will be computed on the basis offollowing table.

Dia of Bar in mm. Weight in Kg/RM length of

bar

6 0.22

8 0.39

10 0.62

12 0.89

16 1.58

18 2.00

20 2.46

22 2.92

25 3.85

28 4.83

32 6.31

36 7.99

40 9.87

In case of dispute or delegations in diameters, computation of weights shall be made at a rate of

0.785 Kg/Sq.cm. of cross sectional area.

10.The issue of steel from the stores stipulated in Schedule 'A' shall be on the basis of lengths of MS

rounds measured in metric system to the nearest 10mm. length. The surplus steel after completion

of work shall also be taken back & measured on the same basis. The MS rounds returned to the

departmental store shall be in the form of cut pieces of whole lengths remaining unutilised & will be


accepted as such. Pieces of length one metre & above shall accepted. The percentage waste in the

form of pieces of length below one metre shall not be more than 1% of the tonnage actually used in

work. Any additional loss beyond 1% stipulated above, shall be treated as used in an unauthorized &

wasteful manner, & recovery at double the issue rate or market rate, whichever is more, shall be

effected for such wasteful use of steel.


Schedule B


Name Of Work : Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

Amount And Rate In (Rs)

Sr.No Item DescriptionQuantity Rate Unit AmountRate In Words

12,96,900.00CubicMeter

90.0014,410.00

Open excavation for road works, sidegutters water retaining structures andlarge excavated areas not involvingmanual lift of materials such as waterreservoir, foundation, dam seats andallied works in soils of all sorts, sandgravel, soft and hard murum andboulders not exceeding 0.03 Cu.M. insize, to required grade, camber andside slopes and conveying theexcavated material with all lifts andupto a lead of 100 m from outside theedge of excavated area, spreadingthe same on embankment or stackingas directed.

1 Rupees NinetyOnly


280.003,150.00

Open excavation for road works, sidegutters and large excavated areas notinvolving manual lift of material suchas water reservoir, foundations, damseats and allied works in soft rockand boulders beyond 0.03 to 0.3Cu.M. rubble and conveying andstacking in regular stacks with all liftsand leads up to 100 m from outsideedge of the excavated area.

2 Rupees TwoHundred EightyOnly





770.002,300.00

Open excavation for road work, sidegutters and large excavated areas notinvolving manual lift of materials suchas water reservoir, foundation, damseats and allied works, in hard rockand boulders above 0.3 Cu.M. size bywedging, chiselling and / or linedrilling etc. or excavation in lateriaterock including dressing section to therequired grade camber, slopes andbreaking to 225 mm. size rubble andconveying the same, stacking inregular stacks with all lift and leadsupto 100 m. from outside edges ofexcavated area.

3 Rupees SevenHundredSeventy Only

Conveying material obtained fromroad cutting including all lifts, andbeyond initial lead, laying in layers of20cms to 30cms, in case of powerroller and 45cms to 60cms in case ofvibratory compactor, breaking clods,dressing to the required lines, curves,grade and section for formation ofroads, including leveling, disposingoff surplus material in desiredmanner as directed byEngineer-in-charge etc. completeincluding taxes , Royalty if anybeyond 100 m initial lead. (Disposalor reuse location as shown ondrawing)

4


150.006,300.00

For all leads.4.1 Rupees OneHundred FiftyOnly




Earthwork in embankment withapproved material having field soakCBR not less than 8 and laboratorysoak CBR not less than 12 obtainedby the Contractor from his borrowareas including all lifts and leadsincluding laying in layers of 20cm to30cm for power roller and 45cm to60cm for vibratory compactor,breaking clods, and dressing to therequired lines, curves and sectionincluding payment of royalty chargesto the Govt. of Maharashtra.

5


400.0022,800.00

For all lead .5.1 Rupees FourHundred Only

Watering to optimum moisturecontent and rolling to maximum drydensity by roller to the final formationof road in cutting in soil and murum.

6

97,600.00SquareMeter

8.0012,200.00

With vibratory roller6.1 Rupees EightOnly

Watering and compacting theembankment to 97% of modifiedproctor dry density after laying inlayer of 20 to 30 cm. (testedembankment),.

7


23.0022,800.00

With vibratory roller in 20 to 30 cmlayers

7.1 Rupees TwentyThree Only




Providing & laying GranularSub-Base (GSB) consisting of coarseand fine aggregate mixture as per thegrading laying in layers of 100 mmcompacted thickness includingbreaking / crushing of hard rock bymechanical means into requiredgradation as specified includingconveyance of graded metal with allleads and lifts dressing to requiredlines, curves level, grades andsection, watering and compaction to98% of modified proctor maximumdry density (IS:2720 part VIII) with 8to 10 tonne vibratory roller with allleads etc. complete as per MOSTspecifications 401 etc includingpayment of all taxes, duties, octroicharges etc. complete.

8

Closely Graded sub base – plant mixmethod

8.1


1,325.002,710.00

a) Grade I (metal 53 mm & downsize)

Rupees OneThousand ThreeHundredTwenty FiveOnly





1,500.003,050.00

Providing and laying Wet MixMacadam (WMM) base consisting ofaggregates mixture as per thegrading specified, using materialobtained from grading, laying inlayers of 75 mm compacted thicknessincluding breaking / crushing of hardrock by mechanical means intorequired gradation as specifiedincluding conveyance of graded metalwith all leads and lifts, includingmixing in a mechanically operatedmixing plant and laying with sensorpaver in required lines, curves, levels,grades and sections, watering andcompacting to 98% of modifiedproctor maximum dry density(IS:2720, part-VIII) with vibratoryroller of 8-10 tonne static weightcomplete including all leads and liftsas per MOST’ – 406 specifications.

9 Rupees OneThousand FiveHundred Only

Providing and spraying bituminoustack coat complete with all leads andlifts for materials as per technicalspecifications, surface cleaned withmechanical broom & asphalt /emulsion spread with bitumenpressure distributor.

10

By using Bituminous emulsionsconforming to IS 8887

10.1

5,71,500.00SquareMeter

45.0012,700.00

a) 11 Kg/10 Sqm over WBM / WMM Rupees FourtyFive Only


4,739.95715.00 Providing and laying Lean Mix BM(LBM) using VG 30 grade asphalt forfilling pot-holes and improvement ofexisting road surface whereverrequired including material, heatingasphalt, premixing it with stone metalin hot mix paver transporting andlaying, rolling and finishing etc.complete using 25mm, 20mm &12mm size metal excluding Tack coatetc. complete. (using Bitumen @2.5% by weight of mix excludingTack coat)

11 Rupees FourThousandSeven HundredThirty Nine AndPaisa NinetyFive Only




Providing and laying premixedbituminous macadam using VG 30grade bitumen including all materials,heating bitumen, premixing it withstone metal, in a hot mix plant,transporting to the site of work,laying the mix with a Hydrostaticpaver with sensor control andcompacting with smooth wheeledtandem vibratory roller includinginitial cleaning of surface, using tackcoat using VG 10 grade bitumen orRS-1 grade bituminous emulsion etc.complete. (Bitumen content @ 3.4 %by weight of total mix )

12

Tack Coat in VG-10 @ 0.25 kg persq. mtrs.

12.1


321.3013,400.00

a) 50 mm thk (with heatingaggregates)

Rupees ThreeHundredTwenty OneAnd PaisaThirty Only

Providing and laying hot mix, hot laidpremixed bituminous concrete usingVG-30 grade asphalt/bitumen/CRMB/PMB including allmaterials, heating aggregate asphalt/bitumen etc. and mixing in hot mixplant, trhansporting, laying withhydrostatic paver finished with sensorcontrol, compacting and rolling withsmooth wheeled tandem vibratoryroller. Bitumen to be used at 5.4%(Min) by weight of total mix (machinelaid only) inclusive of tack coat withVG-10 grade bitumen at 0.25 kg perm2 etc. complete.

13

Using VG-30 Bitumen13.1


383.5015,100.00

b) 40 mm thick (for wearing course) Rupees ThreeHundred EightyThree And PaisaFifty Only





720.002,200.00

Providing and applying of hot appliedthermoplastic compound 2.5 mmthick including reflectorising glass at250 gms per sq.m. area. Thickness of2.5 mm is exclusive of surfaceapplied glass beads as per ISR 035.The finished surface to be leveleduniform and free from streaks andholes including cleaning of roadsurface required and controllingtraffic etc complete as per M.O.S.T. &H’s specification Item No 803.

14 Rupees SevenHundredTwenty Only

Providing and fixing in line & levelpaver blocks as specified. The paverblocks shall confirm to BS 6717 ASTMC 936 - 96 including providing andpreparing sand beds as specified,fixing blocks in position at site, fillingthe joints by jointing sand,compacting the blocks by platevibrator including filling the sidejoints by m-20 grade cementconcrete if required etc. complete.

15


850.003,790.00

60 mm thick (strength 35 M pa) onsand bed 30 mm thick

15.1 Rupees EightHundred FiftyOnly


150.006,500.00

Excavation in trenches, pits, pipelines, foundations, column footings,walls etc. in earth’s soils of all types,gravel, sand, soft & hard murum, andboulders up to 0.03 cum. sizeincluding removing the excavatedmaterial upto any distance asdirected beyond the edge ofexcavation including all lifts, stackingor spreading as directed, bailing ofsub-soil water if any preparing basefor foundation etc., and back filingthe excavated pit or trench using theexcavated material in layers includingwatering and ramming as required oras directed by Engineer-In-charge,including all labour and materialscomplete.

16 Rupees OneHundred FiftyOnly





330.001,400.00

Excavation for trenches, pits,pipelines, foundations, columnfootings, walls etc. in soft rock andboulders between 0.03 TO 0.30 Cu.M.in size including removing theexcavated materials upto anydistance as directed beyond theedges of trenches / pits etc. breakingthe boulders into 225 mm size rubbleincluding stacking the same (rubbleas well as soft rock) and / orspreading as directed, bailing outwater if any, preparing the bed forfoundations & necessary back fillingthe excavated pit / trench as directedby Engineer-in-charge all labour andmaterials complete.

17 Rupees ThreeHundred ThirtyOnly

Excavation for trenches, pits for pipelines, foundations, column footings,drainage lines etc in hard rock,manjarya rock & laterite by chiselling,wedging, line drilling etc. includingtrimming and levelling the bed,removing the excavated materials asdirected beyond the edges oftrenches / pits including all lifts,stacking as directed, de-wateringback filling in layers, wateringramming etc. as required or asdirected by Engineer In Charge, alllabour and materials complete.

18


775.001,400.00

Hard Rock18.1 Rupees SevenHundredSeventy FiveOnly

Providing and laying in position plaincement concrete using granite orblack trap graded metal includingmixing in a mechanically operatedmixer,With maximum 50%crushed sand.

19


4,140.00850.00 In 1:3:6 proportion19.1 Rupees FourThousand OneHundred FourtyOnly





4,995.00161.00 In 1:2:4 proportion.19.2 Rupees FourThousand NineHundred NinetyFive Only

Providing and laying in positionCement Concrete for RCC work usinggranite / black trap metal includingmixing in mechanically operatedmixers, compacting by mechanical ormanual means as may be requiredand directed by Engineer-In-Charge,including steel or plywood shuttering,centring, formwork dewatering, for allelements in foundation, plinths, ofbuilding works, where reinforcedcement concrete is proposed to beused upto +/-5 m from the averageground level including all labour andmaterial complete, finishing thesurface with 1:3 cement mortar. etccomplete.

20

2,07,90,000.00

CubicMeter

7,700.002,700.00

In design mix concrete grade M-2020.1 Rupees SevenThousandSeven HundredOnly


7,800.00110.00 In design mix concrete grade M-2520.2 Rupees SevenThousand EightHundred Only

Providing and fixing in positionreinforcement of all dia for RCC piles,pile caps, footings, foundations,slabs, columns, beams, canopies,staircase, newels, chajjas, lintelspardis, copings, fins, arches etc. asper detailed designs, drawings andschedules including cutting, bending,hooking the bars, binding with wiresor tack welding and supporting asrequired at all locations and height alllabour and materials testing etc.complete.

21

1,18,52,400.00

MetricTonne

71,400.00166.00 TMT Bars21.1 RupeesSeventy OneThousand FourHundred Only




Providing, erecting pre-cast elementssuch as cover slabs for drains, grills,kerbs, kerb stone, dividers,manholes, frames, manholes covers,gutters, fence posts grills, railslintels, sills, bed blocks, steps or anyother member or element as perdrawings & specifications using RCCgrade M-20 including shuttering asmay be required, compacting by platevibrator, curing and finishing theelement where required with 1:3cement mortar, transporting to siteand erecting in position grouting withcement mortar 1:3 as may berequired and curing etc. all labourand material complete. (Includingcost of Steel reinforcement)

22


10,650.00235.00 Elements weighing upto 50 kg.22.1 Rupees TenThousand SixHundred FiftyOnly

Providing at the site of work andlowering, laying and jointing RCCNP3 class pipes conforming toIS458-1998 in prepared trenches ingrade and level, including hoisting,making rubber ring / collar joints incement mortar 1:1, including cost ofcollar / rubber ring, jointing materiallike cement, sand etc. and hydraulictesting of the pipes at factory as wellas on site per the stipulation inrelevant IS code etc. complete.

23

10,55,000.00RunningMeter

1,055.001,000.00

300 mm dia.23.1 Rupees OneThousand FiftyFive Only


7,470.00400.00 900 mm dia.23.2 Rupees SevenThousand FourHundredSeventy Only


11,830.0060.00 1200 mm dia.23.3 Rupees ElevenThousand EightHundred ThirtyOnly




51,120.00CubicMeter

710.0072.00 Dismantling RCC work of all gradesof concrete and sorting out thematerials such as steel etc. asdirected and stacking them with allleads & lift as directed.

24 Rupees SevenHundred TenOnly

Providing IInd class burnt brickmasonry, with conventional typebricks in foundation and up to plinthlevel including bailing out waterstriking out joints on exposed faces,scaffolding, curing etc. complete.

25


5,350.0032.00 1:6 Cement Mortar.25.1 Rupees FiveThousand ThreeHundred FiftyOnly

Providing plaster in cement mortar in1:3 without neeru finishing toconcrete or masonry surface in allposition including scaffolding andcuring complete.

26


245.00235.00 20 mm. thick two coats26.1 Rupees TwoHundred FourtyFive Only

Providing and applying syntheticsuper enamel paint conforming toIS:2932 – 1991 of approved colour,including scaffolding if necessary andcleaning and preparing the surface,including primer coat etc. complete.

27


65.00980.00 Two coats.27.1 Rupees SixtyFive Only

2,14,000.00Number1,070.00200.00 Removing existing plant / tree withdue care and replantation of sametree as directed with proper care,machinery, crane, labour, mannure,soil etc all complete .

28 Rupees OneThousandSeventy Only

Supplying 50 mm to 75 mm trapstone oversize metal at the road sideincluding, conveying and stacking etc.complete including all taxes androyalty and all leads .

29


950.00270.00 Quarry metal.29.1 Rupees NineHundred FiftyOnly




Providing and fixing cautionary /mandatory / warning sign boardmade out of 3mm thick G.P. sheethighly resistance to moisture andhaving tensile strength 80 Mpa,compressive strength 160 Mpa andtreated for adhesive bonded withgreen retro reflective sheeting of highintensity grade having pressuresensitive heat activated adhesivewhite reflective cut out border withthe message having pressuresensitive screen printing of greentransperent current over whiteretroreflective sheeting havingborder and message in white background having a finish surface atback side with pigment french graycolour including M.S. angle of size65x65x6 mm and 3.65 mtr longproperly cross braced with iron angleof size 50x50x5 mm duly paintedwith one coat of epoxy paint havingalternate black and white bands of 25cm width including GI fixture andfixing the board in 1:2:4 concreteblock size 0.60x0.60x0.75 mt.including transportation etc.complete.

30

1,85,400.00Number7,725.0024.00 Cautionary / mandatory / warningsign board having shape ofequilaterial trangle of 90 cm sides

30.1 Rupees SevenThousandSeven HundredTwenty FiveOnly

Providing and supplying atdepartmental store Plain PVCpipes(Working pressure 6 kg/cm2) asper latest BS/IS specificationsincluding cost of transportation andbearing ISI mark.

31


200.00550.00 100mm dia31.1 Rupees TwoHundred Only



17,500.0015.00 Providing and fixing informatory signboards in square or rectangular shapeof any size made out of 12 gauge (3mm) thick Aluminium sheet boundedwith green reflective sheeting of highintensity grade having pressuresensitive / heat activated adhesivewhite retro reflective cut out borderwith message having pressuresensitive screen printing of greentransparent colour over white retroreflective sheeting having border andmessage in white back groundincluding M.S. angle iron frame ofsize 35 x 35 x 3 mm and two M.S.angle iron post of size 65 x 65 x 6mm, 3.65 m long properly crossbased with angle iron of size 50 x 50x 5 mm duly painted with one coat ofepoxy finish paint having alternateblack and white bands of 25 cm widthincluding G. I. fixtures etc complete.

32 RupeesSeventeenThousand FiveHundred Only

9,06,38,124.25Total Amount Rs :

Schedule B -- Summary

Description Amount In RsSr.No.

Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park Ph II at Hinjawadi...Widening of existing main road from Tjunction to Wipro circle

Total

Say

0.00

0.00


POST-QUALIFICATION FORM for Joint Venture for works costing Above Rs.300 Lakhs

FORM GENERAL 1.1

Directions to the tenderers for filling post-qualification form

Name of work : Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi.

Widening of existing main road from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

1.A separate proforma should be submitted of works executed / works completed in various departments where thework has been carried out. Scanned copy of the certificate should be uploaded at appropriate location duly certifiedby the gazetted officer.

2. Please fill up properly all the required information and upload scanned copies of required documents as mentionedin this post qualification documents.

3. Supplementary pages may be attached, if required, (strictly in the format given in serially).

4. The cost incurred by the applicant in making this document or quoting the offer or providing clarifications andattending discussions or site visits will not be reimbursed by MIDC.

5. PQ form shall be filled properly and scanned copies of requisite documents as mentioned in the tender documentsshall be attached.

6. Scanned photocopies duly attested of the following certificates will have to be uploaded/ attached at appropriatelocation and original shall be produced in the office of the Executive Engineer,MIDC for verification on the day ofopening of the tender as mentioned elsewhere.

a) Valid registration certificate in appropriate class.

b) Professional Tax Registration Certificate in ‘E’ category for tenders without PQ and both i.e. ‘E’ & ‘R’ categoryfor tenders where PQ is applicable.

c) Registration Certification with Sales Tax Deptt., of Govt. of Maharashtra.

d) PAN No. (In case of JV it shall be of lead partner)

e) Experience certificate of work executed.

7.The information furnished must be sufficient to show that the applicant is capable in all respects for successfullycompletion of the envisaged work.

8. The conditional submission will not be treated as valid and shall be rejected outright without assigning reasonsthereof.


9. The incomplete or improperly filled PQ form will be rejected out-rightly.

10. If the tenderer desires to form a Joint Venture, he will have to fulfill the terms and conditions mentioned in theenclosed proforma and attach the required documents along with duly filled proforma with this PQ documents.

11. If it is found that, the information uploaded/ attached with the Post – Qualification documents is misleading /false or if it is found that, certain information is hidden, then the contractor will be disqualified during any stage oftender process and even after opening of tender.

12. Bidders shall upload/ attach only relevant documents along with PQ.

13. Right to reject any or all pre-qualification applications of tenders without assigning any reason thereof is reservedby competent authority.

FORM GENERAL 1.2

CONDITIONS FOR POST-QUALIFICATION (For work experience)

To qualify for award of the contract, the tenderer in his name should have experience in last 5 financial years asunder.

1. Satisfactorily completed (from start to finish) as a prime contractor of at least one single similar work of roadconsisting of LBM/BM/DBM/AC/SDBC/PSS of value not less than Rs.453.19 Lakhs 2. Executed in any one year, the following minimum quantities of work in one OR more contracts.(Approximate 50% of tender quantity)

Sr. No. Description QuantityUnit

Earthwork in embankment 11400.00 Cu.m

2G.S.B/W.M.M. 2880.00 Cu.m

3LBM/BM/DBM/AC/SDBC/PSS 21400.00 Sq.m

4RCC work M-20/M-25 grade 1405.00 Cu.m

Note : 1) In case of combined work the tenderer should fulfil both the above criteria. 2) Above certificates should be signed by not below the rank of Executive Engineer of concerned department.

FORM GENERAL 1.3


FORM GENERAL 1.3

SUMMARY SHEET

Sr.No.

Item Details (to be filled in by the contractor)

1.

Name of Contractor2.

Address, Phone & FaxNo. E-Mail ID

3. Status of firm (Proprietary firm/ Partnership firm / Pvt.Ltd. Co. / Public Ltd. Co. / Co-op. Society).

4.

a) Class ofRegistration of thecontractor

b)Validity ofRegistrationc) Authorityissuing theregistrationcertificate (Copyof registrationcertificate to beenclosed asAnnexure-I)

5.

If partnership firm or acompany, Names ofPartners/Directors

1.2.3.4.5.

6.

Annual Turnover of thefirm for last 3 years (Rs.In Lakhs) (as certifiedby the CharteredAccountant vide Form-F)

I

Rs.

II

Rs.

III

Rs.

7.a) Registration under Maharashtra Sales Tax (ontransfer of property in goods involved in theexecution of work contract) Act,1995

b) Copy of PAN Card

c) Professional Tax registration/clearance certificate

Yes / No

Yes/No

Yes/No


Sr.No.


1.



3. Status of firm (Proprietary firm/ Partnership firm / Pvt.Ltd. Co. / Public Ltd. Co. / Co-op. Society).

4.


b)Validity ofRegistrationc) Authorityissuing theregistrationcertificate (Copyof registrationcertificate to beenclosed asAnnexure-I)

5.


1.2.3.4.5.

6.

Annual Turnover of thefirm for last 3 years(Rs. In Lakhs) (ascertified by theChartered Accountantvide Form-F)

I

Rs.

II

Rs.

III

Rs.

7.a) Registration under Maharashtra Sales Tax (ontransfer of property in goods involved in theexecution of work contract) Act,1995

b) Copy of PAN Card


Yes / No

Yes/No

Yes/No


Sr.No.


1.



3. Status of firm (Proprietary firm/ Partnership firm /Pvt. Ltd. Co. / Public Ltd. Co. / Co-op. Society).

4.


b)Validity ofRegistrationc) Authorityissuing theregistrationcertificate(Copy ofregistrationcertificate to beenclosed asAnnexure-I)

5.


1.2.3.4.5.

6.

Annual Turnover of thefirm for last 3 years(Rs. In Lakhs) (ascertified by theChartered Accountantvide Form-F)

I

Rs.

II

Rs.

III

Rs.

7.a) Registration under Maharashtra Sales Tax(on transfer of property in goods involved in theexecution of work contract) Act,1995

b) Copy of PAN Card


Yes / No

Yes/No

Yes/No

The information given above and in the enclosed forms, Annexures is true to the best of my knowledge &belief. I am / We are aware that, I / We will be disqualified at any stage of the qualification or work will bewithdrawn at any stage of execution, if any of the above information is found to be incorrect. In case ofsuch eventuality, I / We will have no claim on the Deptt.

Date Signature of Contractor

(With seal)

FORM ‘A’

List of machinery available with the tendered which will be used for this work

Name of tendered:

Sr.No. Name of

equipmentNo. ofunits

Kindandmake

Age andcondition

Presentlocation

Remarks


Sr.No. Name of

equipmentNo. ofunits

Kindandmake

Ageandcondition

Presentlocation

Remarks

Signature of contractor

Note: 1) In case of hired plant and machinery, notarized agreement shall be furnished along with documents ofOwnership in the name of person from whom machinery is hired.

2) In case, if the contractor do not possess - Hot mix asphalt plant with in 30 Km radius from site of work, then anundertaking on stamp paper of Rs.100 duly notarized shall be submitted by the contractor along with PQ form inenvelope No. 1 for assurance towards erection of hot mix asphalt plant within 30 Km from the site of work not laterthan one month from the date of work order, and separate DD of Rs.5,00,000/- as guarantee shall be submitted alongwith PQ form in envelope No.1. Once the contractor erects the hot mix plant, within 30 Km radius from site of work,the amount of Rs.5.00 lacs will be refunded.


FORM ‘B’

List of technical personnel that will be made available for this work.

Name of tendered:

Sr.No.

NameandDesignation

Qualification

Whetherworkingon fieldor inoffice

Experience ofexecutionof similarworks

Period fromwhich theperson isworkingwith thetenderer

Remarks

FORM – C-1

DETAILS OF WORKS/ SIMILAR PROJECTS COMPLETED BY TENDERER

(Please fill in information about the relevant projects completed in last 5 financial years)

Name of Tenderer

Sr.No.

Nameofwork

Costofwork

Dateofstarting

Stipulated date ofperiod ofcompletion

Actual dateofcompletion

Remarks


(Please fill in information about the relevant projects completed in last 5 financial years)

Name of Tenderer

Sr.No. Name

ofwork

Costofwork

Dateofstarting

Stipulated date ofperiod ofcompletion

Actualdate ofcompletion

Remarks

1) State only those works whose individual project cost is more than 50% of tender project cost/ or as per thetechnical norms mentioned under the eligibility criteria.

2) The statement should be supported by attested copies of certificates issued by Heads of offices not below the rankof Executive Engineer


FORM – C-2

Statement showing the quantities of specific items executed by the tenderer in any one year of the last 5 financialyears.

Name of Tenderer:

Sr.No.

Item

Minimumquantityrequired to beexecuted in oneyear

Quantity executed by the tendered inRemarks

YearYear

Year

In support of the detailsentered in this statement,the tenderer shall attach theattested copies of thequantity executedcertificates signed by theauthority not below therank of ExecutiveEngineer.


Name of Tenderer:

Sr.No.

Minimumquantityrequired to beexecuted in oneyear


YearYear

Year

In support of the detailsentered in this statement,the tenderer shall attachthe attested copies of thequantity executedcertificates signed by theauthority not below therank of ExecutiveEngineer.


Sr.No.

Minimumquantityrequired to beexecuted inone year


YearYear

Year

In support of the detailsentered in this statement,the tenderer shall attachthe attested copies of thequantity executedcertificates signed by theauthority not below therank of ExecutiveEngineer.

FORM – D

DETAILS OF PROJECTS IN PROGRESS AND TENDERED FOR

Please fill in information about all the on-going similar projects only and projects tendered for.

Name of Tenderer:

Sr.No.

Nameofwork

PlaceandCountry

Work in hand Work tendered for Remarks

Anticipateddate ofcompletion

Stipulateddate of periodof completion


Sr.No.

Nameofwork

PlaceandCountry

Work in hand Work tendered for Remarks

Anticipateddate ofcompletion

Stipulateddate ofperiod ofcompletion


FORM – E

CERTIFICATE FROM CONCERNED DEPARTMENT IN RESPECT OF WORKS

COMPLETED DURING LAST THREE YEARS

(In support of works mentioned in Form C-1 & C-2)

1.

Name of Contractor2. Name of work

3. Estimated Cost put to tender

4. Tendered Cost

5.

Major quantities / disciplines of the workexecuted by the tenderer.

1)

2)

3)6. Period stipulated in tender for completion of

work7. Date of Work Order

8. Stipulated Date of start of work

9. Stipulated Date of completion

10.

Actual Date of Completion

11.

If time over-run, the reasons for the same

12 Final cost of work completed

13a

Has the tenderer started the work promptly afterissue of work order

Yes / No

b. Has the tenderer maintained progress of work as

per agreement? Yes / No

c. Quality of work Excellent / Good / Satisfactory

d. Compensation / Penalty levied if any with

reasons14.

Any other fact about the overall performance ofthe contractor, the authority may like to mention.


Form F FINANCIAL STATEMENT

1 Name of Applicant (in case of joint ventures / consortium,the names of the constituent firms).

2 Turnover in terms of value of works executed during eachyear (as reflected in the Profit & Loss Account)

Year2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

3 Approximate value of works in hand

4 Bid Capacity i.e. (A x N x 2) – BWhere

A= Maximum of the updated values of works executed inoneof the preceding 3 years. The updation of the value ofwork should be done at 10% per annum (compounded) bymultiplying the values with applicable factor i.e. 1.1, 1.21or 1.331 as the case may be.

B= Value of existing commitment of works (on-going or to becompleted in the period stipulated for completion of thework in the present tender).

N= Number of years prescribed for completion of the projectfor this work =1

Certified that the information given is based on the facts and figures recorded in this office through variousdocuments and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Signature of the Chartered Accountant Signature of Contractor

(with seal) (with seal)

Note: It shall be noted that, if the information given above is found to be misleading or false, the action will beinitiated to intimate the name of the CA to the Institute of Chartered Accounts of India, for appropriate punitiveaction.


Annexure – AANNEXURE – ‘A’ Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs

1) If the application is made by Joint Venture Consortia of two or more contractors of any class may combine andtender for a work costing to the amount up to which each individual contractor of the higher of the two limits, if theyare of different categories, are empowered to tender as per the original registration provided that …

i) The application shall be signed by all JV Partners so as to be legally binding on all JV Partners.

ii) The combination is of the contractors as a whole and not individual partners.

iii) The main contractor shall furnish the notarised joint venture MoU along with other joint venture partner onRs.100 stamp paper along with PQ form in envelope No.1 only without which they shall not be qualified.

2) The notarized JV MoU / Agreement should give details as under

a) Particulars of the Firm.

b) Profit sharing ratio.

c) Principal place of business.

d) Details of the Lead Member of the Joint Venture Consortia.

e) Details of the Bank Account Operations.

f) Details of the authorized representative of all the Joint Venture Consortia members etc.

g) The JV constituting agreement shall be irrevocable till the completion of work.

h) The JV constituting agreement should cover clauses pertaining to liabilities arising out of the work, if any andliquidation thereof.

i) Whereas the share of the lead member should not be less than 51% and the share of all the Joint Venture Firmshall be 100%

j) One of the Partners shall be nominated as being in-charge and this authorization shall be evidenced bysubmitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of the Partners.

k) The Partner in-charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any andall Partners of the Joint Venture Consortia and entire execution of the contract including payment shall be doneexclusively with the partner in-charge.

l) All Partners of the Joint Venture Consortia shall be liable jointly and separately for execution of the contract inaccordance with contract terms and a relevant statement to this effect shall be included in the authorization


mentioned under (j) above.

3) The notarized JV MoU so submitted along with the Tender shall be considered as a Legal Document forestablishing the Joint Venture Consortia.

4) The information pertaining to class of Registration, Work experience and / or Plant & Machinery of JV partner inthe respective forms duly signed by the Partner shall be submitted with the tender in envelope No.1.

5) The financial norms shall have to be satisfied by the lead partner of joint venture firm in respect of bid capacity,as per Form ‘F’

6) In case of Joint Venture consortia the sponsoring firm has to submit complete information and identify the leadfirm. It would be necessary for the Joint Venture Consortia to establish to the satisfaction of the MIDC that theventure has made practical, workable and legally enforceable agreements amongst the parties, that responsibilitiesetc., assigned are capable in their individual capacity to discharge them competently and satisfactorily and also that,the lead firm has necessary skill and capacity to lead and responsibility and involvement for the entire period ofexecution as well as a leading role in control and direction on the resources of the entire Joint Venture Consortia.

7) The % share of other partners (other than lead partner) should not be more than his limit of eligibility to quote forworks divided by the estimated cost of work put to tender i.e. when such a percentage is applied to the cost of thework, his share of cost should not exceed his own eligibility limit of tendering for works.

8) Machineries owned by each partner & hired can be clubbed together

9) When contractors submit the PQ forms in individual capacity satisfying the required norms and the samecontractor submits the P.Q. form as a joint venture partner, the P.Q. form in individual capacity shall only beconsidered. P.Q. form and tender submitted in J.V. capacity shall be rejected outright.

10) All joint venture partners shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory completion of work.


FORM GENERAL 1.4

Clause, Condition and MOU for Joint Venture for works costing more than Rs.300Lakhs

Joint venture or Association of two or more contractors will be allowed. The Joint Ventureshall be allowed for Plant and machinery and / or work experience. The lead partner of JV should havecontractor registration in appropriate class as mentioned in NIT. Other partner / partners of JV shall alsohave registration; however, their share shall be limited upto the class of registration.

It should be noted that an agency shall be allowed to quote individually as well as inassociations / JV. The post qualification of the agency will be decided as per norms mentioned in PQform. The main contractor shall furnish the notarized joint venture MoU along with other joint venturepartner on Rs. 100 stamp paper along with PQ form in envelope No.1 only. Each joint venture partner isrequested to give an undertaking on stamp paper of Rs. 100/- stating that he will make him as a jointventure alongwith main contractor only for this work and further he cannot make a joint venturepartnership with other contractor / firm for this work. It is obligatory that the main contractor in the jointventure gets post-qualified individually for financial criteria as per the norms of MIDC.


ANNEXURE – ‘B’

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING FOR JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENTFOR

“ ______________________________________________________________________”

DEED OF PARTNERSHIP (JOINT VENTURE OF _____________ AND ________________)

This Memorandum of Understanding for Joint Venture Agreement made and entered into at onhis ______ day of _______ 20___ by and between :

1) ………………………………………………

AND

2) ………………………………………………

DEFINATIONS :-

In this deed, the following words and expression shall have meanings set out below :

“The Joint Venture” ( “JV” for short) shall mean “_______________________ (JV)” and“___________________” Joint Venture collectively acting in collaborations for the purpose of thisagreement.

“ Apex Co-ordination Body (ACB) shall mean the body comprising Director of the Parties to the JointVenture”

“The Owner” shall mean


………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………

“The Works” shall mean the ………………………………………………………......

……………………………………………………………….

“ The Contract ” shall mean the contract entered into or to be entered into between the “Joint Venture” and“The Owner” for the works.

JOINT VENTURE (JV)

(whereas the Parties hereto declare that, they agree and undertake to form a Joint Venture for thepurpose of Execution of the works, as an integrated Joint Venture. The JV shall be called as “ JOINTVENTURE ” for short) Provided that the Parties are not under this agreement entering into any permanentPartnership or Joint Venture to tender or undertake any contract other than the subject works. Nothingherein contained shall be considered to construe the Parties or Partners to constitute either Party theagent of the other.

WITNESSES

WHEREAS the Executive Engineer, ……………………………………. herein after referred as theExecutive Engineer, have invited tenders for the work of“…………………………………………………………………………….. hereinafter referred as “The Works”

Whereas PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II wish to execute the Contract, if awarded as per the terms ofthis indenture. Now, therefore this Deed of Partnership witnesses as follows :-

1) That, these recitals are and shall be deemed to have been part and parcel of the presentMOU for JV.

2) That, this MOU shall come into force from the date of this MOU i.e. the day of_____________ the year ______________

3) That, the operation of this MOU for JV firm concerns and is confined to “the works” only.

4) That, the name of the Joint Venture firm shall be “_________________)

5) That, PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II shall jointly execute the works according to all termsand conditions as stated in the relevant instructions contained in the Bid Documents / Contract as an


and conditions as stated in the relevant instructions contained in the Bid Documents / Contract as anintegrated JV styled as “_______________________________)

That, this MOU for JV shall regulate the relations between the parties and shall include without beinglimited to them the following conditions.

a) M/s. ___________________________ shall be the lead Company Incharge of the JointVenture for all intents and purpose.

b) The parties hereto shall jointly and severally liable to MIDC for all acts, deeds and thingspertaining to the Contract. The Contract for the works shall be signed by Shri._______________________ as a General Power of Attorney Holder.

c) That the Director of one of the parties of the JV, ________________ shall be the leadPartner of the JV firm and shall have the Power to Control and Manage the Affairs of the JV.

d) That, on behalf of the Joint Venture Lead Partner, _______________ have the Authority toincur liabilities, receive instructions and payments, sign and execute the Contract for and on behalf of theJoint Venture. All payments made under the contract shall be made into the Joint Venture’s bank account.

e) One or two Bank accounts shall be opened in the name of JV to be operated by the JointSignatory by representative of both the Partner of Joint Venture.

f) That each of the parties to the JV agrees and undertake to place at the disposal of the JVbenefits of its individual experience, technical knowledge and skill and shall in all respects bear its share ofthe responsibility including the provision of information, advice and other assistance required in connectionwith the works. The share and the participation of the partners in the JV shall broadly be as follows :-

Name of Contractor Share of Percentage

1)

2)

Total 100%

And all rights, interests, liabilities, obligations, works experience and risks (and all net profit or net losses)arising out of the contract shall be shared or borne by the Parties in proportion to these share. Each of theparties shall furnish its proportionate share in any bonds, guarantees, sureties required for the works aswell as its proportionate share in working capital and other financial requirements, all in accordance withthe decisions of the Apex Coordinating body.

g) Any loan/advances shall be shared by the PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II in the ratio of


________________ respectively.

h) All funds, finance or working capital required for carrying out and executing, the works orcontract shall be procured and utilized by the parties are mutually agreed by them and they shall be liableand responsible for the same. Initial Capital of the JV firm shall be Rs. _______________.

i) The execution of the work on the site will be managed by a Project Manager. The ProjectManager shall be authorized to represent the JV on site in respect of matters arising out or under thecontract.

j) The PARTY NO. I and PARTY NO. II shall be jointly and severally liable towards the ownerfor the execution of the contract commitment in accordance with contract conditions.

k) The JV shall be registered with the Registrar of Firms / Company, Maharashtra State. Priorwritten approval of MIDC shall be obtained before any changes are proposed to be made in this JointVenture Agreement, once it is registered with the Registrar of firms / Company, Maharashtra State.

l) This Joint Venture Agreement shall not be dissolved till the completion of the defect liabilityperiod as stipulated in the Tender Document conditions of the works and till all the liabilities thereof areliquidated.

m) That, questions relating to validity and interpretation of this deed shall be governed by thelaws of India. Any disputes in interpretation of any conditions mentioned herein shall be referred toArbitrator by mutual consent of the parties to the JV and such proceedings shall be governed by the IndianArbitration and Conciliation act, 1996. The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties,hereto, neither the obligations of each party hereto to perform the contract nor the execution of works shallstop during the course of these arbitration proceedings or as a result thereof.

n) That, no party to the JV has the right to assign any benefit, obligation or liability under theagreement to any third party without obtaining the written consent of the other partner and MIDC.

·· Bank account (s) in the name of the Joint Venture firm may be opened with any Nationalized /Scheduled Bank / Banks approved by GoM and the representatives of both partners areauthorized to operate upon such accounts jointly.

p) That, the parties to the JV shall be responsible to maintain or cause to maintain properBooks of Accounts in respect of the business of the JV firm and the same shall be closed at the end of theevery financial year.


q) That the financial year of the firm shall be the year ended on the 31 st day of March everyyear.

r) That upon closure of the books of account, balance sheet and profit and loss account, as tothe state of affairs of the firm, as at the end of the financial year and as to the profit or loss made, orincurred by the firm for the year ended on that date respectively, shall be prepared and the same shall besubject to audit by a Chartered Accountant.

LEGAL JURISDICTION

All matters pertaining to or emanating from this JV agreement involving the owner shall be subject tojurisdiction or High Court of Judicature, at ...………..

NOTICE AND CORRESPONDANCE

All correspondence and notices to the JV shall be sent to the following address :

IN WITNESS WHERE TO the parties have caused their duly authorized representative to sign below :

Signed for and on behalf of signed for and on behalf of

Witness

1.

2.


DRAWINGS

BLANK PAGE FOR DRAWINGS.......


List of Amended Documents

Sr. No. Document Name

1 Value Added Tax (VAT) Act and Contract Labour, Income Tax Clause

2 THIRD PARTY INSPECTION CLAUSE



Item Specification

Work Name: Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park phase II @ Hinjawadi. Widening of existing main road

from ' T' junction to Wipro circle.

Sub Estimate: Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park Ph II at Hinjawadi...Widening of existing main road from

T junction to Wipro circle

1 Open excavation for road works, side gutters water retaining structures and large excavated

areas not involving manual lift of materials such as water reservoir, foundation, dam seats and

allied works in soils of all sorts, sand gravel, soft and hard murum and boulders not exceeding 0.03

Cu.M. in size, to required grade, camber and side slopes and conveying the excavated material

with all lifts and upto a lead of 100 m from outside the edge of excavated area, spreading the same

on embankment or stacking as directed.

Specification:

10.1 General : This item refers to the bulk excavation, in soils of all sorts, sand, gravel soft and

hard murum and boulders below 0.03 cum size. The excavation shall be for large areas like dam

seats, water retaining structures, side gutters, large excavation areas, road works etc. when

contractor utilizes excavation machinery like bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and dumpers

for transportation etc.

10.2 Site Preparation : Normally the site as directed by the Engineer-in- charge, on which the

construction, as per the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all

obstructions. The loose stones, bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be

removed. The material shall be stacked or disposed off as directed. All the material shall be the

property of MIDC. After clearing the site, the alignment or center lines or points shall be given by

the Engineer-in- charge. The contractor shall establish the reference marks, benchmark pillars in

masonry with 100 x 100 mm M.S. plate fixed at top. The top of M.S. Plate will represent bench

mark connected to GTS. The contractor shall maintain bench mark pillars till completion of work

etc., and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as directed, true to

line, curve, level and slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material such as

wooden/steel pegs, white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own

cost and he shall be fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes.

10.3 Excavation : Before commencement of the excavation the levels shall be taken at x-section

with intervals of not exceeding 10 m in respect of plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of

sloping grounds. The interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer -in-charge. The

levels shall be recorded in the field book and shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and the

authorized representative of the contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shall excavate

and remove all the material from the marked area of excavation by using labour, machinery and

equipments most suitable for excavation of large quantities in wet or dry condition.

10.4 Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation road works, gutters, for

reservoirs and dam seat, may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedments of pipelines

for water supply or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soil. The foundation shall

be cleared of all loose material and shall be dressed by chiseling to the smooth surface to the

correct line and level. The levels of such excavated level when strata changes and or foundation

shall be taken and recorded adopting practice as mentioned earlier. The contractor shall not

excavate below the line shown in the drawing or as directed. No foundation of any sort shall be laid

unless the Engineer - in-charge approves/passes the foundation and record the dimensions and

elevations and types of soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.

10.5 Shoring and Strutting : The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless

provided in the contract. The type and designing of shoring shall be decided by the contractor, and

shall get approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : Pay slopes may be stipulated

according to which excavation shall be carried out and paid for.

10.6 Disposal of Excavated Material : All the material obtained from clearing the site or from

excavation shall be the absolute property of MIDC. All materials obtained from clearing the site and

excavation shall be disposed off or spread or stacked within a lead of 100 meters beyond the

excavated area as directed by the Engineer in Charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or other

use shall be stacked at a convenient place within a lead of 100 meters as directed for refilling or

reuse. No excavated material shall be kept within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid

the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground

around as directed within a lead of 100 meters. If the surplus materials are required to be

conveyed and used or stacked beyond 100 meters contractor shall be paid for extra lead or the

extra conveyance as per the terms of contract.

10.7 Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in the

pit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or by

pumping out as required. Unless provided for in the contract separately, no payment shall be made

for bailing out the water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or provide

bypass arrangements to avoid entering of water in the excavation at his own cost. The drained

water shall be properly disposed off, so as not to cause any damages to the excavated area nor to

the surrounding structures. The contractor shall keep the excavated area dry for measurements

and for laying of foundation mortar or concrete.

10.8 Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall be

removed at contractor’s cost.

10.9 Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-

charge and the foundation raft after construction of masonry/structure or the pipeline is laid, all the

shoring shall have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or as

shown in the drawing or as directed shall be made from the selected excavated material stacked

separately for that purpose. The material shall be laid in layers of 15 to 20 cm in thickness,

watered and then rammed properly. The backfilling shall only be done after receiving orders from

the Engineer-in-charge and without damaging the foundation raft or the pipeline etc.

10.10 Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected from

any accidents by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be kept

in proper position to indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take the

adequate protective measures and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surrounding

properties and will have to bear t he damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shall

be included in the item rate.

10.11 Item to Include : The item includes all lifts and lead upto 100 m beyond the edge of

excavation. The use heavy earth excavating and moving machinery including the fuel, oil,

maintenance and repairs, all taxes and depreciation are included in the item rate. The lead beyond

100m shall be paid extra under Item No.4

10.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the original ground profiles at

selected locations shall be taken after clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavated

profile shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineer - in-charge or

shall be measured as per drawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to the

limited quantity as explained above. The quantity shall be measured in cubic meters and paid at

the rate as per the contract agreement. Deductions for voids shall be made @ 40% if quantity paid

on stack measurements. The size of stacks shall be 3.0 m X 2.0 m X 1.0 m size preferably.

2 Open excavation for road works, side gutters and large excavated areas not involving manual

lift of material such as water reservoir, foundations, dam seats and allied works in soft rock and

boulders beyond 0.03 to 0.3 Cu.M. rubble and conveying and stacking in regular stacks with all lifts

and leads up to 100 m from outside edge of the excavated area.

Specification:

11.1 General : This item refers to the open excavation for road works, gutters and large excavated

areas in soft rock and boulders, beyond 0.03 m3 to 0.30 m3 in size. The excavation shall be for

large area such as water reservoir, foundations, dam seats and allied works, such as road works

etc, When contractor utilizes excavation machinery like bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and

dumpers for transportation etc.

11.2 Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction,

as per the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose

stones, bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material

shall be stacked or disposed off as directed. All the material shall be the property of MIDC. After

clearing the site, the alignment or center lines or points shall be given by the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall establish the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with 100 x 100

mm M.S. plate fixed at top. The top of M.S. Plate will represent bench mark connected to GTS.

The contractor shall maintain bench mark pillars fill completion of work etc., and the widths for

excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as directed, true to line, curve, level and

slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material such as wooden/steel pegs,

white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own cost and he shall be

fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes.


with intervals of not exceeding 10 m in respect plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of

sloping grounds. The interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The












unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the foundation and record the dimensions and

elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.

11.5 Shoring and Strutting : The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless


shall get approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : Pay slopes may be stipulated

according to which excavation shall be carried out and paid for.







the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground


conveyed and u sed or stacked beyond 100 meters contractor shall be paid for extra lead or the



pit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by anually or by







11.8 Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall be

removed at contractor’s cost.












properties and will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shall





100 m shall be paid extra under Item No.4.



profile shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineering- charge or





3 Open excavation for road work, side gutters and large excavated areas not involving manual

lift of materials such as water reservoir, foundation, dam seats and allied works, in hard rock and

boulders above 0.3 Cu.M. size by wedging, chiselling and / or line drilling etc. or excavation in

lateriate rock including dressing section to the required grade camber, slopes and breaking to 225

mm. size rubble and conveying the same, stacking in regular stacks with all lift and leads upto 100

m. from outside edges of excavated area.

Specification:

13.1 General : This item refers to the open excavation for road works, side gutters and large

excavated areas such as water reservoir foundation dam seats and allied works in hard rocks and

boulders above 0.3 m3 size by wedging, chiseling and line drilling etc. When contractor utilizes

excavation machinery like bulldozers, shovels, JCBs and tippers and dumpers for transportation

etc.

13.2 Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction,

as per the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loose

stones, bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The material

shall be stacked or disposed off as directed. All the material shall be the property of MIDC. After

clearing the site, the alignment or center lines or points shall be given by the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall establish the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with 100 x 100

mm M.S. plate fixed at top. The top of M.S. Plate will represent bench mark connected to GTS.

The contractor shall maintain bench mark pillars fill completion of work etc. and the widths for

excavations shall be clearly marked by the contractor as directed, true to line, curve, level and

slope. The contractor shall provide all labour and marking material such as wooden/steel pegs,

white lime powder, oil paint, or any other suitable marking material at his own cost and he shall be

fully responsible for the correctness of the line, curve and levels and slopes


with intervals of not exceeding 10 m in respect plain ground and not exceeding 5 m in respect of

sloping grounds. The interval along x-section shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The












unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passes the foundation and record the dimensions and

elevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated.

13.5 Shoring & strutting: The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless


shall get approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : For excavation normally pay slopes

may not be necessary. However for deep excavation if pay slopes are stipulated the excavation

shall be done accordingly and paid for.







the falling of the stuff in the pit or trench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground


conveyed and used or stacked beyond 100 meters contractor shall be paid for extra lead or the



pit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or by







13.8 Side Slips and Blows : As Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall

be removed at contractor’s cost.












properties and will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shall





100 m shall be paid extra under Item No.4.



profile shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge or





13.13 The excavation in hard rock shall be carried out by process, wedging, chiseling, drilling etc.

The precautions shall be taken as stated in the specification as per Item No.Gen/A/5.3 and for

laterite and Manjarya type rock, the general provisions of Item Gen/A/7 shall be applicable.

4 Conveying material obtained from road cutting including all lifts, and beyond initial lead, laying

in layers of 20cms to 30cms, in case of power roller and 45cms to 60cms in case of vibratory

compactor, breaking clods, dressing to the required lines, curves, grade and section for formation

of roads, including leveling, disposing off surplus material in desired manner as directed by

Engineer-in-charge etc. complete including taxes , Royalty if any beyond 100 m initial lead.

(Disposal or reuse location as shown on drawing)

Specification:

1.1 General : The work provides conveying the material obtained from road cutting, and laying the

selected material for formation of the road, laying them in 20 to 30 cm layers, breaking clods

dressing to the required lines, curves, grades, cross section etc. (disposing the surplus material as

directed by the Engineer-in-Charge). The obtained excavated material shall have the CBR value

more than 8 if it is used for embankment and the max. dry density shall not be less than 1.65

gm/cc.

1.2 Setting Out : For laying the material, the profile shall be set up with poles to mark the center

and edges of the formation, top levels.

1.3 Conveying : All lifts and leads in conveying the material to site shall be included in the rate as

specified. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the vehicles used for transporting the material

do not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall

be responsible for any damage or accident arising out of any such material. The contractor shall

remove such material at his expenses. The vehicle conveying the material shall not obstruct the

traffic.

The contractor may use manpower scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trollies,

etc. for conveying the material. The maintenance of all above equipments, any taxes, insurance,

depreciation etc. shall be deemed to be included in the item rate. No separate claim shall be

entertained. If the useful material available from the road cutting is not used and materials obtained

from other sources are used, by the contractor for his own convenience, such materials shall be

deemed to have been obtained from the road cutting to the extent to which useful materials were

available for the banking and shall be paid for under this item.

1.4 Laying the Material : Conveyed material shall be placed in 20 cm to 30 cm thick layers,

consolidated by 8 to 10 tonne road roller. The conveyed material shall be placed in layers 40 cm to

60 cm thick layers if compaction with vibratory compactor. The conveyed material shall be spread

for full width of embankment and compacted full section specified. The extra loose stuff at the

edges shall be trimmed later without extra cost, leaving the correct section fully compacted. The

watering every layer to O.M.C. and compaction of the same shall be paid of separately under

relevant item incorporated in the tender. The camber shall be provided while carrying out

embankment work and shall not be adjusted in metalling (compaction shall be paid under relevant

item separately).

1.5 Disposal : The surplus material shall be conveyed and laid at the location as directed by the

Engineer-in-Charge. The cost of the disposing the surplus material at a given location as directed

is included in the rate.

1.6 Item to Include : Item includes, conveying the material from road cutting and laying the same

in layers ( or disposing the material as directed), including lead as specified, the transporting,

machinery, labour for loading and unloading, all tools and equipment etc. complete.

1.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate is per cum of the excavated material

conveyed and laid in layers. The quantity shall be worked out by cross sectional measurements

using leveling instruments for the excavation carried out and material conveyed.The

measurements of the sections shall be limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or those

ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. The dimensions shall be recorded correct up to cm.

The sectional areas shall be worked out correct upto two places of decimals.

4.1 For all leads. Specification: 5 Earthwork in embankment with approved material having field soak CBR not less than 8 andlaboratory soak CBR not less than 12 obtained by the Contractor from his borrow areas includingall lifts and leads including laying in layers of 20cm to 30cm for power roller and 45cm to 60cm forvibratory compactor, breaking clods, and dressing to the required lines, curves and sectionincluding payment of royalty charges to the Govt. of Maharashtra. Specification:

3.1 General : The work provides setting out and preparing the ground and formation embankment

for the road with approved quality materials obtained from the contractor’s borrow areas, laying in

layers, of 20 cm to 30 cm to the required density, lines, curves, grades and cross section and

dimensions shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge with due allowance for

shrinkage for compaction.

3.2 Material : All the useful and acceptable materials of approved quality obtained from the

contractor’s borrow areas shall be used for the embankment work. The borrow areas shall be got

approved prior to bringing material to site of work from the Engineer-in-Charge. All the useful and

approved material obtained from contractor’s borrow areas as directed shall be used for the

embankment work. Approved quality murum or a mixture of sand, murum, gravel, small boulders

or rubble as approved shall be used. Black cotton soil, shadu or shrinkable soils shall not be used.

Murum having laboratory dry density of less than 1.65 gm/cc shall be rejected. For embankments

upto 3 m in height, murum with laboratory dry density of less than 1.65 gm/ cc shall not be used.

Only the tested materials approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used for the embankment.

Rejected materials shall not be brought to the work site. The perishable materials such as stumps,

pieces of wood, roots, rubbish, etc. shall be removed from the embankment material. The material

required for embankment shall be obtained by the contractor from the approved quarries by the

Engineer-in-Charge: - All lifts and specified leads involved in conveying the material to site shall be

included in the rate. The payment of taxes, duties, octroi and royalty as per rules and regulations

levied by the Govt. shall have to be paid by the contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible

regarding any claims if any, that may be made by private owners. The payment of royalty charges

is to be born by the contractor and no reimbursement from MIDC is admissible.

3.3 Setting Out : Alignment of the road shall be set out as shown in the drawing or as directed to

true lines, curves, and grades. Profiles shall be set out with stout poles to mark the center and

edges of the formation width with the top levels of formation clearly marked by paint or cut and the

slopes with string and pegs at every 30 meters on straight portions and 10m or less on curves or

as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The toe line shall be marked with pick marks. Longitudinal

and cross-section levels shall be taken recorded and signed by the contractor or his authorized

representative and also by the Engineer-in-charge. All the materials and labour required for this

item shall be supplied by the contractor and profiles, B.M.s etc. shall be put up by the contractor.

The cost of these operations is included in the rate of this item. Profiles, pegs, benchmarks and

other marks shall be maintained without any disturbance till the completion of the work, and as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

3.4 Equipment: Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras, and Ghamelas maybe used for carrying out work

manually. The scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys, etc. may be used for

executing work using mechanical equipments. Three wheels, 8 tones Power Roller giving a

pressure required to obtain the specified density may be used for compaction. Bullock carts with

water tanks or mechanically driven water tankers may be used for watering. The contractor shall

submit the list of equipments available with him and intended to be used on the work and shall got

approved for their use from the Engineer-incharge.

3.5 Construction Methods :

3.5.1 Diversions : If diversions, barricading and signals for day and night are necessary, they shall

be provided without any extra cost.

3.5.2 Preparing the Ground for Laying Bank : Before any material is laid for the embankment

the ground shall be cleared of all rubbish, removing bushes, etc., and the holes, if any, filled up.

When the embankment is to be laid on hillsides or slopes, the existing slopes shall be ploughed

deeply. If the cross slopes are steeper than 1 in 3, steps with reverse slope shall be cut into the

slopes to give proper hold and seating to the bank as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. On

surfaces flatter than 1 in 15, no special surface treatment such as cutting steps shall be necessary.

The top 15 cm of soil shall be scarified and watered as directed and compacted to the same

density as specified for the embankment before any material is laid for the Bank-work. When the

embankment is to be placed over an existing road, which is within 15 cm of the finished formation,

the road or other hard surface shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 15 cm for which payment

shall be made separately under relevant item of road excavation. The rate for embankment

includes all the operations for preparing the bed for laying the embankment material.

3.5.3 Laying the Bank : Embankment material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of

20 cm to 30 cm thickness extending to the full width of the embankment including the slopes at the

level of the particular location and 30 cm more on both sides to allow compaction of the full

specified section. The extra loose stuff at the edges shall be trimmed after completion of the

embankment work without extra cost leaving the correct section fully compacted. Keeping width of

the bank initially less and widening it later by dumping loose earth on the slopes shall not be

permitted as the additional width and slopes may remain loose and uncompacted and may not

have been compacted as earlier carried out work. Similar procedure to extend the embankment by

dumping the material longitudinally shall also not be allowed When boulders, broken stones, and

similar hard materials are mixed up with the embankment materials, care shall be taken to see that

they are distributed uniformly in to the embankment and that no hollows are left near them. No

stone or hard material shall project above the top of any layer. Each layer of embankment shall be

watered, leveled and compacted as specified, before the succeeding layer is placed. The surface

of the embankment shall, at all times during construction, be maintained at such a cross fall to

shed water and prevent ponding. If bridges and culverts on the road are not completed in advance

of embankment work, a length of 15 m bank shall be left on each side of the structure and these

lengths shall dealt with later for placing the embankment work. The contractor shall construct

temporary diversion road till the work of culverts and bridges are completed and all type of traffic is

allowed to be passed on these bridges and culverts. The camber stipulated shall be provided in the

embankment only and shall not be adjusted in metalling.

3.6 Protection : Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the method of operation and compaction

of the bank-work does not cause damage or undue strain to any structural element. Embankment

over and around bridges or culverts shall be of approved materials and carefully placed and

compacted. The contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of the bank-work

by diversions of streams, local surface drainage, rain water, etc. likely to damage the bank. Any

damage to the embankment-work due to no protection or inadequate protection shall be made

good by the contractor at his own cost. Conveyance of materials shall not cause obstruction or

nuisance to the nearby property owners and traffic. 3.7 Finishing : The embankment shall be

finished and dressed smooth and even in conformity with the alignment, levels, cross-sections and

dimensions shown on the drawing with due allowances for shrinkage. On curves, sections shall be

provided with super elevation and increased widths as shown on the plans or directed by the

Engineer-in- Charge. All damages caused by rain, flood or any other reasons shall be made good

in the finishing operations without any extra cost by the contractor. The road land width shall be

cleared.

3.8 Maintenance : The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the work satisfactorily at his

own cost till the completion of the defect liability period as specified in the contract agreement.

3.9 Test :

(a) Tests shall be made to determine the required density of the material to be used by the Proctor

Density Method before starting the work.

(b) Density tests shall be carried out for the bank-work during the progress of the work. One set of

three core samples for every 1,000 sqm area of each layer of bank-work shall be taken and tested.

The average density shall not be less than 95% of the standard proctor density. A deviation of 80

kg per cum for fine and 160 kg per cum for coarse grained murum shall be permitted in dry density

in individual sample if the average density reached up to 95% of standard proctor density for each

set.

(c) The required number of CBR tests and plasticity index tests shall be carried out as directed by

the Engineer-in-Charge.

3.10 Item to include :

1) Setting out alignment including necessary labour and materiel and maintaining it as long as

required and directed by the engineer-in- charge of the work.

2) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.

3) Providing and maintaining diversions.

4) Obtaining the embankment materials including all lifts and leads as specified under this item and

laying embankment in layers, tests and payment of Royalties, fees, ocrtoi etc., if any. The cost of

testing of material is included in the item of embankment.

5) Protecting and maintaining the embankment.

6) Finishing the embankment.

7) All labours, materials, use of equipments, machinery, tools, survey instruments and plant

necessary for completing the work

satisfactorily.

8) Watering to OMC and compaction is not included in the scope of this item and shall be paid

separately under relevant items incorporated in this tender.

3.11 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The quantities shall be worked out by cross sectional

measurement using leveling instruments. The contract rate shall be per cum of the finished

embankment-work, watered and compacted (watering to OMC and compaction shall be paid

separately).

The measurement of the sections shall be limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or

those ordered by the Engineers in Charge in writing. The dimensions shall be recorded up to two

decimals. The sectional areas shall be worked out up to two decimals. The quantity shall be

worked out up to two decimals of a cum. by average area method. The volume of embankment

thus calculated shall be reduced by 15% for the purpose of payment when the measurements are

taken for running bills if watering and compaction has not done and by 1% in final measurements.

The final quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the total quantity of embankment-work

reduced by 1 per cent. 5.1 For all lead . Specification: 6 Watering to optimum moisture content and rolling to maximum dry density by roller to the finalformation of road in cutting in soil and murum. Specification:

4.1 General : The item provides watering and compacting to the final formation of road in cutting.

4.2 Material and Equipment : Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements, which may

cause heavy efflorescence, etc. and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall

make his own arrangements for getting adequate quantity of acceptable water. The water tankers

and 8-10 tonne 3 wheel road roller shall be used. If directed vibratory roller having 8 to 10 Tonne

Capacity shall be used for proper compaction.

4.3 Watering : When the soil / murum layer of the road in cutting contains less than optimum

moisture, water shall be added to the material in the loose layers of the road cutting to bring the

moisture uniformly up to requirement, if the material contains more than the required moisture. It

shall be allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet weather

etc. the moisture contents of the soil cannot be reduced to the appropriate amount by exposure,

the compactions shall be suspended till suitable conditions prevail without contractor’s claiming

any compensation.

4.4 Compaction : When a loose layer is leveled manually or using mechanical equipments and

moistened or dried to a uniform moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it shall be

compacted by power rollers, vibratory rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the 95%

specified of the standard proctor density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than 95% of

the standard density the contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified

density after adding water if required. When the specified density is imperative, the work shall be

removed and redone by the contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Proper

sequence of all component operations shall be maintained to give individual progress. For

compaction of embankment the road roller shall move longitudinally and rolling shall be done from

edges to centre. The camber shall be provided in the cutting and shall not be adjusted in metalling.

Care shall be taken for getting good compaction behind abutments, returns and wing walls, etc.

Cutting/ Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining bridges, culverts and

other works, shall be carried out independently of the main embankment and shall have the layers

placed in 10 cm to 15 cm. Thickness and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted

with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal

layers on each side and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressure, etc.

4.5 Item to Include : all material, machinery equipment, labour, taxes etc. shall be included in the

rate.

4.6 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken of the area of road

surface watered and compacted, in cutting in sqm upto two decimals. The payment shall be at the

rate per sqm. 6.1 With vibratory roller Specification: 7 Watering and compacting the embankment to 97% of modified proctor dry density after layingin layer of 20 to 30 cm. (tested embankment),. Specification:

7.1 General : The item provides watering and compacting to the final formation of road in

embankment.

7.2 Material and Equipment : Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements, which may

cause heavy efflorescence, etc. and approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall make his own

arrangements for getting adequate quantity of acceptable Water. The water tankers and road

roller/vibratory compactor shall be used, as directed by the engineerin- charge.

7.3 Watering : When the soil / murum layer of the road in cutting contains less than optimum

moisture, water shall be added to the material in the loose layers of the road cutting to bring the

moisture uniformly up to requirement, if the material contains more than the required moisture. It

shall be allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet weather

etc. the moisture contents of the soil cannot be reduced to the appropriate amount by exposure,

the compactions shall be suspended till suitable conditions prevail without contractor’s claiming

any compensation.

7.4 Compaction : When a loose layer is leveled manually or mechanically and moistened or dried

to a optimum moisture content suitable for maximum compaction, it shall be compacted by power

rollers,vibratory rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the specified 97% of the

standard proctor density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than 97% of the standard

density the contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after

adding water if required. When the specified density is imperative, the work shall be removed and

redone by the contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Proper sequence of all

component operations shall be maintained to give individual progress. The consolidation of the

embankment or cutting area by moving roller longitudinal from edges to centre of the road. Care

shall be taken for getting good compaction behind abutments, returns and wing walls, etc. Cutting /

embankment-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining bridges, culverts and

other works, shall be carried out independently of the main embankment and shall have the layers

placed in 20 cm to 30 cm. Thickness and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted

with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal

layers on each side and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressure, etc.

7.5 Tests :

(a) Tests shall be made to determine the required density of the material to use by the proctor

method before starting and during the progress of work.

(b) Density tests shall be carried out for the embankment-work during the progress of the work.

One set of three core samples for every 1,000 sqm area of each layer of bank-work shall be taken

and tested at contractor risk and cost. The average density shall not be less than 95% of the

standard proctor density. A deviation of 80 kg per cum for fine and 160 kg per cum for coarse

grained soils shall be permitted in dry density in individual sample if the average density reached

up to 95% of standard proctor density for each set.

7.6 Item To Include : Water, equipment labour, taxes etc. shall be included in the rate.

7.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for a unit of One Cubic

Meter of the finished bank work correctly measured up to two decimals. 7.1 With vibratory roller in 20 to 30 cm layers Specification: 8 Providing & laying Granular Sub-Base (GSB) consisting of coarse and fine aggregate mixtureas per the grading laying in layers of 100 mm compacted thickness including breaking / crushing ofhard rock by mechanical means into required gradation as specified including conveyance ofgraded metal with all leads and lifts dressing to required lines, curves level, grades and section,watering and compaction to 98% of modified proctor maximum dry density (IS:2720 part VIII) with8 to 10 tonne vibratory roller with all leads etc. complete as per MOST specifications 401 etcincluding payment of all taxes, duties, octroi charges etc. complete. Specification:

1.1 General: The item addresses providing and laying granular sub-base of 100 mm compacted

thickness, compacting etc, complete. The IS 2720, Part-VIII and MORTH shall be referred. This

work shall consist of mixing lying and compacting clean, crushed, graded aggregate and granular

material, to a dense mass on prepared formation. The thickness of compacted granular sub-base

shall be100mm.

1.2 Material: The material for base shall consist of graded aggregate mixture with following

requirements.

1.2.1 Physical Requirements:

Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. The aggregates shall conform to the physical

requirements set forth in the Table given below, and shall be free from organic or other deleterious

material. 1. Material shall share a 10% fineness value of 50 KN or more when tested in compliance

with BS: 812 parts III 2. The water absorption value shall be less than 2%. In case it exceeds,

soundness test shall be conducted of material in compliance with IS-383.

PHYSICAL REQUIREMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATES FOR GRANULAR SUB BASE

* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests.

1.2.2 Gradation Requirements: The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table

below

Table

The aggregate gradation as shown above represents the limits, which shall determine the

suitability of aggregate for use from the source of supply. The final gradation approved

within these limits shall be well graded from coarse to fine aggregate and shall not vary

Sr. No. Test Test Method Requirements

1 * Los Angles Abrasion

Value Or * Aggregate

Impact Value

IS: 2386(Part-IV) IS:

2386(Part- IV)Or IS:

5640

40 Percent (Max.) 30

Percent (Max.)

2 Flakiness Index IS: 2386 (Part-1) 15 Percent (Max.)

3 Bulk Specific Gravity IS:2 386(Part-III) Not less than 2.40

4 Water Absorption IS: 2386 (Part-III) Not more than 2%

IS Sieve

Designation

in mm

Grading for closed graded G.S.B. Grading for coarse graded G.S.B.

Grade I Grade II Grade III Grade I Grade II Grade III

75 100 -- -- 100 -- --

53 80-100 100 -- -- 100 --

26.50 55-90 70-100 100 55-75 50-80 100

9.50 35-65 50-80 65-95 -- -- --

4.75 25-55 40-65 50-80 10-30 15-35 25-45

2.36 20-40 30-50 40-65 -- -- --

0.425 10-25 15-25 20-35 -- -- --

0.075 3-10 3-10 3-10 <10 <10 <10

C.B.R.Value(

Minimum)

30 25 20 30 25 20

from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. Material

passing 425- micron sieve shall have plasticity not exceeding 6., and liquid limit not more

than 25.

1.3 Conveyance: All lifts and leads in conveying the material to site shall be included in the

rate as specified. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the vehicles used for

transporting the material do not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause

nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall be responsible for any damage or accident arising

out of any such material. The contractor shall remove such material at his risk and cost.

The vehicle conveying the material shall not obstruct the traffic. The contractor may use

manpower scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys, etc. for conveying

the material. The labour, maintenance, any taxes, royalty, insurance, depreciation etc. shall

be deemed to be included in the item rate. No separate claim shall be entertained.

1.4 Construction operations:

1.4.1 Provisions of Lateral Confinement of Aggregates:

Before starting with lying of G.S.B., necessary arrangements should be made for the lateral

confinement of GSB mix. This could be done by constructing side shoulders in advance to

a thickness corresponding to the compacted layer of the GSB. After the verge/hard

shoulders are ready, their inside edges should be trimmed vertical and the included area

cleaned of all spilled material, thereby setting stage for spread of the GSB.

1.4.2 Spreading and Compacting :

1. The sub-base material shall be spreaded evenly on the prepared sub-grade with the help

of a motor grader of adequate capacity, having arrangements for adjusting the required

slope depth and grade during laying.

2. The mixing shall be done by mechanical equipments unless permitted for manual mixing

in unavoidable circumstances.

3. Moisture contents of loose material shall be checked in accordance with IS-2720 (part 2).

Additional water may be added to maintain the optimum moisture if required.

4. Immediately after mixing, the mix shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the

prepared sub grade/ sub base/ base in required quantities. In no case should these be

dumped in heaps directly on the area where these are to be laid nor shall their hauling over

a partly completed stretch be permitted. The mix shall be spread by approved mechanical

devices. The material may be spread either by a motor grader or a paver finisher. For

portions where mechanical means cannot be used, other approved means shall be used.

The motor grader shall be capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the surface.

Its blade shall have hydraulic control for initial adjustments and maintaining the same so as

to achieve the specified slope and grade the paver finisher shall be self-propelled having

the following features:

1. Moving hoppers and suitable distribution mechanism.

2. The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the

layer as it is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface profile.

3. The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the

finished surface is free from surface blemishes. The surface of the mix shall be carefully

checked with templates and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding

aggregate as may be required. The layer may be tested by depth blocks during

construction. No segregation of large and fine particles should be allowed. The aggregate

as spread should be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine/coarse materials.

1.4.3 Rolling:

After mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall (camber), the same

shall be uniformly compacted to the full width with roller of 8 to 10 tonnes static weight for

thickness up to 100 mm and vibratory compactor for thickness more than 100 mm. In

portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling shall commence from the

lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge. Thereafter roller should

progress parallel to the enterline of the road, uniformly overlapping each preceding track by

at least one-third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Alternate strips of the roller

shall be terminated in stops at least 1m away from any preceding stop. On portions in

camber, rolling should begin at the edge with the roller running forward and backward until

the edges have been firmly compacted. The roller shall then progress gradually towards the

centre parallel to the centreline of the road uniformly overlapping each of the preceding

tracks by at least one third width until the entire surface has been rolled. Any displacement

occurring, as a result of reversing of the direction, of the roller or from any other cause

shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good. Along forms, kerbs,

walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be compacted with

mechanical tampers. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface to permit

proper bonding of the added material shall not be permitted. Rolling should not be done

when the subgrade is soft or yielding or when it causes as wave-like motions in the

subbase/ base course or sub-grade. If irregularities develop during rolling which exceed 12

mm when tested with a 3 meter straight edge. The surface should be loosened and

premixed material added or removed as required before rolling again so as achieving a

uniform surface conforming to the desired grade and cross fall. In no case should the use

of unmixed material be permitted to make up the depressions. Rolling should be continued

till the density achieved is at least 98% of the maximum dry density for the material as

determined by the method outlined in IS: 2720- Part VIII or as per BIS: 5835 whichever is

more. After completion the surface of any finished layer should be well-closed, free form

movement under compaction, equipment or any compaction, planes, ridges, cracks and

loose material. All loose, segregated or otherwise defective areas should be made good to

the full thickness of the layer and re-compacted.

1.4.4 Setting and Drying: After final compaction of G.S.B. course, the road shall be allowed

to dry overnight.

1.4.5 Testing of G.S.B.: As per table given below:

Sr.No. Particulars of Item Type of Test Minimum

Frequency

1.5 Opening to Traffic: No traffic shall be permitted over the grade subbase. 1.6 Rectification of Surface Irregularity: Where the surface irregularity of the GSB exceeds thepermissible tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub-grade soil gettingmixed with the aggregates, the full thickness of the layer shall be scarified over the affected areas,reshaped with added premixed material of removed and replaced with fresh premixed material asapplicable and re-compacted in accordance length of 5 m long and 3 m wide. In no case shalldepressions be filled up with unmixed and ungraded material or fines. 1.7 Item to Include : All material, conveyance of material, labour, machinery, tools and equipment,taxes, duties, octroi and royalties for material, fuel and maintenance, depreciation of machineryetc. shall be included in the item. The laying and compaction of the G.S.B. as per abovespecifications is also included. Rectification of the defective layer and surface irregularities are alsoincluded in this item 1.8 Mode of Measurement and Payment: The measurement shall be taken in cum of thecompacted layer of G.S.B. laid. The unit rate shall be for 1 cum of compacted Granular sub baselayer. 8.1 Closely Graded sub base – plant mix method Specification: 8.1.1 Grade I (metal 53 mm & down size) Specification: 9 Providing and laying Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base consisting of aggregates mixture as perthe grading specified, using material obtained from grading, laying in layers of 75 mm compactedthickness including breaking / crushing of hard rock by mechanical means into required gradationas specified including conveyance of graded metal with all leads and lifts, including mixing in amechanically operated mixing plant and laying with sensor paver in required lines, curves, levels,grades and sections, watering and compacting to 98% of modified proctor maximum dry density

1 Granular Sub Base I. Gradation One test / 200 m3

II. Moisture Content

prior to completed layer

One test / 250 m3

III. Density of

compacted layer

One test / 500 m3

IV. C.B.R. As required

2 W.B.M. I. Aggregate Impact One test / 200 m3

II. Flakiness Index One test / 200 m3

3 W.M.M. I. Aggregate Impact One test / 200 m3

II. Grading One test / 100 m3

IV. Density of

compacted layer

One test / 500 m3

(IS:2720, part-VIII) with vibratory roller of 8-10 tonne static weight complete including all leads andlifts as per MOST’ – 406 specifications. Specification:

2.1 General : The item is for to providing and laying wet mix macadam base of minimum 75 mm.

compacted thickness, watering, compacting etc. complete. The IS: 2720, Part VIII and MOST-406

shall be referred. The work consists of providing material i.e. clean graded aggregate of approved

quality, granular murum, clean water, mixing the material in mechanical plant to prepare a wet

macadam and lay on prepared mix on of stipulated depth on the prepared sub base using censor

paver. The premix macadam material shall be laid in one or more layers as necessary to lines,

grades and cross-sections shown on the approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge. The minimum thickness of a single compacted wet mix layer shall be 75 mm & maximum

thickness of the single compacted wet mix layer shall not be more than 200 mm.

2.2 Material : The material for base consists of graded aggregate mixture with following

requirements.

2.2.1 Physical Requirements :

Coarse aggregates shall be crushed stone. The aggregates shall conform to the physical

requirements set forth in the Table-1 given below :

* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the two tests. Table No. 903-3 of MORTH

2.2.2 Gradation Requirements : The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table

below

Refer Table on page No. 92.

Sr. No. Test Test Method Requirements

1 * Los Angles Abrasion

Value

Or

* Aggregate Impact Value

IS: 2386(Part-IV) IS:

2386(Part-IV) Or IS: 5640

40 Percent (Max.)

30 Percent (Max.)

2 Flakiness Index IS: 2386 (Part-1) 15 Percent (Max.)

3 Bulk Specific Gravity IS:2 386(Part-III) Not less than 2.40

4 Water Absorption IS: 2386 (Part-III) Not more than 2%

Sieve Designation Percent by weight passing the sieve

53 mm 100

45 mm 95-100

26.5 mm 80-95

22.4 mm 60-80

11.2 mm 40-60

4.75 mm 25-40

The aggregate gradation as shown above represents the limits, which shall determine the

suitability of aggregate for use from the source of supply. The final gradation approved within these

Maharashtra limits shall be well graded from coarse to fine aggregate and shall not vary from the

lower limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa. Material passing 425-

micron sieve shall have plasticity not exceeding 6.

2.3 Conveyance : Conveyance of material shall be in accordance with the directions issued by the

Engineer-in-Charge.

2.4 Construction Operation :

2.4.1 Provisions of lateral confinement of aggregates :

Before starting with wet-mix macadam construction, necessary arrangements should be made for

the lateral confinement of wet mix. This could be done by constructing side shoulders in advance

to a thickness corresponding to the compacted layer of the wet-mix macadam course. After the

verge/hard shoulders are ready, their inside edges should be trimmed vertical and the included

area cleaned of all spilled material, thereby setting stage for spread of the wet-mix macadam.

2.4.2 Preparation of Mix :

Wet-mix macadam shall be prepared in an approved mixing plant of suitable capacity having

provision for controlled addition of water. Optimum moisture for mixing shall be determined in

accordance with IS: 2720 (Part VIII) after replacing the aggregate fraction, retained on 22.4 mm

sieve with material of 4.75 mm to 22.4 mm size. While adding water due allowance should be

made for evaporation losses. However at the time of compaction, water in the wet mix should not

vary from the optimum value by more than ±0.5 percent. The mixed material should be uniformly

wet and no segregation should be permitted.

2.4.3 Spreading of Mix :

Immediately after mixing, the mix shall be spread uniformly and evenly upon the prepared sub

grade/ sub base/ base in required quantities. In no case should these be dumped in heaps directly

on the area where the same is to be laid nor shall their hauling over a partly completed stretch be

permitted. The mix shall be spread by approved mechanical devices i.e. censor paver. The

material may be spread either by a motor grader or a paver finisher. For portions where

mechanical means cannot be used, other approved means shall be used. The motor grader shall

be capable of spreading the material uniformly all over the surface. Its blade shall have hydraulic

control for initial adjustments and maintaining the same so as to achieve the specified slope and

grade. The paver finisher shall be self-propelled having the following features: 1. Moving hoppers

and suitable distribution mechanism. 2. The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement

for initial compaction to the layer as it is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface

2.36 mm 15-30

600 micron 8-22

75.0 micron 0-8

53 mm 100

45 mm 95-100

26.5 mm 80-95

profile. 3. The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the

finished surface is free from surface blemishes. The surface of the mix shall be carefully checked

with templates and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be

required. The layer may be tested by depth blocks during construction. No segregation of large

and fine particles should be allowed. The aggregate as spread should be of uniform gradation with

no pockets of fine/coarse materials.

2.4.4 Compaction of Mix :

After mix has been laid to the required thickness, grade and cross fall (camber), the same shall be

uniformly compacted to the full width with vibrator roller of 8 to 10 tonnes static weight. In portions

having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, rolling shall commence from the lower edge and

progress gradually towards the upper edge. Thereafter roller should progress parallel to the

centerline of the road, uniformly overlapping each preceding track by at least one third width until

the entire surface has been rolled. Alternated strips of the roller shall be terminated in stops at

least 1m away from any preceding stop. On portions in camber, rolling should begin at the edge

with the roller running forward and backward until the edges have been firmly compacted. The

roller shall then progress gradually towards the center parallel to the centerline of the road

uniformly overlapping each of the preceding track by at least one third width until the entire surface

has been rolled. Any displacement occurring, as a result of reversing of the direction, of the roller

or from any other cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good.

Along forms, kerbs, walls or other places not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be

compacted with mechanical tampers. Skin patching of an area without scarifying the surface to

permit proper bonding of the added material shall not be permitted. Rolling should not be done

when the subgrade is soft or yielding or when it causes as wave-like motions in the subbase/ base

course or sub-grade. If irregularities develop during rolling which exceed 12 mm when tested with

a 3 meter straight edge, the surface should be loosened and premixed material added or removed

as required before rolling the same again so as to achieve a uniform surface conforming to the

desired grade and cross fall. In no case should the use of unmixed material be permitted to make

up the depressions. Rolling should be continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of the

maximum dry density for the material as determined by the method outlined in IS: 2720- Part VIII

or as per BS: 5835 whichever is more. After compaction the surface of any finished layer should be

well-closed, free form movement under compaction, equipment or any compaction planes, ridges,

cracks and loose material. All loose, segregated or otherwise defective areas should be made

good to the full thickness of the layer and re-compacted.

2.4.5 Setting and Drying : After final compaction of wet- mix macadam course, the road shall be

allowed to dry overnight.

2.5 Opening to Traffic : No vehicular traffic of any kind shall be allowed on the finished wet-mix

macadam surface till it has dried and the bituminous binder/wearing course has been laid. In

exceptional case, construction traffic may be allowed with the approval of the Engineerin- Charge

for short duration’s when the course is completely dry and vehicles move over the full width

avoiding any rutting or uneven compaction and any defect developed due to such permission the

same shall be made good by the contractor at his risk and cost.

2.6 Rectification of Surface Irregularity : Where the surface irregularity of the wet-mix course

exceeds the permissible tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due to sub-grade

soil getting mixed with the aggregates, the full thickness of the layer shall be scarified over the

affected areas, reshaped with added premixed material removed and replaced with fresh premixed

material as applicable and re-compacted in accordance in lengths 5 m long and 3 m wide. In no

case shall depressions be filled up with unmixed and ungraded material or fines.

2.7 Item to Include : All material, conveyance of material, labour, machinery, tools and equipment,

taxes, octroi and duties and royalties for material, fuel and maintenance, depreciation of machinery

etc. shall be included in the item. The laying and compaction of the wet mix as per above

specifications is also included. Rectification of the defective layer and surface irregularities are also

included in this item.

2.8 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement shall be taken in cum of the

compacted layer of wet mix laid. The unit rate shall be for 1 cum of compacted wet mix layer as per

specification and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. 10 Providing and spraying bituminous tack coat complete with all leads and lifts for materials asper technical specifications, surface cleaned with mechanical broom & asphalt / emulsion spreadwith bitumen pressure distributor. Specification:

5.1 General : The item pertains to providing and spraying bituminous tack coat over WBM /

WMM surface or Bituminous surface.

5.2 Material : Bituminous emulsion shall confirm to IS-8887. Asphalt or bitumen shall be straight

run conforming to IS:73 or industrial bitumen as per IS: 702 of suitable consistency satisfying the

requirement of physical properties as given in table

below.

Table

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUMEN

Sr. No. Characteristics Requirements Method of Test

1Penetration at 250 C in

1/10 mm20 to 40 IS: 1203

2 Softening point (R&B) 50 to 90 IS: 1205

3Ductility at 270 C (Min. is

cms)3 IS: 1208

4Loss on heating

percent (Maximum)1 IS: 1212

5Solubility in CS2

percent (Minimum)99 IS: 1216

5.3 Spraying Tack Coat :

5.3.1 Preparation of Base :

The surface on which the tack coat is to be applied shall be cleaned of dust and any extraneous

material before the application of the bitumen binder, by using a mechanical broom or any other

approved equipment/method as specified by the Engineer-in-charge.

5.3.2 Application of Binder :

In bitumen shall be heated to the temperature ranging 150° to 160° C. appropriate to the grade of

bitumen used and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and sprayed on the base at the rate

specified in Table below. The rate of spreading isas specified in the item.

Table

RATE OF APPLICATION OF TACK COAT

The bitumen / Bituminous emulsion shall be applied uniformly with the aid of either self propelled

or towed bitumen pressure sprayer with self heating arrangement and spraying bar with nozzles

having constant volume or pressure system capable of spraying binder at specified rates and

temperature so as to provide a uniformly unbroken spread of bitumen. The tack coat shall be

applied just ahead of the on coming bituminous construction.

5.4 Item to Include : The item includes supplying and laying of bituminous tack coat etc.

according to the details mentioned in this specification and as per directions of Engineer-in-

Charge, including heating all material, labour, transportation, tools, including all taxes, duties,

octroi etc., equipment and machinery.

Type of surface Bitumen quantity in

kg per 10 m2 area

Granular Surface treated with

primer

11.0 kg

Bitumen Surfaces. 5.0 kg

5.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : Tack coat shall be measured in terms of surface area

of application in square meter. The rate shall be per sqm of area of spraying tack coat.

10.1 By using Bituminous emulsions conforming to IS 8887

Specification:

10.1.1 11 Kg/10 Sqm over WBM / WMM

Specification:

11 Providing and laying Lean Mix BM (LBM) using VG 30 grade asphalt for filling pot-holes and

improvement of existing road surface wherever required including material, heating asphalt,

premixing it with stone metal in hot mix paver transporting and laying, rolling and finishing etc.

complete using 25mm, 20mm & 12mm size metal excluding Tack coat etc. complete. (using

Bitumen @ 2.5% by weight of mix excluding Tack coat)

Specification:

16.1 General : The item pertains to providing and laying lean mix BM for filling potholes and

improvement of existing road surface.

16.2 Materials : Binder shall be as specified and stone chipping shall conform to grading as the

Table below unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The quantities of

materials shall be as specified in Table below. Proper record will be kept to ensure that the daily

out-turn of work is correlated with the quantity of bitumen. Materials required per cum of

compacted lean asphalt mix shall be as under :- Approx.

Rate of asphalt application for tack coat shall be 5 Kg./10 m2. The asphalt shall be evenly spread over the surface at the rate specified. It will be further evenedup by oil immersed brushes with long handles to cover the entire surface with the asphalt.

25 mm size metal 0.72 cum.



Asphalt Minimum 2.5% of total weight.

Solvent 4 kg.

16.3 Mixing : The mixing of stone and asphalt shall be done into power driven mixer or any othersuitable mixing machine, approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Mixing shall be done till all theaggregates are thoroughly coated. The required quantity of chips for each batch of mix shall be putin the mixer through automatic arrangements provided through suitable measuring boxes of 3 Cumcapacity and the required quantity of asphalt will be added properly. 16.4 Laying : The premix so prepared shall be transported and laid on the road surface by meansof paving and finishing machine. The carpet shall be so laid as to give desired compactedthickness. Before starting laying, tack coat shall be provided at 5 Kg/10 m2 to the cleaned oldsurface. The conveyance of premix from mixing plant to site of laying will not be paid extra. All thedepression etc. noticed while the rolling is in progress shall be made good by adding premixedchips and rolled again. The final surface so obtained shall be as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. VG-10 viscosity grade asphalt shall be used for tack coat only. 16.5 Rolling : i) The premix after laying properly on the road shall be rolled with 8 to 10 tonne roller. Alldepressions etc. shall be made good by adding premix chips while rolling is in progress asmentioned under laying above. ii) The wheels of roller shall be wetted while rolling the premix. iii) The road may be opened to traffic after 48 hrs. 16.6 Special Requirements : 1. Test : Extraction test for the correct use of bitumen at the rate specified shall be done by thecontractor at his own cost from the mix prepared for laying selected at random by the Engineerin-Charge or his representative at least 4 times a day. If the rate of bitumen specified varies, morefrequent tests are to be carried out. If the bitumen is less than that specified, worked out fromaverage of tests in a day, reduced rate will be paid. If however, the bitumen is found to be more, noextra payment shall be made since the contractor is supposed to use exact quantity of bitumen asspecified. 2. Analysis of each type of aggregate as specified shall be made. If the material do not rununiform, more frequent test shall be carried out. 3. Arrangement for carrying out these two tests shall be made by the contractor at of the work athis own cost to exercise proper control over the preparation of aggregate and bitumen. The testsshould be carried out in the presence of the Engineer-incharge. 4. Compact mix density shall have equal to or greater than 95 of laboratory specimen grade in thegiven proportion. 5. In order to check the average thickness, trial area shall be laid with a known weight of materialin order to determine the area covered per tonne and daily check shall be made on the averageobtained with the assessed daily tonnage laid. 6. The item covers filling pot holes on the existing asphalt surface to make true to slope andgradient of the surrounding road surface. 16.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The actual consolidated volume of leanMix/Bituminous Macadam shall be paid for. The rate shall be for one cubic meter of compactedL.B.M. as per specification. Trial will be taken to check up the percentage reduction in volume afterconsolidation to determine the actual quantity for payment. For calculation, average depth of thepot holes and its area will be measured. Payment for tack coat is payable under relevant item. 12 Providing and laying premixed bituminous macadam using VG 30 grade bitumen including allmaterials, heating bitumen, premixing it with stone metal, in a hot mix plant, transporting to the siteof work, laying the mix with a Hydrostatic paver with sensor control and compacting with smooth

wheeled tandem vibratory roller including initial cleaning of surface, using tack coat using VG 10grade bitumen or RS-1 grade bituminous emulsion etc. complete. (Bitumen content @ 3.4 % byweight of total mix ) Specification:

17.1 General : The work shall consists of construction, in a single course, of compacted crushed

aggregates premixed bituminous macadam, to serve as base / binder course, laid immediately

after mixing, on a base prepared previously in accordance with the requirement of these

specifications and in conformity with the line, grades and cross sections shown on the drawing or

as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.

17.2 Material :

17.2.1 Bitumen : The Bitumen shall be paving bitumen VG-30 grade as per Indian Standard

Specification.

17.2.2 Aggregates : The aggregate shall consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, shingle or

other strong, durable fairly cubical shape and free form disintegrated pieces organic or other

deleterious matters and adherent coating.

The aggregate for bitumen macadam shall conform to the grading given in Table :

Table

AGGREGATE GRADING OF BITUMINOUS MACADAM

Sieve Designation % Passing the sieve by weigh

26.50 mm 100

19.00 mm 90-100

13.20 mm 56-88

4.75 mm 16-36

2.36 mm 4-19

0.30 mm 2-10

0.075 micron 0-8

Bitumen Content 3.40%

17.2.3 Proportioning of Material : The bitumen content for premixing shall be 4.35% by weight ofthe total mix except when otherwise directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The quantities of theaggregates to be used shall be sufficient to yield the specified thickness after compaction. 17.2.4 Variation in Proportion of Material : The contractor shall have the responsibility forensuring proper proportioning of materials and producing a uniform mix. A variation in bindercontent ± 0.3% by weight of total mix shall however, be permissible for individual. 17.3 Construction Operations : 17.3.1 General : The work of laying shall not be taken up during rainy or foggy weather or whenthe base course is damp or wet, or during dust storm or when the atmospheric temperature inshade is 150 or less. 17.3.2 Preparation of the Base : The base on which bituminous macadam is to be laid shall beprepared shaped and conditioned to the specified lines, grades and cross sections and a primingcoat shall be applied. 17.3.3 Tack Coat : A tack coat of asphalt of VG-10 or RS-1 grade shall be applied over the base@ 0.25 kg/m2 or as specified or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. 17.3.4 Preparation and Transport of Mix : Bituminous macadam mix shall be prepared in hot mixplant of adequate capacity and capable to yield a mix of proper and uniform quality with thoroughlycoated aggregate. The plant shall have co-ordinated set of essential units capable of producinguniform mix within the job mix formula. MANUFACTURING AND ROLLING TEMPERATURES

The mix shall be transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in suitable tipper vehicles.The vehicles employed for transport shall be clean and be covered over in transit if so directed bythe Engineer-in-Charge. 17.3.5 Spreading : The mix transferred from the tipper at site to the paver shall be spreadimmediately by means of self propelled mechanical paver with suitable screeds capable ofspreading, tamping, and finishing the mix true to the specified lines, grades and cross sections.The paver finisher shall have the following essentials feature : a) Loading hoppers and suitable distributing mechanism. b) All drives having hydrostatic drive/control.

Bitumen

Peutratia

Bitumen

Mixing (°C)

Aggregate

Mixing (°C)

Mixed

Material (°C)

Rolling (°C) Laying (°C)

35 160-170 160-175 170 Max. 100 Min. 130 Min.

65 150-165 150-170 165 Max. 90 Min. 125 Min.

90 140-160 140-165 155 Max. 80 Min. 115 Min.

c) The machine shall have a hydraulically extendable screed for appropriate width requirement. d) The screed shall have tamping vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layers as it isspread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface. It shall have adjustable amplitude andinfinitely variable frequency. e) The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that thefinished surface is free surface blemishes. f) The paver shall be fitted with an electronic sensing device for automatic leveling and profilecontrol within the specified tolerances. g) The screed shall have the internal heating arrangement. h) The paver shall be capable of either 2.5 to 4.0 m width to 4.0 to 7.0 m width, as stipulated in thecontract. i) The paver shall be so designed as to eliminate skidding/ slippage of the tyres during operation. However, in restricted locations and in narrow widths where the available plant cannot be operatedin the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, he may permit manual laying of the mix. Thetemperature of the mix at the time of laying shall be in the range of 1200C to 1350 C. In multi layerconstruction the longitudinal joint in one layer shall offset that in the layer below by about 150 mm.However, the joint in the top most layer shall be at the centerline of the pavement. Longitudinaljoint and edges shall be constructed true to the delineating line parallel to the central line of theroad. All joints shall be cut vertical to the full thickness of the previously laid mix and the surfacepainted with hot bitumen before placing fresh material. 17.3.6 Rolling : After the spreading of mix, rolling shall be done by vibratory roller or otherapproved equipment. Rolling should start as soon as possible after the material has been spread. Rolling shall be done with care to keep from unduly roughening the pavement surface. Rolling ofthe longitudinal joints shall be done immediately behind the paving operation. After this the rollingshall commence at the edges and progress towards the center longitudinally except that on superelevated portions it shall progress from the lower to the upper edge parallel to the central line ofthe pavement. The initial or break down rolling and final rolling shall be done, with 8 to 10 tonnesstatic weight smooth (3wheel steel roller or tandem) as soon as it is possible to role the mix withoutcracking the roll surface or having the mix pick up on the roller wheels. The second or intermediaterolling shall follow the breakdown rolling with vibratory roller of 8-10 tonne static weight as closelyas possible to the paver and be done while the paving mix is still at a temperature that will result inmaximum density. The final rolling shall be done while material is still workable enough for removalof roller marks with 8 to 10 tonnes static weight. During the initial or break down rolling and finalrolling, vibratory system shall be switched off. The joints and edges shall be rolled with 8 to 10tonne static roller. When the roller has passed over the whole area once, any high spots ordepressions, which become apparent shall be corrected by removing or adding mix material. Therolling shall then be continued till the entire surface has been rolled to 98% of the averagelaboratory density compaction, there is no crushing of aggregates and all roller marks have beeneliminated. Each pass of the roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one-third of the track madein the preceding pass. The roller wheel shall be kept damp if necessary to avoid bituminousmaterial from sticking to the wheels and being picked up. In no case shall fuel-lubricating oil beused for this purpose, nor excessive water poured on the wheels. Rolling operations shall becompleted in every respect before the temperature of the mix falls below 1000 C. Roller(s) shallnot stand on newly laid material while there is risk that it will be deformed thereby. The edgesalong and transverse of the lean bituminous macadam laid and compacted earlier shall cut to theirfull depth so as to expose fresh surface which shall be painted with a thin coat of appropriate

binder before the new mix is placed against it. 17.4 Item to Include : The item includes providing all material, all labour, plant for heating asphalt,mixing plant, trolley/truck/dumper, vibratory roller, paver finisher, tools and equipment required tocarry out the work as per specifications. 17.5 Mode of Measurements and Payment : The bituminous macadam of specified thicknessshall be measured as finished work in Square Meters. The contract rate shall be per Sq. Mtr. andshall be paid after satisfactory completion of work as per the specifications. 12.1 Tack Coat in VG-10 @ 0.25 kg per sq. mtrs. Specification: 12.1.1 50 mm thk (with heating aggregates) Specification: 13 Providing and laying hot mix, hot laid premixed bituminous concrete using VG-30 gradeasphalt/ bitumen/CRMB/PMB including all materials, heating aggregate asphalt/ bitumen etc. andmixing in hot mix plant, trhansporting, laying with hydrostatic paver finished with sensor control,compacting and rolling with smooth wheeled tandem vibratory roller. Bitumen to be used at 5.4%(Min) by weight of total mix (machine laid only) inclusive of tack coat with VG-10 grade bitumen at0.25 kg per m2 etc. complete. Specification:

18.1 General: This work shall consists of constructing a single layer of specified thickness of

bituminous concrete (Asphalt concrete) on previously prepared bituminous base to the

requirements of these specifications to serve as a wearing course.

18.2 Material:

18.2.1 Bitumen:

The bitumen shall be paving bitumen of suitable viscosity grade VG-30 as per Indian Standard

Specifications.

18.2.2 Course Aggregates:

The aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel/shingles or other stones. They shall

be clean, strong, durable and fairly cubical in shape and free from disintegrated pieces, organic or

other deleterious matter and adheren coating. The aggregate shall satisfy the physical requirement

as per Table:

Table

PHYSICAL REQUIREMENT FOR COARSE AGGREGATE FOR

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT LAYERS

Property Test Specification

Notes: 1. IS: 2386 Part I 6. IS: 2386 Part 5 2. IS: 2386 Part II 7. IS: 2386 Part 3

(The elongation test to be done only on non-flaky aggregates in the sample)

3. IS: 2386 Part 4* 8. AASHTO T283**

4. IS: 2386 Part 4* 9. IS: 6241

5. BS: 812 Part 114 *

* Aggregate may satisfy requirements of either of the tests.

** Elongation index is wt. of Elongated particles divided by non flaky particles. The value of

Flakiness index and Elongation index so found are added for total Flakiness and Elongation

indexes.

If crushed gravel/shingle is used, all of the gravel/shingle pieces retained on 4.75 mm sieve shall

have at least one fractured face. The plasticity index of the fraction passing the 425-micron sieve

shall not exceed 4.0%.

18.2.3 Fine Aggregates:

Fine aggregates shall be the fraction passing 2.36 mm sieve and retained on 75 micron sieve,

consisting of crusher run screenings, natural sand or a mixture of both. These shall be clean, hard,

durable, uncoated, dry and free from any injurious, soft pieces and organic or other deleterious

substances.

Cleanliness (dust) Particle

shape Strength* Polishing

Durability Water Absorption

Stripping Water Sensitivity**

Grain size analysis1 Flakiness

and Elongation Index Los

Angeles Abrasion Value3

Aggregate Impact Value4

Polished Stone Value5

Soundness6 Sodium Sulphate

Magnesium Sulphate Water

absorption7Coating and

Stripping of Bitumen Aggregate

Mixtures9 Retained Tensile

Strength8

Max 5% passing 0.075mm

sieve Max 30% (Combined)2

Max 30% Max 24% Min 55 Max

12% Max 18% Max 2%

Minimum retained coating 95%

Min 80%

18.2.4 Filler:

Filler shall consist of finely divided mineral matter such as rock dust, hydrated lime or cement as

approved by the Engineer-incharge. The filler shall be graded within the following limits as per

Table below: The filler shall be free from organic impurities and have a plasticity index not greater

than 4. The plasticity index requirement shall not apply if filler is cement or lime.

18.2.5 Aggregate Gradation:

The material aggregates, including mineral filler shall be so blended or combined as to confirm to

the grading set forth in Table below. The grading shall be decided by the Engineer-in- Charge

during execution of work at site.

Table

COMPOSITION OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

PAVEMENT LAYERS

Grading 1

Nominal aggregate size 13 mm

Layer Thickness 30-45 mm

IS Sieve1 (mm)

45

37.5

26.5

19 100

13.2 79-100

9.5 70-88

4.75 53-71

2.36 42-58

1.18 34-48

0.6 26-38

0.3 18-28

0.15 12-20

0.075 4-10

18.3 Mix Design: 18.3.1 Requirement of Mix: Apart from conformity with the grading and quality requirements of individual ingredients, the mixshall meet the requirements set forth in Table: Table REQUIREMENTS BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

Sr. No. Description Requirements

1 Marshall stability (ASTM

Designation D 1559) determine

in Marshall specimens

compacted by 75 compaction

blows on each face.

820kg mini

2 Minimum flow (mm) 2

3 Marshall flow (mm) 2-4

4 Maximum flow 4

5 Percent Air voids in mix 3-5

6Minimum percent voids in

mineral aggregates10-12

7Binder content percent by

weight of total mix5.40 % mini

8 Percent Voids in mineral

aggregate filled by bitumen

65-75

9 Minimum Stability (KN at 60° C) 9-0

18.3.2 Binder Content: The binder bitumen content shall be so decided as to achieve the design requirements of the mixset forth in Table. The Marshall method for arriving at the binder content shall be adopted. 18.3.3 Job Mix Formula: The contractor shall intimate to the Engineer-in-Charge in writing, at least 20 days before the startof the work, the job mix formula proposed to be used for the work and shall give the followingdetails: a. Source and location of all materials. b. Proportions of all materials expressed as follows where each is applicable. Binder bitumen 5.40 % - as percentage by weight of total mix. Coarse aggregate - as percentage by weight of total aggregate Fine aggreg - including mineral filler c. A single definite percentage passing each sieve for the mixed aggregate. d. The results of test enumerated in Table as obtained by the Contractor e. Test results of physical characteristics of aggregates to be used f. Mixing and compacting temperature. While working out the job mix formula, the Contractor shall ensure that it is based on a correct andtruly representative sample of the materials that will be used actually in the work and that the mixand its ingredients satisfy the physical and strength requirements of these specifications. Approval of the job mix formula shall be based on independent testing by the Engineer-in-Chargefor which samples of all ingredients of the mix shall be furnished by the Contractor as required. The approved job mix formula shall remain effective unless and until modified by the Engineer-in-Charge. Should a change in the source of materials be proposed, a new job mix formula shall beestablished and got approved from the Engineer-in- Charge before actually using the mix andmaterials. 18.3.4 Permissible Variations from the Job Mix Formula The Contractor shall have the responsibility of ensuring proper proportioning of materials inaccordance with the approved job mix formula and producing a uniform mix. The permissiblevariations of the individual percentages of the various ingredients in the actual mix from the job mixformula may be within the limits as specified in Table below. These variations are intended to applyto individual specimens taken for quality control tests.

Table

PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS FROM THE JOB MIX FORMULA

Sr. No. DescriptionPermissible Variations

Base/binder Course Wearing Course

18.4 Construction Operations:

18.4.1 Weather and Seasonal Limitations: The work of lying shall not be taken up during rainy or

foggy weather, when the base course is damp or wet, or during dust storm or when the

atmospheric temperature in shade is 100C or less.

18.4.2 Preparation of Base : The base on which bituminous concrete is to be laid shall be

prepared, shaped and conditioned to the specified levels, grade and cross fall (camber) in

accordance with specifications or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The surface shall be

thoroughly swept clean free from dust and foreign matter using mechanical broom and dust

removed by mechanical means or blown off by compressed air. In portions where mechanical

means cannot reach, other approved method shall be used as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

18.4.3 Tack Coat: The tack coat @ 0.25 Kg. /Sqm. shall be applied over the base prepared for

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Aggregate passing 19

mm sieve or larger

Aggregate passing

13.2 mm, 9.5 mm

Aggregate passing

4.75 mm

Aggregate passing

2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 0.6

mm Aggregate passing

0.3 mm, 0.15 mm

Aggregate passing

0.075 mm

Binder content

Mixing temperature

+ 8%

+ 7%

+ 6%

+ 5%

+ 4%

+ 2%

+ 0.3%

+ 10° C

+ 7%

+ 6%

+ 5%

+ 4%

+ 3%

+ 1.5%

+ 0.3%

+ 10° C

laying of A.C. The payment of tack coat is included in the item rate.

18.4.4 Preparation of Mix: Hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of producing a proper

and uniform quality mix shall be used for preparing the mix. The plant may be either a batch type

or continuous or drum mix type. The Plant shall have the following essential features:

A. General:

a. The Plant shall have co-ordinated set of essential units capable of producing uniform mix as per

the job mix formula.

b. Cold aggregate feed system with minimum 3 bins having belt conveyor arrangement for initial

proportioning of aggregate from each bin in the required quantities.

c. Dryer unit with burner capable of heating the aggregate to the required temperature without any

visible unburnt fuel or carbon residue on the aggregate and to reduce the moisture content of the

aggregate to the specified minimum.

d. The plant shall be fitted with suitable type of thermometer at appropriate locations so as to

indicate or record/register the temperature of heated aggregate, bitumen and mix.

e. Bitumen storage unit capable of heating measuring/metering and spraying of bitumen at

specified temperature with automatic synchronization of bitumen and aggregate feed in the

required proportion.

f. A filler system suitable to receive bagged or bulk supply of filler material and its incorporation to

the mix n the correct quantity/percentage.

g. A suitable built-in dust control system for the dryer to contain/recycle permissible quantity of

fines into the mix. It should be capable of preventing the exhaust of fine dust into atmosphere for

environmental control.

h. The plant should have centralized control panel/cabin capable of presenting,

controlling/synchronizing all operations starting from feeding of cold aggregates to the discharge of

the hot mix to ensure proper quality of mix. It should have indicators for any malfunctioning in the

operation.

B. For Batch Type Plant:

a. Gradation control unit having vibratory screens for accurate sizing of hot aggregate and storing

them in separate bins.

b. Proper arrangement for accurate weighing of each size of hot aggregate from the control panel

before mixing.

C. For Continuous Type Plant:

a. Gradation control unit having vibratory screens for, accurate sizing of hot aggregate and storing

them in separate bins.

b. There should be appropriate arrangement for regulating and volumetric control of the flow of hot

aggregate from each bin to achieve the required proportioning.

D. For Drum Mix Plant:

a. It is prerequisite that only properly screened graded materials are fed to the bins. If required a

vibratory screening unit should be installed at the plant site to ensure the same.

b. Belt conveyors below each bin and main gathering conveyor should have variable speed drive

motors.

There should be electronic load sensors on the main conveyor for measuring the flow of

aggregates.

The temperature of binder bitumen at the time of mixing shall be in the range of 150°C - 165°C and

that of aggregate in the range of 155°C - 170°C provided also that at no time shall the difference in

temperature between the aggregate and binder exceeds 14° Centigrade. The temperature of both

the aggregates and the bitumen at the time of mixing shall be in accordance with the job mix

formula and strictly controlled. All overheated and carbonized mixtures, which form or show

indication of excess moisture, will be rejected. Any truck/tipper causing excessive segregation of

material by its spring suspension or other contributing factor or that show undue delays shall be

removed from the work until such conditions are corrected.

18.4.5 Spreading: The mix transported from the hot mix plant to the site shall be spread by means

of self propelled mechanical paver with suitable screeds capable of spreading, tamping and

finishing the mix to specified grade, lines and cross section. The paver finisher shall have the

following essential features:

a) Loading hoppers and suitable distributing mechanism.

b) All drive having hydrostatic drive/control.

c) The machine shall have a hydraulically extendible screed for appropriate width requirement.

d) The screed shall have tamping and vibrating arrangement for initial compaction to the layer as it

is spread without rutting or otherwise marring the surface. It shall have adjustable amplitude and

frequency.

e) The paver shall be equipped with necessary control mechanism so as to ensure that the

finished surface is free from surface blemishes.

f) The paver shall be fitted with electronic sensing device for automatic thickness levelling and

profile control within the specified tolerances.

g) The screed shall have the internal heating arrangement. h) The paver shall be capable of laying

either 2.5 to 4.0 m width or 4.0 to 7.0 m width as stipulated in the contract However, in restricted

locations and in narrow width where the available equipment cannot be operated the Engineer-in-

Charge may permit manual lying of the mix. The temperature of mix at the time of lying shall be in

the range of 120° C - 130° C. Mixes with a temperature of less that 120° C shall not be loaded into

paver finisher. Longitudinal joints and edges shall be constructed true to the delineating lines

parallel to the centreline of the road.

Longitudinal and transverse joints shall be offset by at least 250 mm from those in the lower

courses and the joint on the top most layers shall be allowed to fall within the wheel path. All

transverse joints shall be cut vertically to the full thickness of the previously laid mix with pneumatic

cutter and the surface painted with hot bitumen before placing fresh material. Longitudinal joints

shall be preferably hot joints. Cold longitudinal joints shall be properly heated with joint heater to

attain a suitable temperature of about 80° C before lying of any material. An overlapping of 150

mm may be allowed for making the joint.

18.4.6 Rolling: After spreading the mix by paver, it shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling with a

set of rollers moving at speed not more than 5 km/hr, immediately following close to the paver.

Generally the initial or breakdown rolling shall be done with 8-10 tonne static weight smooth

wheeled roller. The intermediate rolling shall be done with 8 to 10 tonne static weight vibratory

roller or with a smooth wheeled pneumatic tyre roller of 15 to 30 tonne weight having a tyre

pressure of 7 kg/cm2. The finish rolling shall be done with 8 to 10 tonne weight tandem roller. The

exact pattern of rolling shall be established after trial compaction as approved by the Engineer-in-

Charge. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing of the direction of a roller or from any

other cause shall be corrected at once as specified and/or removed and made good The rollers

shall not be permitted to stand on pavement which has not been fully compacted and where

temperature is still more than 70°C. Necessary precaution shall be taken to prevent dropping of oil,

grease, petrol or other foreign matter on the pavement either when the rollers are operating or

standing. The roller wheels shall be kept moist to prevent the mix from adhering to wheels. But in

no case shall fuel/lubricating oil be used for this purpose nor excessive water poured on the

wheels. Rolling shall commence longitudinally from edge and proceed towards the centre, except

that on portions having unidirectional cross fall/super elevation, it shall progress from the lower to

upper edge parallel to the centre line of the pavement. The roller shall proceed on the fresh

material with rear or fixed wheel loading so as to minimize the pushing of the mix and each pass of

the roller shall overlap the preceding one by half the width of the rear wheel. Rolling shall be

continued till the density achieved is at least 98% of that of laboratory Marshall Specimen

compacted as defined in Table under 20.3.1 and all roller marks are eliminated. Patching of an

area that has been rolled will not be permitted. Rolling operations shall be completed in all

respects before the temperature of the mix falls below 100° C.

18.4.7 Opening to Traffic : Traffic may be allowed after completion of the final rolling when the

mix has cooled down to the surrounding temperature.

18.5 Surface Finish & Quality Control:

18.5.1 General: All works performed shall conform to the lines, grades, cross sections and

dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, subject to the

permitted tolerances described herein after.

18.5.2 Surface Level: The surface level tolerances shall be as per Table below. Provided

however, that the negative tolerance for wearing course shall not be permitted in conjunction with

the positive tolerance for base course, if the thickness of the former is thereby reduced by more

than 6 mm for flexible pavement and 5 mm for concrete pavements. For checking compliance with

the below requirement for base course measurement of surface level shall be taken on a grid of

point place at 6.25m longitudinally and 3.5m transversely. For any 10 consecutive measurements

longitudinally or transversely, not more than one measurement shall be permitted to exceed the

tolerance as above, this one measurement being not in excess of 5 mm above the permitted

tolerance. For checking the compliance with the above requirement for bituminous wearing

courses and concrete pavements, measurements of the surface levels shall be taken on a grid of

points spaced at 6.25m along the length and 0.5m from the edges and at the centre of the

pavement. In any length of pavement, compliance shall be deemed to be met for the final road

surface, only if the tolerance is satisfied for any point on the surface.

Table

1 Base course for flexible

18.5.3 Surface Regularity of Pavement Course : The longitudinal profile shall be checked with a3-meter long straight edge/moving straight-edge as directed by Engineer-in-Charge at the middleof each traffic lane along a line parallel to the centre line of the road. The maximum permitted number of surface irregularities shall be as per Table: Table

pavement

a) Bituminous course

b) Other than bituminous

i) Machine laid

ii) Manual laid

+ 6 mm

+ 10 mm

+ 15 mm

2 Wearing course for flexible

pavement

a) Machine laid

b) Manual laid

+ 6 mm

+ 10 mm

3 Cement concrete pavement + 5 mm

- 6 mm

Surfaces of Carriageways & Paved

Shoulders

Surfaces of Lay-bys, service areas

and all bituminous base courses

Irregulari

ty

4 mm 7 mm 4 mm 7 mm

Length

(m)

300 75 300 75 300 75 300 75

* Category of each section of road as described in Contract. The maximum allowable difference between the road surface and underside of 3m straight-edgewhen placed parallel with, or at right angles to the centre line of the road at points decided by theEngineer-in-Charge shall be: For pavement surface 3 mm (bituminous and cement concrete) For bituminous base course 6 mm For granular sub base/ Base course 8 mm 18.5.4 Rectification : Where the surface regularity of various pavement courses fall outside the specified the Contractorshall be liable to rectify these in the manner described below and to the satisfaction of theEngineer-in-Charge. a) Water Bound Macadam /Wet Mix Macadam (Sub Base/ Base) : Where the surface is high orlow, the top 75 mm shall be scarified, reshaped with added material as necessary and re-compacted. b) Bituminous Constructions : For bituminous constructions other than wearing course, where thesurface is low, the deficiency shall be corrected by adding fresh material overall suitable tack coatif needed and recomposing to specifications Where the surface is high, the full depth of the layersshall be removed and replaced with fresh material and compacted to specifications. For wearingcourse where the surface is high or low, the full depth of the layer shall be removed and replacedwith fresh material and compacted to specifications. In all cases where the removal andreplacement of the bituminous layer is involved, the area treated shall not be less than 5m inlength and not less than 3.5m in width. 18.6 Quality Control Tests During Construction: The material supplied and the works carriedout by the Contractor shall conform to the specifications prescribed in the preceding Clauses. Forensuring the requisite quality of construction, the materials and works shall be subjected to qualitycontrol tests, as described hereinafter. The testing frequencies set forth are the desirable minimumand the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the full authority to carry out additional tests as frequentlyas he may deem necessary, to satisfy himself that the materials and works comply with theappropriate specifications. However, the number of tests recommended in Tables may be reducedat the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge if it is felt that consistency in the quality of materials canstill be maintained with the reduced number of tests. Acceptance Criteria for the tests on densityand Marshall stability shall be subject to the condition that the mean value is not less than

National

Highway

s/Expres

sways

20 9 2 1 40 18 4 2

Roads of

Lower

Category

*

40 1 4 2 60 27 6 3

specified values plus : [ 1.65–{1.65/(No. of Samples)0.5} ] times the standard deviation. Table Minimum Tests Frequency for Bituminous Works

Sr. No. Type of

Construction

Tests Frequency

1 Primer Coat/ Tack

Coat

Quality of binder Two samples per lot

to be subjected to all

or some tests as

directed by the

Engineer-in-Charge.

Binder temperature

for application

At regular close

intervals

Rate of spread of

Binder

Two tests per day

2 Seal Coat/Surface

Dressing

Quality of Binder Two samples per lot

Dressing to be

subjected to all or

some tests as

directed by the

Engineer –in -

Charge.

Aggregate Impact

Value

One tests per 50 m 3

representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by

changes in the quality

of aggregates

Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

-- do--

Stripping value of the

aggregate

Initially one set of 3

representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by


of aggregates

Water absorption of

aggregates

-- do --

Grading of

aggregates

One test per 25 m3

aggregate

Stone polishing value As required

Temperature of

binder at application

As regular close

intervals

Rate of spread of

materials

One test per 500m2

of work

3 Open graded pre-mix

carpet/Mix Seal

surfacing



or some tests as

directed by Engineer-

in-Charge.

Aggregate Impact

Value

One tests per 50 m 3

of aggregates

Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

-- do--


aggregate


representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by


of aggregates

Water absorption of

aggregates

-- do --

Grading of

aggregates

One test per 25 m3

aggregate

Stone polishing value As required

Temperature of


As regular close

intervals

Rate of spread of

materials

Regular control

through checks on

materials and layers

thickness.

4 Bituminous Macadam Quality of Binder Two samples per lot


or some tests

as directed by

Engineer-in-charge.

Aggregate Impact

Value

One tests per 50 m3

of aggregates

Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

-- do--


aggregate


representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by


of aggregates

Water absorption of

aggregates

-- do --

Binder content Periodic, subject to

minimum of two test

per day per plant

Control of

temperature of binder

and aggregate for

mixing and of the mix

at the time of laying

rolling

At regular close

intervals

Lab density For each 400 tonne

of mix produced, a

set of 3 Marshall

specimens (

compacted with 75

blows each side) and

tested for lab density

Rate of spread of

materials

Regular control

through checks on

materials and layers

thickness.

Density of compacted

layer

One test per 500m2

area

5 Bituminous

penetration

Macadam/ Built up

spray grout



or some tests as

directed by Engineer-

in-Charge.

Aggregate Impact

Value

One tests per 200 m3

of aggregates

Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

-- do--


aggregate


representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by


of aggregates

Water absorption of

aggregates

-- do --

Grading of

aggregates

One test per 100 m3

aggregate

Temperature of


As regular close

intervals

Rate of spread of

materials

One test per 500m2

of area.

6 Dense Bituminous

Macadam/ Semi

dense bituminous

concrete/ Bituminous

Concrete



or some tests as

directed Engineer.

Aggregate Impact

Value

One tests per 50 m3

of Aggregates

Flakiness Index &

Elongation Index

-- do--


aggregate


representative

specimens for each

source of supply.

Subsequently when

warranted by


of aggregates

Water absorption of

aggregates

-- do --

Stone polishing value As required for semi

dense bituminous

concrete / Bituminous

concrete

Mix grading One set of test on

individual

constituents and

mixed aggregate

from the dryer for

each 400 tonnes of

mix subject to a

minimum of two tests

per plant per day

Stability of Mix For each 400 tonnes

of mix produced, a

set of 3 Marshall

specimens

(compacted 75 blows

each side) to be

prepared and tested

for stability, flow

value, density and

void content subject

to a minimum of two

sets being tested per

plant per day.

Water sensitivity of

mix (Retention of

Marshall Stability)

As required for

Bituminous Concrete

Swell test on the mix -- do --

Control of

temperature of binder

in boiler, aggregate in

the dryer and mix at

the time of laying and

rolling

At regular close

intervals

Control of binder

content and gradation

in the mix

One test for each 400

tonnes of mix subject

to a minimum of two

tests per day per

plant

Note: Acceptance criteria as specified or directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

18.7 Item to Include: Item includes all material, machinery, plant, tools and equipment for

providing and lying hot mixed hot laid premixed bituminous concrete, of specified thickness.

18.8 Mode of Measurement and Payment: Bituminous Concrete shall be measured as finished

work as square metres of premixed bituminous concrete laid and compacted of specified

thickness. The contract rate shall be per sqm of the work done as per above specifications. 13.1 Using VG-30 Bitumen Specification: 13.1.1 40 mm thick (for wearing course) Specification: 14 Providing and applying of hot applied thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick includingreflectorising glass at 250 gms per sq.m. area. Thickness of 2.5 mm is exclusive of surface appliedglass beads as per ISR 035. The finished surface to be leveled uniform and free from streaks andholes including cleaning of road surface required and controlling traffic etc complete as perM.O.S.T. & H’s specification Item No 803. Specification:

1.1 General:

The work under this section consists of marking traffic stripes using a thermoplactic compound

meeting the requirements specified herein. The thermoplasitc compound shall be

screeded/extruded on to the pavement surface in a molten state by suitable machine capable of

controlled preparation and laying with surface application of glass beads at a specific rate. Upon

colling to ambient pavement temperature, it shall produce an adherent pavement marking of

specified thickness and width and capable of resisting deformation by traffic.

The colour of the compound shall be white or yellow (IS colour No. 356) as specified in the

drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Where the compound is to be applied to cement concrete payment, a sealing primer as

recommended by the manufacturer, shall be applied to the payment in advance of placing of the

stripes to ensure proper bonding of the compound. On new concrete surface any laitance and/or

Rate of spread of

mixed Material

Regular control and

through checks on

the weight of mixed

material and layer

thickness.

Density of compacted

Layer

One test per 250 m2

area

curing compound shall be removed before the marking are applied.

1.2. Thermoplastic Material.

1.2.1.

General: The thermoplastic material shall be homogeneously composed of aggregate, pigment,

resins and glass reflectorzing beads.

1.2.2. Requirements:

Composition: The pigment, beads and aggregate shall be uniformly dispersed in the resin. The

material shall be free from all skins, dirt and foreign objects and shall comply with requirements

indicated in Table 800-3.

Note: Amount of yellow pigment, calcium carbonate and inert fillers shall be at the option of the

manufacturer, provided all other requirements of this Specification are met.

Properties: The properties of thermoplastic material, when tested in accordance with ASTM

D36/BS-3262-(Part I), shall be as below.

Luminance:

White: Daylight luminance at 45 degrees –65 per cent min. as per AASHTO M 249.

Yellow: Daylight luminance at 45 degrees-45 per cent min. as per AASHTO M249.

(a) Drying time: When applied at a temperature specified by the manufacturer and to the required

thickness, the material shall set to bear traffic in not more than 15 minutes.

(b) Skid resistance: not less than 45 as per BS 6044.

(c) Cracking resistance at low temperature: The material shall show no cracks on application to

concrete blocks.

(d) Softening Point: 102.5+9.5o C as per ASTM D 36.

(e) Flow resistance: Not more than 25 per cent as per AASHTO M 249.

(f) Yellowness Index (for white thermoplastic paint): not more than 0.12 as per AASHTO M 249

(ii) Storage life: The material shall meet the requirements of these Specifications for a period of

one year. The thermoplastic material must also melt uniformly with no evidence of skins or

unmelted particles for the one year storage period. Any material not meeting the above

requirements shall be replaced by the manufacturer /supplier/Contractor.

(iii) Reflectorisation: Shall be achieved by incorporation of beads, the grading and other properties

of the beads shall be as specified in Clause 803.4.3.

(iv) Marking: Each container of the thermoplastic material shall be clearly and indelibly marked with

the following information.

1. The name, trademark or other means of identification of manufacturer.

2. Batch number

3. Date of manufacture.

4. Colour (white or yellow.

5. Maximum application temperature and maximum safe heating temperature.

(v) Sampling and testing: The thermoplastic material shall be sampled and tested in accordance

with the appropriate ASTM/BS method. The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of

certified test reports from the manufacturers of the thermoplastic material showing results of all

tests specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of this Specification.

1.3.Reflectorising glass beads.

1.3.1. General: This specification cover two types of glass beads to be used for the production of

reflectorised pavment marking.

Type 1 beads are those which ar a constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound vide Table

800-3 and Type 2 beads are those which are to be sprayed on the surface vide Clause 1.9.3.

1.3.2. The glass beads shall be transparent, colourless and free from milkiness, dark particles and

excessive air inclusions.

These shall conform to the requirements spelt out in Clause1.3.3.

1.3.3. Specific requirements.

A. Gradation: The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements for the two types as given in

Table 800-4.

B. Roundness: The glass beads shall have a minimum of 70 per cent true spheres.

C. Refractive index: The glass beads shall have qa minimum refractive index of 1.50.

D. Free flowing properties: The glass beads shall be free of hard lumps and clusters and shall

dispense readily under any conditions suitable for paint striping. They shall pass the free flow –

test.

1.4 Test methods: The specific requirements shall be tested with the following methods:

(i) Free low test: Spread 100 grams of beads evenly in a 100 mm diameter glass dish. Place the

dish in a 250 mm inside diameter desiccator which is filled within 25 mm of the top of a desiccator

plate with sulphuric acid water solution (specific gravity 1.10) Cover the desiccator and let it stand

for 4 hours at 20 to 29 degree C. Remove sample from desiccator, transfer beads to a pan and

inspect for lumps or clusters. Then pour beads into a clean, dry glass funnel having a 100 mm

stem and 6 mm orifice. If necessary, initiate flow by lightly tapping the funnel. The glass spheres

shall be essentially free of lumps and clusters and shall flow freely through the funnel.

(ii) The requirement of gradation, roundness and refractive index of glass beads and the amount of

glass beads in the compound shall be tested as per BS 6088 and BS 3262 (Part 1)

(iii) The contractor shall furnish to the Employer a copy of certified test reports from the

manufacturer of glass beads obtained from a reputed laboratory showing results of all tests

specified herein and shall certify that the material meets all requirements of this Specification.

However, if so required, these tests may be carried out as directed by the Engineer.

1.5 Application properties of thermoplastic material.

1.5.1. The thermoplastic material shall readily get screeded/ extruded at temperatures specified by

the manufacturers for respective method of application to produce a line of specified thickness

which shall be continuous and uniform in shape having clear and sharp edges.

1.5.2.The material upon heating to application temperatures, shall not exude fumes, which are

toxic, obnoxious or injurious to person or property.

1.6 Preparation:

(i) The material shall be melted in accordance with the manufacturers instructions in a heater fitted

with a mechanical stirrer to give a smooth consistency to the thermoplastic material to void local

overheating. The temperature of the mass shall be within the rage specified by the manufacturer,

and shall on no account be allowed to exceed the maximum temperature stated by the

manufacturer. The molten material should be used as expeditiously as possible and for

thermoplastic material which has natural binders or is otherwise sensitive to prolonged heating, the

material shall not be maintained in a molten condition for more than 4 hours.

(ii) After transfer to the laying equipment, the material shall be maintained within the temperature

range specified by the manufacturer for achieving the desired consistency for laying.

1.7 Properties of finished road marking.

(a) The stripe shall not be slippery when wet.

(b) The marking shall not lift from the pavment in freezing weather.

(c) After application and proper drying, the stripe shall show no apprecible deformation or

discolouration under traffic and under road temperatures upto 60oC.

(d) The marking shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium chloride or oil

drippings from traffic.

(e) The stripe or marking shall maintain its original dimensions and postion. Cold ductility of the

material shall be such as to permit normal movement with the road surface without chopping or

cracking.

(f) The colour of yellow marking shall conform to IS Code No. 356 as given in IS: 164.

1.8 Reflectorised paint.

Reflectorised paint, if used, shall conform to the Specification by the manufacturers and approved

by the Engineer. Relfectorising glass beads for reflectorising paints where used shall conform to

the requirement of Clause 1.3.

1.9. Application.

1.9.1. Marking shall be done by machine. For locations where painting cannot be done by

machine, approved manual methods shall be used with prior approval of the Engineer. The

contractor shall maintain control over traffic while painting operations are in progress so as to

cause minimum inconvenience to traffic compatible with protecting the workmen.

1.9.2. The thermoplastic material shall be applied hot either by screeding or extrusion process.

After transfer to the laying apparatus, the material shall be laid at a temperature within the range

specified by the manufacturer for the particular method of laying being used. The paint shall be

applied using a screed or extrusion machine.

1.9.3 The pavment temperature shall not be less than 10oC during application. All surfaces to be

marked shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, grease, oil and all other foreign matter before

application of the paint.

The material, when formed into traffic stripes, must be redily renewable by placing an overlay of

new material directly over an old line of compatible material. Such new material shall so bond

itself to the old line that no splitting or separation takes place.

Thermoplastic paint shall be applied intermittent or continuous lines of uniform thickness of at

least 2.5 mm unless specified otherwise. Where arrows or letters are to be provided, thermoplastic

compound may be hand-sprayed. In addition to the beads included in the material, a further

quantity of glass beads of Type 2, conforming to the above noted Specification shall be sprayed

uniformly into a mono-layer on to the hot paint line in quick succession of the paint spraying

operation. The glass beads shall be applied at the rate of 250 grams per square metre area.

1.9.4.The minimum thickness specified is exclusive of surface applied glass beads. The method

of thickness measurement shall be in accordance with appendices B and C of BS 3262 (part 3)

1.9.5. The finished lines shall be free from ruggedness on sides and ends and be parallel to the

general alignment of the carriageway. The upper surface of the liens shall be level, uniform and

free from streaks. Item includes all labor,material, tools, equipments, fuel for heating etc. including

incidental costs necessary for carrying out the work at site confirming to above specifications. Item

includes all the above cost required to execute the work as per approved drawing.

1.10 Measurements for payment.

1.10.1 The painted marking shall be measured in sq.metres of actual area marked (excluding the

gaps, if any), counted upto two decimals. Linear dimension for calculating the area shall be

measured corrected up to cm. 15 Providing and fixing in line & level paver blocks as specified. The paver blocks shall confirmto BS 6717 ASTM C 936 - 96 including providing and preparing sand beds as specified, fixingblocks in position at site, filling the joints by jointing sand, compacting the blocks by plate vibratorincluding filling the side joints by m-20 grade cement concrete if required etc. complete. Specification:

28.1 General : The item pertains to provide paving using paver blocks of specified thickness of

approved size with necessary sand bedding.

28.2 Material : The paver blocks shall be manufactured of concrete grades specified in the item.

The blocks shall be manufactured of approved size and shape. The moulds for blocks shall be

prepared as per approved size and shape of blocks The blocks shall be cast in C.C. using plate

vibrator so to have dense blocks. The lower layer shall be natural normal cement concrete and

upper layer shall be adding approved coloured cement of approved shade in concrete mix with

white cement. The blocks shall be compressed using hydraulic press so that the same shall be

dense without any voids. Alternatively blocks shall be compressed using vaccume press.

The blocks shall be cured placing in the water tank totally submerged for 21 days. Alternatively

steam curing can also be resorted toFor bedding for placing blocks, sand bedding shall be

provided of specified thickness.For joints in the block C.M. 1:3 mortar shall be used.

28.3 Laying : The area to be paved shall be cleaned, cleared of foreign material and leveled

properly. The top such prepared surface subgrade shall 150 mm tower than finished level of blocks

as stipulated. The area shall be thoroughly watered. specified thickness of sand shall be spread

over prepared subgrade to proper line and level. The sand spread shall be watered and rammed

thin layer of the fine sand shall be spread to fill in undulations to achieve required line and level.

The precast paver blocks shall be laid to required line and level duly interlocked. The paver blocks

such laid shall be subjected to surface vibrator thereby achieving total interlocking and compaction.

The gaps at side, if any, shall be filled in with cement concrete for a specified depth of with white

cement adding colour pigment to match the colour of pavement blocks and compacted. The

pavement such laid shall cured for 21 days.

28.4 Item to Include : All material, C.C. of specified grade paver blocks, shuttering, labour, sand

for bedding equipments such as plate vibrator, surface vibrator, moulds, white cement, colour

pigments etc.

28.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The area of provided with pavement blocks including

gaps at sides if any shall be measured in sq.meters and quantity worked out to two decimals.

The contract rate shall be per sqm. for sub item a to e . The rate of sub item f shall be added for

sub item a to e paver blocks with top surface of 10 mm thickness (lacker finish) & contract rate

shall be per sqm. 15.1 60 mm thick (strength 35 M pa) on sand bed 30 mm thick Specification: 16 Excavation in trenches, pits, pipe lines, foundations, column footings, walls etc. in earth’ssoils of all types, gravel, sand, soft & hard murum, and boulders up to 0.03 cum. size includingremoving the excavated material upto any distance as directed beyond the edge of excavationincluding all lifts, stacking or spreading as directed, bailing of sub-soil water if any preparing basefor foundation etc., and back filing the excavated pit or trench using the excavated material inlayers including watering and ramming as required or as directed by Engineer-In-charge, includingall labour and materials complete. Specification: 1.1 General : The item refers to the excavation, in earth, soils of all types,gravel, sand, soft andhard murum and boulders up to 0.03 cum size.The excavation shall be for trenches, pits, pipelines, foundations,column footings, walls etc. and may be in wet or dry, in earth, and similar othersoft or loose material. 1.2 Site Preparation : The site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on which the construction,as per the drawings, is to be started shall be first cleaned and cleared of all obstructions. The loosestones, bushes, rubbish, brushwood, trees along with roots, etc. shall be removed. The materialshall be stacked or disposed off as directed. All the material shall be the property of MIDC. Afterclearing the site, the alignment or center lines or points shall be given by the Engineer-in-charge.The contractor shall establish the reference marks, benchmark pillars in masonry with M.S. Platetop of which shall be bench mark connected to GTS. The B.M. Pillars shall be maintainedundisturbed by the contractor etc. and the widths for excavations shall be clearly marked by thecontractor as directed, true to line, curve, level and slope. The contractor shall provide all labourand marking material such as wooden/steel pegs, white lime powder, oil paint, or any othersuitable marking material at his own cost and he shall be fully responsible for the correctness ofthe line, curve and levels and slopes. 1.3 Excavation : Before starting actual excavation work, contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge for taking the necessary measurements of cross sectional levels along the alignment formeasurement purposes. The levels recorded in the field book shall be signed by the Engineer-in-charge and authorised representative of the contractor in token of acceptance. The contractor shallremove all the material from the marked area of excavation by using labour, tools and equipmentsmost suitable for excavation of soft material as enumerated in the item in wet or dry conditions.

The excavation shall be true to line, curve, shape, level grade as per the drawings or as directed.The widths of excavations shall be as minimum to the widths required at the bottom and thevertical faces shall be as far as possible in plumb. Unless provided in the contract, no extrapayment shall be made for the excavation on side slopes for stability of slopes. Contractor shall befully responsible for the correctness of the excavation. Whenever the strata of different grade ofsoil not covered in this item is met, the excavation shall be stopped and the Engineer-in-chargeshall be notified to take the cross-sectional levels for taking the measurements and the same shallbe recorded and practise as mentioned above shall be adhered to. The extra excavation in depthor on sides shall not be paid and the contractor will have to fill the extra excavated depths in layersto bring the correct level by watering and ramming at his own cost. 1.4 Foundation Preparation : The foundation for column footing and for structural componentssuch as wall shall not be provided on soft strata covered under this item of excavation. Thefoundations for rafts, embedment of pipelines for water supply or drainage or gas may be laid onthe foundation prepared on soft strata. The foundation level even if is confined within the soft layer,the final layer of excavation watered and brought to the required level and slope by ramming. Thecontractor shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or as directed. No foundation ofany sort shall be laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves the strata on which foundations areto be laid and passes the depth of excavation to lay foundation and record the dimensions andelevations and types soils of the foundation pit, trench excavated, and shall be recorded in the fieldbook adopting system already explained above. 1.5 Shoring and Strutting : The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unlessprovided in the contract. The type and designing of shoring shall be decided by the contractor, andshall get approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : In lieu of shoring and strutting payslopes for excavation of trenches/pits shall be stipulated and paid accordingly. 1.6 Disposal of Excavated Material : All the material obtained from clearing the site or fromexcavation shall be the absolute property of MIDC. All materials obtained from clearing the site andexcavation shall be disposed off or spread or stacked as directed beyond the excavated area asdirected by the Engineer in Charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or other use shall be stackedat a convenient place as directed for refilling or reuse. No excavated material shall be kept within1.5 m distance from the outer top edge of excavation to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pit ortrench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground around as directed . 1.7 Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in thepit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or bypumping out as required. Unless provided for in the contract separately, no payment shall be madefor bailing out the water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or providebyepass arrangements to avoid entering of water in the excavation at his own cost. The drainedwater shall be properly disposed off, so as not to cause any damages to the excavated area nor tothe surrounding structures. The contractor shall keep the excavated area dry for measurementsand for laying of foundation mortar or concrete. 1.8 Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall beremoved at contractor’s cost. 1.9 Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge and the foundation raft masonry above is constructed or the pipeline is laid, all the shoringshall have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or as shown in thedrawing or as directed shall be made from the selected excavated material stacked separately forthat purpose. The material shall be laid in layers of 15 to 20 cm in thickness, watered and then

rammed properly. The backfilling shall only be done after receiving orders from the Engineer-in-charge and without damaging the foundation raft or the pipeline etc. 1.10 Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected fromany accidents by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be keptin proper position to indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take theadequate protective measures and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surroundingproperties and will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shallbe included in the item rate. 1.11 Item to Include : The rate for this item, as per the agreement includes all labour and tools forclearing the site, marking out the excavation line outs, shoring and strutting, excavation of pits ortrenches, bailing or pumping out water if not provided separately, removal of excavated materialand disposal of material as directed, refilling of pits or trenches, adequate protective measures etc.Contractor shall also make the necessary arrangements for taking measurements. The rate alsoincludes the cost of repairs due to excess excavations or slips. The item also includes payment ofthe damages if any, by the contractor. 1.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the original ground profiles atselected locations shall be taken after clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavatedprofile shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge orshall be measured as per drawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to thelimited quantity as explained above. The quantity shall be measured in cubic meters and paid atthe rate as per the contract agreement. 17 Excavation for trenches, pits, pipelines, foundations, column footings, walls etc. in soft rockand boulders between 0.03 TO 0.30 Cu.M. in size including removing the excavated materials uptoany distance as directed beyond the edges of trenches / pits etc. breaking the boulders into 225mm size rubble including stacking the same (rubble as well as soft rock) and / or spreading asdirected, bailing out water if any, preparing the bed for foundations & necessary back filling theexcavated pit / trench as directed by Engineer-in-charge all labour and materials complete. Specification: 3.1 General : The item refers to the excavation, in soft rock and boulders between 0.03 and 0.30cum size. The excavation shall be for trenches, for pipelines, pits, foundations, column footings,walls etc. and may be in wet or dry, in soft rock, and similar other material. 3.2 Site Preparation : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.2. Site preparation may not be required if theclassified layer lies below the item of excavation in soils classified as per Item No.Gen/A/1. 3.3 Excavation : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.3. The contractor shall excavate and remove all thematerial from the marked area of excavation by using labour, tools and equipments most suitablefor excavation of soft rock in wet or dry condition. 3.4 Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation for column footing and forstructural components such as wall may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedment ofpipelines for water supply or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soft rock. Thefoundation shall be cleared of all loose material and shall be dressed by chiselling to the correctline and level. The contractor shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or asdirected. No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passesthe depth of excavation to lay foundation and record the dimensions and elevations and types soilsof the foundation pit, trench excavated. 3.5 Shoring and Strutting : The cost of shoring and strutting shall not be paid separately unless

provided in the contract. The type and designing of shoring shall be decided by the contractor, andshall get approved from the Engineer in Charge. Pay Slopes : In lieu of shoring and strutting payslopes for excavation may be stipulated according to which excavation has to be carried out andshall be paid. 3.6 Disposal of Excavated Material : The boulders obtained during the excavation shall bebroken into the rubble of size of about 225 mm. This rubble shall be stacked in measurable hipsand at locations, as directed. The rubble shall be disposed off by the contractor at his cost if it isnot usable as certified by the Engineer-in-charge. 3.7 Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in thepit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or bypumping out as required. Unless provided for in the contract separately, no payment shall be madefor bailing out the water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or providebypass arrangements to avoid entering of water in the excavation at his own cost. The drainedwater shall be properly disposed off, so as not to cause any damages to the excavated area nor tothe surrounding structures. The contractor shall keep the excavated area dry for measurementsand for laying of foundation mortar or concrete. 3.8 Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall beremoved at contractor’s cost. 3.9 Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded Maharashtra IndustrialDevelopment Corporation by the Engineer-in-charge and the foundation raft and masonry/structurethere on or the pipeline is laid, all the shoring shall have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit ortrench to the original level or as shown in the drawing or as directed shall be made from theselected excavated material stacked separately for that purpose. The material shall be laid inlayers of 15 to 20 cm in thickness, watered and then rammed properly. The backfilling shall only bedone after receiving orders from the Engineer-in-charge and without damaging the foundation raftor the pipeline etc. 3.10 Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected fromany accidents by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be keptin proper position to indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take theadequate protective measures and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surroundingproperties and will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shallbe included in the item rate. 3.11 Item to Include : As per Item No.Gen/A/1.11, but for soft rock classified material. All lifts forexcavation are covered by this item. The item also include breaking boulders into rubble of 225mm and stacking as directed. 3.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the original ground profiles atselected locations shall be taken after clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavatedprofile shall be taken if the excavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge orshall be measured as per drawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to thelimited quantity as explained above. The quantity shall be measured in cubic meters and paid atthe rate as per the contract agreement. Deductions for voids shall be made @ 40% if quantity paidon stack measurements. The size of stacks shall be 3.0 m X 2.0 m X 1.0 m size preferably. 18 Excavation for trenches, pits for pipe lines, foundations, column footings, drainage lines etc inhard rock, manjarya rock & laterite by chiselling, wedging, line drilling etc. including trimming andlevelling the bed, removing the excavated materials as directed beyond the edges of trenches / pitsincluding all lifts, stacking as directed, de-watering back filling in layers, watering ramming etc. as

required or as directed by Engineer In Charge, all labour and materials complete. Specification: 7.1 General : This item pertains to excavation in Hard rock of Laterite, Manjarya or of similar typewithout blasting. When local conditions prevent the use of blasting, excavation shall be done bychiselling, wedging or line drilling or as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. 7.2 Site Preparation : Site preparation may not be required if the classified layer lies below theitem of excavation in soils and soft rock classified as per Item No.Gen/A/1 and Gen/A/3respectively. However if rock is exposed the same will have to be arranged as per ItemNo.Gen/A/1. 7.3 Excavation : The contractor shall excavate the hard rock by chiselling, wedging or line drillingor as specified in the contract or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, as required and as andremove all the material from the excavated area by using labour, tools machinery and equipmentsmost suitable for excavation of hard rock by chiselling wedging and line drilling, in wet or drycondition. The most suitable method to be adopted shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor may be permitted to use expanding compounds like “Acconex” orequivalent in case he desires at no additional cost. Such use shall be permitted on case-to-casebasis and shall be carried out as per manufacturers instructions. In special cases excavation maybe carried out by using heating techniques. Contractors shall have to take all precautionsregarding fire and other hazards. 7.4 Foundation Preparation : In this classified strata, the foundation for column footing and forstructural components such as wall may be provided. Also the foundations for rafts, embedment ofpipelines for water supply or drainage or gas may be laid in this type of classified soft rock. Thefoundation shall be cleared of all loose material and shall be dressed by chiselling to the correctline and level. The contractor shall not excavate below the line shown in the drawing or asdirected. No foundation of any sort shall be laid unless the Engineerin- charge approves/passesthe depth of excavation to lay foundation and record the dimensions and elevations and types soilsof the foundation pit, trench excavated 7.5 Pay Slopes : Normally for excavation in hard rock pay slopes are not necessary. However inrespect of deep foundation pay slopes may be stipulated according to which excavation shall becarried out and paid for. 7.6 Disposal of Excavated Material : All the material obtained from clearing the site or fromexcavation shall be the absolute property of MIDC. All materials obtained from clearing the site andexcavation shall be disposed off or spread or stacked upto any lead as directed beyond theexcavated area as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Materials suitable for back-filling or otheruse shall be stacked at a convenient place as directed for refilling or reuse. No excavated materialshall be kept within 1.5 m distance from the outer top edge to avoid the falling of the stuff in the pitor trench. Surplus materials shall be used for levelling the ground around as directed . 7.7 Dewatering : It is the responsibility of the contractor to remove the water accumulated in thepit or trench, from sub-soil water or from rains or from any other natural source, by manually or bypumping out as required. Unless provided for in the contract separately, no payment shall be madefor bailing out the water. The contractor may be required to provide temporary bunds, or providebypass arrangements to avoid entering of water in the excavation at his own cost. The drainedwater shall be properly disposed off, so as not to cause any damages to the excavated area nor tothe surrounding structures. The contractor shall keep the excavated area dry for measurementsand for laying of foundation mortar or concrete.

7.8 Side Slips and Blows : Even after sufficient care of sides, slips or blows occur, they shall beremoved at contractor’s cost. 7.9 Backfilling : After excavation is completed, measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge and the foundation raft after construction of masonry/structure or the pipeline is laid, all theshoring shall have to be removed. The backfilling of the pit or trench to the original level or asshown in the drawing or as directed shall be made from the selected excavated material stackedseparately for that purpose. The material shall be laid in layers of 15 to 20 cm in thickness,watered and then rammed properly. The backfilling shall only be done after receiving orders fromthe Engineer-in-charge and without damaging the foundation raft or the pipeline etc. 7.10 Protective Measures : All the excavated pits, trenches etc. shall be properly protected fromany accidents by providing strong fencing around. At night red lantern and watchman shall be keptin proper position to indicate the danger zone. It is the responsibility of the contractor to take theadequate protective measures and safety of the excavation, people and workmen and surroundingproperties and will have to bear the damages if caused. All the cost of protective measures shallbe included in the item rate. 7.11 Item to Include : Excavation of trenches in hard rock of laterite or Manjarya type classifiedmaterial. The cost of drilling holes and use of expanding material or heating process, with alllabour, material and tools and equipments and responsibility are included in the contract rate ofthis item. All the lifts for excavation are covered by this item. 7.12 Mode of Measurement andPayment : The measurements of the original ground profiles at selected locations shall be takenafter clearing the site. The measurements of the final excavated profile shall be taken if theexcavation is less or more as directed by the Engineerin- charge or shall be measured as perdrawings. Excess excavation shall be recorded but shall be paid to the limited quantity asexplained above. The quantity shall be measured in cubic meters and paid at the rate as per thecontract agreement. Deductions for voids shall be made @ 40% if quantity paid on stackmeasurements. The size of stacks shall be 3.0 m X 2.0 m X 1.0 m size preferably. 18.1 Hard Rock Specification: 19 Providing and laying in position plain cement concrete using granite or black trap gradedmetal including mixing in a mechanically operated mixer, With maximum 50%crushed sand. Specification:

General : The item pertains to providing and laying in position Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) of

specified proportion. The work includes providing all material, mixing, compacting, curing,

shuttering,

dewatering etc. complete up to lift of ± 5 m.

Material:

1) Cement: Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) as specified at itemGen/C/0.2.1.

2) Fine Aggregate (Sand) : specifications shall conform to itemGen/C/0.2.2.

3) Coarse Aggregate : specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.3. Grading and maximum

size of coarse aggregate shall be as specified in the drawing. Normally the maximum size should

not be more than 40 mm or 25 % of the minimum dimension of the member, whichever is less.

4) Water : specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.4.

Mix Proportion and Mixing : The mix proportion as specified on the drawing, separately for each

component shall be provided. For detailed specifications refer to item No.Gen/C/0.5. For

mixing without mechanical mixer, prior permission from the Engineer-in-charge shall be

obtained. Specifications for mixing shall conform to item Gen/C/0.7.

Formwork and Scaffolding : Formwork shall be provided for giving the desired shape and sizes

for the PCC as per the drawings. The specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.19.7. The

striping time also shall be as specified in the item. The scaffolding shall be normally provided of

steel tubes. The specifications for scaffolding also shall conform to item Gen/C/0.19.8.

Transportation, Placing and Compaction : Specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.8.

Field Tests : The appropriate field tests as directed by the Engineer-in- charge shall be carried out

as explained in item Gen/C/0.15.

Inspection & Testing of Structure : As per the contract conditions inspection & testing of a

structure shall be carried out in accordance with item Gen/C/0.16

Finishing of Concrete : The finishing of concrete surface shall be as peritemGen/C/0.17.

Special Features : Special requirements such as Architectural shapes/ finishes, Expansion joints,

Construction joints, Water stops, grouting, etc. shall be provided as shown on drawing/s and as

directed by Engineer in Charge. For specifications for these the appropriate clauses of item

Gen/C/0 shall be referred.

Curing : As per item Gen/C/0.14.

Item to Include : This item for providing Plain Cement Concrete (PCC) with specified mix

proportion at specified locations with initial lift of +_ 5 m above or below ground level includes all

ingredients of concrete i.e. water, cement, fine and coarse aggregates, all transportation,

dewatering, tools and plants, all taxes, royalties, labour, formwork, testing, curing etc. complete.

Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the concrete laid shall be taken on

volumetric basis in cum. The openings shall be deducted. The unit rate of concrete per cum of

specified proportion includes all the items as explained in Gen/C/0.25. 19.1 In 1:3:6 proportion Specification: 19.2 In 1:2:4 proportion. Specification: 20 Providing and laying in position Cement Concrete for RCC work using granite / black trapmetal including mixing in mechanically operated mixers, compacting by mechanical or manualmeans as may be required and directed by Engineer-In-Charge, including steel or plywoodshuttering, centring, formwork dewatering, for all elements in foundation, plinths, of building works,where reinforced cement concrete is proposed to be used upto +/-5 m from the average groundlevel including all labour and material complete, finishing the surface with 1:3 cement mortar. etccomplete. Specification:

3.1 General : The item pertains to providing and laying in position Cement Concrete of specified

proportion or by in design mix grade for Reinforced concrete works in foundation or plinth. The

work includes providing all material, mixing, compacting, curing, shuttering, dewatering, etc.

complete upto lift of ± 5 m. Providing the reinforcement steel shall be carried out by item No.

Gen/C/0.2.5

3.2 Material : As per item Gen/C/0.2.

3.3 Mix Proportion and Mixing : As per item Gen/C/0.5.For providing Concrete of specified grade

by designing the mix of concrete, please refer to specifications as per item Gen/C/0.4 and 0.5. The

design mix shall be got done from the approved laboratories and got approved by the Engineer-in-

charge.

3.4 Formwork and Scaffolding : As per item Gen/C/0.19.

3.5 Transportation, Placing and Compaction : Specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.8.

3.6 Field Tests : The appropriate field tests as directed by the Engineer-incharge shall be carried

out as explained in item Gen/C/0.15.

3.7 Inspection & Testing of Structure : As per the contract conditions inspection & testing of a

structure shall be carried out in accordance with item Gen/C/0.16

3.8 Finishing of Concrete : The finishing of concrete surface shall be as per item Gen/C/0.17.

3.9 Special Features : Special requirements such as Architectural shapes / finishes, Expansion

joints, Construction joints, Water stops, grouting, etc. shall be provided as shown on drawing/s. For

specifications for these the appropriate clauses of item Gen/C/0 shall be referred.

3.10 Curing : As per item Gen/C/0.14.

3.11 Item to Include : This item for providing Cement Concrete with specified mix proportion or

specified grade, at specified locations with initial lift of ± 5 m above or below ground level includes

all ingredients of concrete i.e. water, cement, fine and coarse aggregates, all transportation,

dewatering, tools and plants, all taxes, loyalties, labour, formwork, testing, curing etc. complete.

The provision of reinforcement steel is not included in this item.

3.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurements of the concrete laid shall be

taken on volumetric basis in cum. The openings shall be deducted. The unit rate of concrete per

cum of specified proportion includes all the items. For more details regarding mode of

measurement and payment please refer item Gen/C/0.25. 20.1 In design mix concrete grade M-20 Specification: 20.2 In design mix concrete grade M-25 Specification: 21 Providing and fixing in position reinforcement of all dia for RCC piles, pile caps, footings,foundations, slabs, columns, beams, canopies, staircase, newels, chajjas, lintels pardis, copings,

fins, arches etc. as per detailed designs, drawings and schedules including cutting, bending,hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as required at all locations andheight all labour and materials testing etc. complete. Specification: 9.1 General : The item pertains to providing and fixing in position reinforcement of all dia for RCCpiles, pile caps, footings, foundations, slabs, columns, beams, canopies, staircase, newels,chajjas, lintels pardis, copings, fins, arches etc.. 9.2 Material : The reinforcement shall be of Mild Steel, Tor Steel bars, TMT bars or CRS - TMTbars as indicated on the drawings. The material shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.5. 9.3 Construction : Contractor shall provide the reinforcement bars of or steel or mild steel ofspecified dia. at locations in numbers or at spacings, as per detailed designs, drawings andschedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding andsupporting as required at all locations and height. The work shall be carried out as specified inGen/C/0.2.5. The reinforcement shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative beforeconcreting. The contractor shall provide and fix in position any additional reinforcement, if directed,in addition to the reinforcement shown on drawing. 9.4 Item to Include : The item includes all the material of reinforcement bars, binding wires,welding rods and labour and tools and equipment for cutting, bending welding, testing charges etc.complete as per drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 9.5 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the reinforcement bars shall betaken in metric tons. The measurement shall be taken according to item Gen/C/0.25.2. 21.1 TMT Bars Specification: 22 Providing, erecting pre-cast elements such as cover slabs for drains, grills, kerbs, kerb stone,dividers, manholes, frames, manholes covers, gutters, fence posts grills, rails lintels, sills, bedblocks, steps or any other member or element as per drawings & specifications using RCC gradeM-20 including shuttering as may be required, compacting by plate vibrator, curing and finishingthe element where required with 1:3 cement mortar, transporting to site and erecting in positiongrouting with cement mortar 1:3 as may be required and curing etc. all labour and materialcomplete. (Including cost of Steel reinforcement) Specification: 1.1 General: This specification deals with manufacture, supply and erection of precast elements.All concrete, R.C.C. work shall be carried out as per specification Gen/C/Concrete, Shuttering &Reinforcement (Gen/C/0.2 to 0.24) for Scope and Materials are also applicable. 1.2 General Requirements: Precast elements shall be manufactured either at site or in the yard of the supplier as directed bythe Engineer in Charge. All precast manufacturing facilities shall be subject to the approval ofEngineer-in- Charge. Precasting work shall be taken up only after permission to do so is given byEngineer-in-Charge in writing. In case the supply of precast elements are supplied by an outsideagency, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-Charge, name and details of the agency and ifdesired shall arrange for inspection of the facilities and shall procure the materials only after theapproval of the Engineer-in-Charge in writing. Contractor shall supply two samples of each of theprecast elements he proposes to use. Further in case of specific item whose rating (Heavy duty,

light duty etc.), or load carrying capacity is the criteria for acceptance, contractor shall arrange toget the precast elements tested appropriately at his cost if ordered to do so by the Engineer-in-Charge. 1.3 Items of Precast Elements: The following items are covered under these precast elements: a. Precast slab covers of various thickness sizes and with various reinforcement details. b. Precast manhole covers and frame of light duty, medium duty and heavy and very heavy duty. c. Precast grills of various sizes, thickness and designs. d. Decorative grills of various sizes, thickness and designs. e. Fence posts of various sizes. f. Balusters of various designs. g. Lintels. h. Louvers. i. Window sills. j. Kerb stones, boundary stones, mile stones / km stones and various other marking devices asmay be required for road works. k. Precast RCC grating for various duty ratings. l. Gutters of various sizes. m. Any other element detailed in the drawings. 1.4 Material: 1.4.1 Cement Cement used for the manufacture of precast concrete elements shall be 43 grade or above gradeas directed, Portland cement conforming to IS:269 or 1489 (part 1 & 3) or IS:8041 or IS:8043 orIS:8112 or IS:155, specifications are same as per Gen/C/0.2.1. 1.4.2 Aggregates The aggregates used shall be clean and free from deleterious matter and shall conform to therequirements of IS:383. The aggregates shall be well graded and the nominal maximum size ofcoarse aggregate shall not exceed 20 mm, specifications are same as per Gen/C/0.2.2 to 0.2.3. 1.4.3 Concrete The mix proportions of concrete shall be determined by the manufacturer and shallbe such as will produce dense concrete without voids, honeycombing etc. Concrete weaker thangrade M-20 (design mix) shall not be used. Compacting of concrete shall be done by machinevibration. 1.4.4 Reinforcement a) The reinforcement steel shall conform to IS:226 or IS:432 (Part-I) or IS:1566 or IS:1786 asspecified. Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose mills scale, loose rust, and mud, oil,grease or any other coating, which may reduce or destroy the bond between the concrete andsteel. A light film or rust may not be regarded as harmful but steel shall not be visibly pitted by rust. b) Steel Fibres: In association with the main steel bars reinforcement, steel fibres of appropriatetypes and forms may also be used as secondary reinforcement (up to 0.5% by volume). c) Plastic: Plastic fibre of polypropylene fabricated film of suitable type and form (0.55 by weight)may also be used as reinforcement in lieu of steel reinforcement. Reinforcement shall be as shownin the drawings, if the drawings are supplied by Engineer-in-Charge. In case ready made precastitems are brought out from standard designs, reinforcement shall be as per manufacturers design,subject to the approval of Engineer-in-Charge. 1.5 Casting and Erection of Pre-cast elements: These shall be manufactured either according to manufactures design after obtaining the approvalof MIDC or as per the design furnished by MIDC. The material, formwork, reinforcement, etc.shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The manufacturing of elements shall conformto the general requirements specified in Gen/I/1.2. The compaction shall be by plate vibrator. Thefinishing of the item, where required shall be with 1:3 cement mortar. The detailed manufacturingprocedure for Manhole Covers and Frames is given below, which is mostly applicable for otherelements. The loading tests or requirements may differ.

1.5.1 Manhole Cover & Frames The different grades and types of manhole covers may be used as follows: a. Light Duty - Rectangular, Square or Circular types These are suitable for use within residential and institutional complexes/areas with pedestrian butoccasional LMV traffic. These covers may also be used for inspection chambers. b. Medium Duty These are suitable for use in service lanes/roads, car parking areas etc. c. Heavy Duty Suitable for use in institutional/commercial areas/carriage ways with heavy-duty vehicular trafficlike buses, trucks, etc. d. Extra Heavy Duty - Circular, square or rectangular types These are suitable for use on carriage way in commercial industrial/port areas/nearwarehouses/godowns where frequent loading and unloading of trucks/trainers are common, withslow to fast moving vehicular traffic of the types having wheel loads up to 11.5 tonnes, irrespectiveof the location of the manhole chambers. 1.5.2 Shape and Dimensions Shapes :The shapes of precast concrete manhole covers shall besquare, rectangular or circular as specified. Dimensions : Dimensions of precast concrete manhole covers, shall be as given in Table No.1, theminimum clearance at top between the frame and cover shall be 5 mm. Table Sr. No. Description Heavy/Extra

Heavy Duty[HD/EHD]

Medium DutyMD

Light Duty LD

1. Clear openingmatching the topopening ofmanhole

560mm dia or600mm dia orsquare or560mm

450 mm dia 480mm dia 500mmdia dia orsquare

600 x 450mmrectangular) 450or 350mm dia orsquare

2. Precast slab withintegral frame

900 dia x180mmor squarecornerscut 1000mm diax200mm Orsquare cornercut

800mm dia x130mm 800mmdia x 150mm

850x700x100mm625x100mm or75mm x 100mmorsquare

3. Thickness ofcover

100mm or depthof frame110/120mm

70/80mm 50 mm

4. Matchingmanhole cover

685/660mm or735/710mm diaOr square

585mm dia or645mm dia orsquare

685x535 mm515mmor 435mmsquare

5. Edge protection: Precast manhole covers are designed and provided with MScovers/lifting rims of 2.5mm thickness welded around with provision facilityof two lifting hooks welded at appropriate locations.

1.5.3 Lifting Device The minimum diameter of mild steel rod used as lifting device shall be 10 mm for light and 12 mmfor medium duty covers and 16 mm for heavy and extra heavy duty covers. The lifting device shallbe protected from corrosion by galvanising or epoxy coating or any other suitable method. 1.5.4 Finishing & Coating To prevent any possible damage from corrosion of steel the underside of the covers shall betreated with anticorrosive paint. The top surface of the covers shall be given a chequered finish. Inorder to protect the edges of the covers from possible damage at the time of lifting and handing itis necessary that the manhole covers shall be cast with a protective mild steel sheet of minimum2.5mm thickness around the periphery of the covers. Exposed surface of mild steel sheet shall begiven suitable treatment with anticorrosive paint or coating, as directed and approved by theEngineer in Charge. 1.5.5 Physical Requirement a. General All units shall be sound and free from cracks and other defects which interface with the properplacing of the unit or impair the strength or performance of the units. Minor chipping at theedge/surface resulting from the customary methods of handling during delivery shall not bedeemed for rejecting. b. Load Test The breaking load of individual units when tested in accordance with the method described inIS:12592 shall be not less than the values specified in Table No. 2. Table No. 2

1.5.6 Erection: Rate for precast items include the erection charges including cost of other consumables likes andand cement required for grouting. Grouting work shall be carried out using cement mortar 1:3unless specified other wise in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in Charge. Erection shallbe carried out in workman like manner and includes all lifts where precast elements are to beerected in structures being built by MIDC. In such cases, where the precast elements have to besupported in position by propping, scaffolding or any type of temporary support for any period oftime, as may be required for achieving stability or to provide scope for subsequent work, or tointergrade the precast elements into the structure under constructing cost of providing suchtemporary support work and removing the same at appropriate time is deemed to be included in

6. Chequered pattern on the Covers: MS rims along with the edges of precastmanhole covers and their operative surface are suitably coated/finished usingcorrosion resistant paint.

7. Marking on the Covers: Precast manhole covers/precast slabs are suitablymarked on covers, the operative surface with the following letters, unlessspecified otherwise.MIDC/Sewer or Water service/ Grade/Date of MFR/ Trade Name etc.

8. Performancerequirements

When tested for ULTIMATE breaking load using 300mmdia block as per the method described in IS:12592(Part-1)manhole covers shall be within the following range:Test Load: Light duty 2.5 tonnes (LD - 2.5), Medium duty- 10 tonnes (MD-10), Heavy duty - 20 tonnes ( HD -20),Extra heavy duty - 35 tonnes (EHD - 35)

Category Type Load in TonnesExtra Heavy Circular, Square or Rectangular 35Heavy Circular, Square or Rectangular 20Medium Circular Rectangular or 10Light Circular, Square or Rectangular 2.5

the rates for precast items. 1.6 Item to Include: The item includes all material, labour, equipment, vibrating plate, tools andequipment etc, manufacturing process, finishing of the elements, curing, testing if required,transporting to site, unloading, stacking and erection of element, making good of any damage toelement or to any other component, all taxes, royalties, cost of reinforcement octroi etc. complete. 1.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment: All precast items shall be classified under appropriate categories based on the unit weight of eachitem. a) Elements weighing upto 50 kg and b) Elements weighing between 51 & 100 kg. Within theappropriate category payment shall be made on cum. Basis of the volume of work done. The ratesshall include all items of materials, manufacture, shuttering, concrete, aggregates, cementformwork, reinforcement etc. The rates shall also in include transportation, loading, unloading,stacking and erection charges of the items in their locations. In case of supply only, the rates shallinclude all the fore mentioned items of work and materials inclusive of transportation to the site anderection charges. 22.1 Elements weighing upto 50 kg. Specification: 23 Providing at the site of work and lowering, laying and jointing RCC NP3 class pipesconforming to IS458-1998 in prepared trenches in grade and level, including hoisting, makingrubber ring / collar joints in cement mortar 1:1, including cost of collar / rubber ring, jointing materiallike cement, sand etc. and hydraulic testing of the pipes at factory as well as on site per thestipulation in relevant IS code etc. complete. Specification:

3.1 General : The item is for providing and laying & jointing of RCC pipes of NP3 class, including

the sealing rings, mortar filling and hydraulic testing. Water for initial testing shall be made

available free by MIDC, if possible and for subsequent fills necessiated on account of rectification ,

water will be charged at the prevailing industrial water rates is respective industrial area The

excavation of trenches for laying of pipe will be paid under relevant item.

3.2 Material : RCC NP3 class pipes shall confirm to IS:458-1998

. For ready reference and comparison the particulars of the RCC Non Pressure and Pressure

pipes of different classes are given here, though the item refers only for NP3 class pipe. Table 1 CONCRETE PIPES

Class Description Test pressure

(Hydrostatic)

Conditions where normally used.

NP1 Unreinforced concrete non

pressure pipes

0.7 kg/sq.cm

(7 m, head)

For drainage and irrigation use, above

ground or in shallow trench

NP2 Reinforced concrete light

duty, non-pressure pipes

-- do -- For drainage and irrigation use, for

culverts carrying light traffic.

NP3 R e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e ,

medium duty non pressure

pipes

-- do -- For drainage and irrigation use, for

culverts, carrying heavy traffic.

Note :- The unreinforced or without reinforcement pipes shall be provided with nominalreinforcement. Cement Concrete Pipes (with and without Reinforcement) The pipes shall be with or without reinforcement as required and shall be of the specified class.These shall conform to IS : 458-1998. The reinforced cement concrete pipes shall bemanufactured by centrifugal (or spun) process and un-reinforced cement concrete pipes shall bemanufactured by spun or pressure process. All pipes shall be true to shape, straight, perfectlysound and free from cracks and flaws. The external and internal surface of the pipes shall besmooth and hard. The pipes shall be free from defects resulting from imperfect grading of theaggregate mixing or moulding. Concrete used for the manufacture of un-reinforced and reinforced concrete pipes and collars shallnot be leaner than M-15 grade C.C. The maximum size of aggregate should not exceed one thirdof the thickness of the pipe or 20 mm whichever is less. The reinforcement in the reinforcedconcrete pipes shall extend throughout the length of the pipe. The circumferential and longitudinalreinforcements shall be adequate to withstand the specified hydrostatic pressure and furtherbending stresses due to the weight of water when running full across a span equal to the length ofpipe plus three times its own weight. The unreinforced pipes shall be provided with temperaturereinforcement. Table 2 Design and strength test requirements of pipes of Class NP-3 Reinforced Concrete, Heavy Duty, Non-Pressure pipes

NP4 Reinforced concrete, heavy

duty non-pressure pipes

-- do -- For drainage and irrigation use for

culverts carrying very heavy traffic, such

as railway loading.

P1 R e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e

pressure pipes

2.0 kg/sq.cm

(20 m, head)

For use on gravity mains, the design

pressure not exceeding two third of the

test pressure.


pressure pipe

4.0 kg/sq.cm

(40 m, head)

For use on pumping mains, the design

pressures not exceeding half of the test

pressure.


pressure pipe

6.0 kg/sq.cm

(60 m, head)

-- do --

Internal Diaof Pipe

Barrel Dimensions Reinforcement Strength Test RequirementLength Minimum

ThicknessLongitudinalMild Steel atPermissible

stress of 1265Kg/cm2

Spiral Harddrawn steel wireat permissiblestress of 1400

Kg/cm2

Three Edge BearingTest

Sand Bearing Test

Load toproduce0.25 mm

crack

UltimateLoad

Load to produce0.25 mm crack

UltimateLoad

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)mm M mm Kg/linear m Kg/linear m Kg/linear

mKg/linear m Kg/linear m Kg/linear

350 2.5 or 3.0 75 1.25 7.25 3.040 4.560 4.560 6.840

Note 1 :- Heavy duty non pressure pipes shall normally have flush joints. Collar joints may,

however, be permitted, in which case the design and dimensions of the collar shall be same as for

corresponding NP2 pipes.

Note 2 :- If steel wires are used as longitudinal reinforcement, the weight specified in col 4 shall be

modified by the factor 1265/1400.

Note 3 :- If mild steel is used for spiral reinforcement, the weight specified under col 5 shall be

increased to 1400/1265.

3.3 Laying & Jointing Cement Concrete Pipes and Specials :

Laying : Loading, transporting and unloading of concrete pipes shall be done with care. Handling

shall be such as to avoid impact. Gradual unloading by inclined plane for pipes upto 900 mm dia or

by chain pulley block is recommended for pipes of dia 1000 mm and above. All pipe sections and

connections shall be inspected carefully before being laid. Broken or defective pipes or

connections shall not be used and paid. Pipes shall be lowered into the trenches carefully.

Mechanical appliances may be used at the cost of contractor. Pipes shall be laid true to line and

grade as specified. Laying of pipe shall proceed upgrade of a slope.

If the pipe have spigot and socket joints, the socket ends shall face upstream ascending grade. In

the case of pipes with joints to be made with loose collars, the collars shall be slipped on before

the next pipe is laid. Adequate and proper joints shall be provided where directed.

In case where foundation condition are unusual such as in the proximity of trees of holes, under

existing or proposed tracks manholes etc. the pipe shall be encased all around in 15 cm thick

cement concrete M15 or compacted sand or gravel, which shall be paid separately under relevant

item if included in this tender.

In cases where the natural foundation is inadequate the pipes shall be laid either in concrete cradle

supported on proper foundations or on any other suitably designed structure. If concrete cradle

bedding is used, the depth of concrete below the bottom of the pipe shall be at least 1/4th of the

internal diameter of the pipe subject to the min. of 10 cm and a maximum of 30 cm. The concrete

shall extend up the sides of the pipe at least to a distance of 1/4th of the outside diameter of pipes

for 300 mm and over in diameter. The pipe shall be laid in this concrete bedding before the

concrete has set. Pipes laid in trenches in earth shall be bedded evenly and firmly and as far up

the haunches of the pipe as to safely transmit the load expected from the backfill through the pipe

to the bed. This shall be done either by excavating the bottom of the trench to fit the curve of the

400 2.5 or 3.0 75 2.15 8.25 3.460 5.190 5.190 7.785450 2.5 or 3.0 75 2.40 9.00 3.760 5.640 5.640 8.460500 2.5 or 3.0 75 2.45 10.50 4.160 6.240 6.240 9.360600 2.5 or 3.0 80 2.45 14.50 4.720 7.080 7.080 10.620700 2.5 or 3.0 80 2.95 23.75 5.320 7.980 7.980 11.970800 2.5 or 3.0 90 3.60 26.50 6.060 9.090 9.090 13.120900 2.5 or 3.0 100 4.35 32.75 6.760 10.140 10.140 15.2101000 2.5 or 3.0 100 5.80 44.00 7.400 11.100 11.100 16.6501100 2.5 or 3.0 115 7.40 52.50 8.200 12.300 12.300 18.4501200 2.5 or 3.0 115 7.60 63.75 9.000 13.500 13.500 20.250

pipe or by compacting the earth under around the curve of the pipe to form an even bed.

Necessary provision shall be made for joints wherever required.

When the pipe is laid in a trench in rock, hard clay, shale or other hard material the 15 cms depth

below the pipe shall be excavated and replaced with an equalising bed of concrete of M15 grade,

sand or ompacted earth due watering. In no case the pipe shall be laid directly on such hard

material. It shall be ensured that all protrudes of the rock are carefully knocked off.

When the pipes are laid completely above the ground the foundations shall be made even and

sufficiently compacted to support the pipeline without any material settlement. Alternatively the

pipeline shall be supported on rigid foundations at intervals. Suitable arrangements shall be made

to retain the pipeline in the proper alignment, such as by shaping the top of the supports to fit the

lower part of the pipe. The distance between the supports shall in no case exceed the length of the

pipe. The pipe shall be supported as far as possible close to the joints. In no case the joints shall

come in the centre of the span.

Jointing : Joints are generally of rigid type. Where specified flexible type joints may also be

provided.

Rigid Spigot & Socket Joint : The spigot of each pipe shall be slipped home well into the socket

of the pipe previously laid and adjusted in the correct position. The opening of the joint shall be

filled with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine sand), which

shall be rammed with caulking tool and finished at 45° tapper. After a day's work any extraneous

material shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and the newly made joint shall be cured at

least for 7 days.

Rigid Collar Joint : The two adjoining pipes shall be butted against each other and adjusted in

correct position. The collar shall then be slipped over the joint, covering equally both the pipes. The

annular space shall be filled with stiff mixture of cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) which

shall be rammed with caulking tool and finished at 45° tapper. After a day's work any extraneous

materials shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and the newly made joint shall be cured.

Flexible Spigot & Socket Joint : The joint is composed of specially shaped spigot and socket

ends on the concrete pipes. A rubber ring shall be placed on the spigot, which shall be forced into

the socket of the pipe previously laid. This compresses the rubber ring as it rolls into the annular

space formed between the two surfaces of the spigot and the socket.

Flexible Collar Joint : This is made up of a loose collar, which covers two specially shaped pipe

ends. Each end shall be fitted with a rubber ring which when compressed between the spigot and

the collar, seal the joint.

Internal Flush Joint : This joint is generally used for culvert pipe of 60 cm diameter and over. The

ends of the pipe are specially shaped to form a self-centring joint with an internal jointing space 1.3

cm wide.

The finished joint shall be flush with both inside and outside with the pipe wall. The jointing space

shall be filled with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) mixed sufficiently dry to remain in

position when forced with a trowel or rammer and finished at 45° tapper. After day's work any

extraneous materials shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and the newly made joint shall

be cured for at least 7 days.

External Flush Joint : This joint is suitable for pipes which are too small for jointing from inside.

This joint is composed of specially shaped pipe ends. Each end shall be butted against each other

and adjusted in correct position. The jointing space shall then be filled with cement mortar 1:1 (1

cement : 1 fine sand) sufficiently dry and finished off flush. Great care shall be taken to ensure that

the projecting ends are not damaged as no repairs can be readily affected from inside the pipe.

In all pressure pipelines the recess at the end of the pipe line shall be filled with jute braiding

dipped in hot bitumen or other suitable approved compound. Pipes shall be so jointed that the

bitumen ring of one pipe shall set into the recess of the next pipe. The ring shall be thoroughly

compressed by jacking or by any other suitable method.

The number of pipes that shall be jacked together at a time shall depend on the diameter of the

pipes and the bearing capacity of the soil, for small pipes upto 25 cm diameter, six pipes can be

jacked together at a time.

The quantity of jute and bitumen in the ring shall be just sufficient to fill the recess in the pipe when

presses hard by jacking or by any other suitable method. Before and during jacking care shall be

taken to see that there is no offset at the joint.

3.4 Testing : Smoke Test shall be carried out from chamber to chamber at contractor’s cost.

3.5 Refilling of Trenches : In case where pipes are not bedded on concrete special care shall be

taken in refilling, trenches to prevent the displacement and subsequent settlement at the surface

resulting in uneven street surface and dangers to foundations etc. The back filling materials shall

be packed by hand under and around the pipe and rammed with a shovel and light tamper. This

method of filling will be continued upto the top of pipe. The refilling shall rise evenly on both sides

of the pipe continued upto 60 cm above the top of pipe so as not to disturb the pipe. No tamping

shall be done within 15 cm of the top of pipe. The tamping shall become progressively heavier as

the depth of the backfill increases.

3.6 Item to Include : Item includes all labour, tools and equipment, all material RCC pipes of NP3

class of specified diameter and jointing material, etc. for laying, jointing and testing of pipes etc.

complete.

The excavation shall be paid separately as per the relevant item of tender.

3.7 Mode of Measurements and Payment : The length of pipes shall be measured in running

metres nearest to a cm as laid or fixed, from inside of one manhole to the inside of the other

manhole. The length shall be taken along the centre line of the pipes. Excavation and cement

concreting wherever required shall be measured separately under relevant items of work

incorporated in this tender. The contract rate shall be per running meter run of the RCC NP3 pipe

of specified diameter laid, measured to the nearest cm.

The payment shall be made in three stages as under:

1. On providing and supplying pipes as per specifications - 70%

2. On laying and jointing of pipes - 20%

3. After satisfactory hydraulic testing of pipe line - 10% 23.1 300 mm dia. Specification:

23.2 900 mm dia. Specification: 23.3 1200 mm dia. Specification: 24 Dismantling RCC work of all grades of concrete and sorting out the materials such as steeletc. as directed and stacking them with all leads & lift as directed. Specification:

5.1 General : The item pertains to dismantling the Reinforced Cement Concrete work of all grades

of existing structures and sorting and stacking the reinforcement steel and disposing the spoils as

directed, with all leads and lifts.

5.2 Demolition Procedure : Generally as per item Gen/B/4.2. After the concrete is broken the

reinforcement bars shall be removed from the mesh, as long as possible in lengths. If the bars are

required to be cut, they shall be cut by using appropriate tools or gas cutting may be adopted.

5.3 Safety Measures : All demolition work shall be carried out safely using procedures, which do

not cause injuries to any person engaged in demolition work and nearby structures. Contractor

shall provide proper devices to the workmen like safety belts, helmets, goggles etc. to prevent

injures to the workmen. The safety of workmen is the responsibility of the contractor and the

compensation for injuries or deaths shall be made by the contractor as per the prevailing acts and

rules.

5.4 Stacking of Dismantled Materials : The concrete spoil shall be disposed off as directed.

Reinforcement coming out of dismantling shall be tied in bundles separately for each diameter of

bars and returned to the MIDC stores or disposed off as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge.

5.5 Disposal : All the spoils shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

5.6 Item to Include : The item includes breaking of Reinforced Cement Concrete work of all

grades, with appropriate tools and equipment, scaffolding if required, material, labour, transporting

the spoils to the location and stacking / disposing the reinforcement steel as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

5.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of the actual volume of the RCC to

be dismantled, in cum, shall be taken before the actual work of demolition starts. Payment shall be

made on the basis of volume of the RCC dismantled, at the contract rate per cum. 25 Providing IInd class burnt brick masonry, with conventional type bricks in foundation and upto plinth level including bailing out water striking out joints on exposed faces, scaffolding, curingetc. complete. Specification:

1.1 General : The item pertains to providing II class Burnt Brick (BB) Masonry in specified proportion of Cement

Mortar as per drawing / contract, in foundation and upto plinth level. The item covers bailing out water striking out

joints on exposed faces, scaffolding, curing etc.

1.2 Material :

1. II-Class Burnt Bricks : Second Class Burnt bricks shall conform to the specifications as per Gen/D/0.2.2. Approval

to samples of locally available bricks shall be taken from the Engineer-in-Charge and samples shall be preserved to

compare with the supply to work site.

2. The Sand or Fine Aggregate : The sand or fine aggregate for mortar shall be natural sand, crushed stone sand or

crushed gravel sand. The specifications shall conform to item Gen/C/0.2.2.

Test results of the grading of sand shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval. The decision in

accepting the sand, which has deviation from specification, is left to the

Engineer-in-Charge.

3. Cement : Cement to be used shall conform to Specifications as per item Gen/C/0.2.1.

4. Water : Water shall conform to Specifications as per item Gen/C/0.2.4

1.3 Construction Procedure :

1.3.1 Cement Mortar : Cement mortar shall meet the requirements of IS: 2250 and shall be prepared by mixing

cement and sand by volume. Proportion of cement and sand shall be as specified or as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge or as shown in drawings. The sand being used for mortar shall be sieved. The mortar shall be used as soon as

possible after mixing and before it has begun to set and in any case within initial setting time of cement after water is

added to the dry mixture. Mortar unused for more than initial setting time of cement, shall be rejected and removed

from the site of work.

Proportioning : The unit of measurement for cement shall be a bag of cement weighing 50 kgs and this shall be taken

as 0.035 cubic metre. Sand shall be measured in boxes of suitable size on the basis of its dry volume. In case of damp

sand, its quantity shall be increased suitably to allow for bulkage.

Mixing : The mixing of mortar shall be done in mechanical mixer operated manually or by power. The Engineer-in-

Charge may however, permit hand mixing, as a special case, taking into account the magnitude, nature and location

of work. The Contractor shall take the prior permission of Engineer-in- Charge in writing, for using hand-mix, before the

commencement of work. Mixing in Mechanical Mixer : Cement and sand in specified proportions, by volume, shall be

thoroughly mixed dry in a mixer. Water shall then be added gradually and wet mixing continued for at least one minute.

Care shall be taken not to add more water than that which shall bring the mortar to the consistency of a stiff paste.

Wet mix from the mixer shall be unloaded on watertight masonry platform, made adjacent to the mixer. Platform shall

be at least 150mm above the leveled ground, to avoid contact of surrounding earth with the mix. Size of the platform

shall be such that it shall extend at least 300mm around the loaded wet mix area. Wet mix, so, prepared shall be

utilised within initial setting time [thirty (30) minutes for ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:269] after addition of

water. Mixer shall be cleaned with water each time before suspending the work.

Hand Mixing : The measured quantity of sand shall be leveled on a clean watertight masonry platform and cement

bags emptied on top. The cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry by being turned over and over, backward

and forward, several times till the mixture is of uniform colour. The quantity of dry mix that can be consumed within

initial setting time of cement shall then be mixed with just sufficient quantity of water to bring the mortar to the

consistency of stiff paste.

1.3.2 Brick Work :

Soaking of Bricks : Bricks shall be soaked in water before use for a period that is sufficient for the water to just

penetrate the whole depth of bricks as well as to remove dirt, dust and sand. Proper soaking of bricks shall prevent the

suction of water from the wet mortar as otherwise mortar will dry out soon and crumble before attaining any strength.

The bricks shall not be too wet at the time of use as they are likely to slip on mortar bed and there will be difficulty in

achieving the plumb line of wall as well as proper adhesion of bricks to mortar. The period of soaking shall be

determined at site by field test by immersing the bricks in water for different periods and then breaking the bricks to

find the extent of water penetration. The least period that corresponds to complete soaking, will be the one, to be

allowed for in the construction work. The soaked bricks shall be removed form the tank, sufficient early, so that at the

time of laying, they are skin dry. The soaked bricks shall be stacked over a clean place, on wooden planks or masonry

platforms to avoid earth, dirt being smeared on them.

Laying of Bricks :

Brick Work (one or more brick thickness) : Brickwork (one or more brick thickness) shall be laid in English Bond

unless otherwise specified. Half or cut bricks shall not be used except when needed to complete the bond. In no case

the defective bricks shall be used. A layer of average thickness of 10 mm of cement mortar shall be spread on full

width over a suitable length of lower course or the concrete surface. In order to check and achieve uniformity in

masonry, the thickness of bed joints shall be such that four courses and three joints taken consecutively shall measure

equal to four times the actual thickness of the brick plus 30 mm. Each brick with frog upward shall be properly bedded

and set in position by gently tapping with handle of trowel or wooden mallet. Its inside faces shall be buttered with

mortar before the next brick is laid and pressed against it. After completion of the course, all vertical joints shall be

filled from top with mortar. All brick course shall be taken up truly plumb; if battered, the batter is to be truly maintained.

All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and vertical joints shall be truly vertical. The level and verticality of work in

walls shall be checked up at every 1- metre interval. The masonry walls of structures shall be carried up progressively,

leaving no part one metre lower than the other. If this cannot be adhered to, the brick work shall be raked back

according to bond (and not left toothed) at an angle not more than 45 degrees but raking back shall not start within 60

centimetres of a corner. In all cases returns, buttresses, counter forts, pillars etc. shall be built up carefully course by

course, and properly bonded with the main walls. The brickwork shall not be raised more than fourteen (14) courses

per day. At the junction of any two walls, the bricks shall at each alternate course, be carried into each of the

respective walls so as to thoroughly unite the work. The courses at the top of plinth and sills, at the top of the wall just

below the soffit of the roof slab or roof beam and at the top of the parapet, shall be laid with bricks on edge. Brick on

edge course shall be so arranged as to tightly fit under the soffit of the roof beam or roof slab, restricting the mortar

layer thickness upto 12mm, however, any gap between the finished brick work and soffit or roof slab/beam shall be

suitably sealed with the mortar.

Circular Brick Work : The detailed specification for brick work as above shall apply, in so far as these are applicable.

Brick forming skewbacks, shall be dressed or cut so as to give proper radial bearing. Defects in dressing of bricks shall

not be covered up by extravagant use of mortar, nor shall the use of chips etc, be permitted. The circular brickwork

shall be carried up from both ends simultaneously and keyed in the centre. The bricks shall be flushed with mortar and

well pressed into their position so as to squeeze out a part of their mortar and leave the joints thin and compact. All

joints shall be full of mortar and thickness of joints shall be between 5 mm and 15 mm.

Jointing : Joints shall be restricted to a width of 10mm with brickwork of any classification. All bed joints shall be

normal to the pressure upon them i.e. horizontal in vertical walls, redial in circular brick masonry and at right angles to

the face in the battered retaining walls. The vertical joints in alternate courses shall be taken that all the joints are full

of mortar, well flushed up. In case no pointing is to be done, cement mortar shall be neatly struck as the work

proceeds. The joints in faces, which are to be plastered or pointed, shall be squarely raked out to a depth of 12mm

while the mortar is still green. The rake joints shall be brushed to remove loose particles. After the day’s work, the

faces of the brick shall be cleaned on the same day with wire brush and all mortar dropping removed.

1.3.3 Bad Workmanship : If the workmanship of the brick work laid, or the strengths of mortar after testing found to be

not of acceptable standard, the Engineer-in-charge shall ask the contractor to demolish the brickwork and redo the

brickwork of good quality at the contractors cost.

1.4 Curing : Green work shall be protected from rain or any other running water or accumulated water from any

source, by suitable means. Masonry works, as it progresses, shall be kept thoroughly wet by sprinkling water at

regular intervals, on all faces. Curing shall be done after 24 hours of completion of day’s work and shall be done for

atleast 7 days after completion. Proper watering cans with spray nozzles, rubber or PVC pipes shall be used for this

purpose.

1.5 Testing : The testing of Bricks for its crushing strength, water absorption test etc. shall be carried out as specified

in Gen/D/0.2.

Tests for grading of sand / fine aggregate, bulkage etc shall be as specified at Gen/C/0 and Gen/C/0.2.2.

Tests for cement shall be as specified at Gen/C/0.2.1.

All the tests shall have to be carried out as directed and the cost of contractor. The test records shall be maintained

and kept at site for inspection.

1.6 Staging/Scaffolding : Staging/scaffolding shall be properly planned and designed by the Contractor. Use of only

tubes is permitted for staging/scaffolding. Design of staging/scaffolding shall be submitted for approval of the

Engineer-in-Charge, before commencement of work.

Single scaffolding having one set of vertical support, shall be used and other end of the horizontal scaffolding member

shall rest in a hole provided in the header course. The supports shall be sound and strongly clamped with the

horizontal pieces over which the scaffolding

planks shall be fixed. The holes left in the masonry works for supporting the scaffolding shall be filled and made good

with plain cement concrete of grade 1:3:6 during plastering. Suitable access shall be provided to the working platform

area. The scaffolding shall be strong enough to withstand all loads likely to come upon it and shall also meet all the

requirements specified in IS : 2750. Double scaffolding shall be provided for pillars less than one metre in width or for

the first class masonry or for a building having more than two storeys. The following measures shall also be

considered during erection of the scaffolding/staging.

a) Sufficient sills or underpinnings, in addition to base plates, shall be provided, particularly, where scaffoldings are

erected on soft grounds.

b) Adjustable bases to compensate for uneven ground shall be used.

c) Proper anchoring of the scaffolding/staging at reasonable intervals shall be provided in each direction with the main

structure wherever available.

d) Horizontal braces shall be provided to prevent the scaffolding from rocking.

e) Diagonal braces shall be provided continuously from bottom to top between two adjacent rows of vertical supports.

f) The scaffolding/staging shall be checked at every stage for plumb line.

g) Wherever the scaffolding/staging is found to be out of plumb, it shall be dismantled and re-erected afresh. Effort

shall not be made to bring it in line with a physical force.

h) All clamps and couplings shall be properly tightened with nuts and bolts to avoid slippage.

i) Erection work of a scaffolding/staging under no circumstances shall be left totally to semiskilled of skilled workmen

and shall be carried out under the supervision of contractor’s technically qualified civil engineer. For smaller works or

work in remote areas, wooden ballies or bamboos may be permitted for scaffolding/staging by the Engineer-in-Charge

at his sole discretion. The contractor must ensure the safety and suitability of such works as described under clause

3.5.1

1.7 Embedment of Fixtures : All fixtures, pipes, conduits, holdfasts of doors and windows etc. required to be built in

walls, shall be embedded in plain cement concrete of grade 1:3:6 at the required position as the work proceeds.

1.8 Item to Include : Item includes supply of accepted standard IInd class bricks, all other material viz. cement, sand

or fine aggregate, water; all labour; scaffolding; tools and equipment; bailing out the water, mixing of mortar, laying of

the brickwork as specified above etc.. The cost of testing, the machinery hire/depreciation charges, charges for

scaffolding, curing etc. are deemed to be included in the item rate for the brick work. Item also includes providing

openings, fixtures, preparing soffits for beams or other elements, racking of joints on outer surface etc. upto a lift of + 5

m.

1.9 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The measurement of brickwork will be on volumetric basis in cubic metre

(cum). Deductions for rectangular or circular openings, shall be as per IS : 1200.

25.1 1:6 Cement Mortar. Specification: 26 Providing plaster in cement mortar in 1:3 without neeru finishing to concrete or masonrysurface in all position including scaffolding and curing complete. Specification:

2.1 General : The item pertains to providing Plaster in CM 1:3, without neeru finish to concrete or

masonry surface.

2.2 Material :

Cement : As per item Gen/C/0.2.1.

Sand : As per item Gen/C/0.2.1

Neeru : Standard brand instant neeru or sanala may be used.

Water : As per item Gen/C/0.2.4

2.3 Cement Mortar : Cement mortar of the specified proportion of 1:3 shall be prepared as per

item Gen/E/0.2.

2.4 Preparation of Surface : The joints in masonry shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose

mortar shall be brushed out properly. Efflorescence if any, shall be removed by brushing and

scrapping. The surface shall then be thoroughly washed with water, cleaned and kept wet before

plastering is commenced.

2.5 Scaffolding : The contractor shall provide scaffolding required for facility of construction.

Quoted rates are deemed to included the cost of scaffolding as required. Scaffolding will be double

or single as is warranted by the work. Scaffolding shall be erected with steel sections or pipes,

bullies or bamboos of adequate strength so as to be safe for all construction operations. The

contractor shall take all measures to ensure the safety of the work and working people. Any

instruction of the Engineer-incharge in this respect shall also be complied with. The contractor shall

be entirely responsible for any damage to property or injury to persons resulting from ill erected

scaffolding, defective ladders and materials or otherwise arising out of his default in his respect.

Proper scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach to every part of the work.

Overhead work shall not be allowed.

2.6 Application of Plaster : Before commencing the plastering the surface to the plastered shall

be made wet sprinkling water. The patches of mortar, with thickness equivalent to thickness shall

be provided on the area to be plastered. It shall be ensured that the surface all such patches is in

true level/batter/plumb as the case may be; to achieve this the thickness of patches may vary

m a r g i n a l l y , b u t a v e r a g e t h i c k n e s s s h a l l n o t b e l e s s t h a n t h a t

specified.

1. Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall plaster.

2. Plastering shall be started from the top and worked down towards the floor. All putlog holes shall

be properly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down. To ensure

even thickness and a true surface, plaster about 15x15 cm shall be first applied, horizontally and

vertically, at not more than 2 m intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of

these gauged areas shall be truly in the plane of the finished plaster surface. The mortar shall then

be laid on the wall, between the gauges with trowel. The mortar shall be applied in a uniform

surface slightly more than the specified thickness and then brought to a true surface by working a

wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges, with small upward and side ways movements

at a time. Finally the surface shall be finished off true with trowel or wooden float according as a

smooth or a sandy granular texture is required. Excessive trawling or over working the float shall

be avoided. During this process a solution of lime putty shall be applied on the surface to make the

later workable.

3. All corners, arises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be

and shall be carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering corners, arises, provision of grooves at

junction etc. where required shall be done without any extra payment. Such rounding, chamfering

or grooving shall be carried out using proper templates or battens to the sizes required.

4. When suspending work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left, cut clean to line both

horizontally and vertically. When recommencing the plastering, the edge of the old work shall be

scrapped cleaned and wetted with lime putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas, to

enable the two to properly joint together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day

on the body of wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any corners or arises. It shall not be closed on

the body of the features such as plasters, bands and cornices, nor at the corners of arises.

Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet tops and coping as these invariably

lead to leakage. No portion of the surface should be left out initially to be patched up later on.

5. The surface of the under coat on which the punning is to be done shall be left rough. The

punning shall be applied, when the under coat is still green. The mortar for punning shall be

applied in a uniform layer slightly more than 3 mm thick between gauged pads, with which to

ensure an even and uniformly thick surface by frequent checking with a wooden straight edge. It

shall be finished to an even and smooth surface with trowels.

2.7 Finish : The plaster shall be finished to a true level and plumb surface and to the proper

degree of smoothness as required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with

a true straight edge not less than 2.5 m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and

surfaces shall be tested with a level and all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work

proceeds.

2.8 Thickness : The thickness of the plaster specified shall be measured exclusive of the

thickness of key i.e. grooves or open joints in brick work. The average thickness of plaster shall not

be less than the specified thickness. The minimum thickness over any portion of the surface shall

not be less than specified thickness by more than 3 mm. The average thickness should be

regulated at the time of plastering by keeping suitable thickness of the gauges. Extra thickness

required in doubling behind rounding of corners at junction of wall or in plastering of masonry

cornices etc. shall not be paid for.

2.9 Curing : Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept

wet for a period of seven days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages at

the contractor’s expenses by such means as the Engineer-in-charge may approve. The dates on

which the plastering is done shall be legibly marked on the various sections plastered so that

curing for the specified period thereafter can be watched.

2.10 Precautions : Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow

when tapped, or are found to be soft or otherwise defective shall be cut out in rectangular shape

and replastered as directed by Engineer-in-charge. When ceiling plaster is done, it shall be

finished to chamfered edge at an angle at its junction with a suitable tool when plaster is being

done. Similarly when the wall plaster is being done, it shall be kept separate from the ceiling

plaster by a thin straight groove not deeper than 6 mm drawn with any suitable method while the

plaster is green. To prevent surface cracks appearing between junction of column/beams and walls

150 mm wide chicken wire mesh should be fixed with U nails 150 mm c/c in one vertical plane

should be carried out in one go. For providing and fixing chicken wire mesh with U nails, payment

shall be made separately under relevant item.

2.11 Item to Include : The item includes providing all materials for plastering, including

transportation, royalty for material, all labour, tools and plants, machinery and equipments, staging,

scaffolding, bailing out water, testing, curing and construction as per above specifications etc.

complete.

2.12 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The plaster area shall be measured in sqm as per IS

1200 26.1 20 mm. thick two coats Specification: 27 Providing and applying synthetic super enamel paint conforming to IS:2932 – 1991 ofapproved colour, including scaffolding if necessary and cleaning and preparing the surface,including primer coat etc. complete. Specification:

14.1 General : The item pertains to providing and applying Synthetic Super Enamel paint

conforming to IS:2932, with specified number of coats, over a primer coat.

14.2 Material : Synthetic Super Enamel paint shall be conforming to IS:2932-1991 of approved

brand and manufacturer shall be used. Only ready mixed paint (Exterior grade) as received from

the manufacturer without any admixture shall be used.

Approved paints shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in their original containers in

sealed condition. The material shall brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the

whole work or at least of fortnight’s work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the

contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empties shall not be removed from the site of work, till

the relevant item of work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-

Charge. The empties shall be property of the contractor.

14.3 Scaffolding :

1. Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected on double supports tied together by

horizontal pieces, over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. No bullies, bamboos or planks shall

rest on or touch the surface.

2. Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or

scratches.

14.4 Preparation of Surface : The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust,

dirt, scales, smoke splashes, mortar dropping and grease shall be thoroughly removed before

painting is started. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-

Charge after inspection, before painting is commenced.

Painting shall not be started until the Engineer-in-Charge has inspected the items of work to be

painted, satisfied himself about their proper quality and given his approval to commence the

painting work. Painting of external surface should not be done in adverse weather condition like

hail storm and dust storm.

Painting, except the priming coat, shall generally be taken in hand after practically finishing all

other building work.

The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and the entire building cleaned up, at least one day in

advance of the paint work being started.

14.5 Application : Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred

thoroughly in its containers, when applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in the

smaller containers so that its consistency is kept uniform.

The painting shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of crossing laying off, the latter in the

direction of the grains. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with paint,

brushing the surface hard for the first time over and then brushing alternately in opposite direction,

two or three times and then finallybrushing lightly in a direction at right angles to the same in both

directions. In this process, no brush marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. The full

process of crossing and laying off will constitute one coat. Each coat except the last coat, shall be

lightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat

is laid.

No left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use, the containers shall be

kept properly closed.

No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of

moulding etc. shall be left on the work.

In painting doors and windows, the putty round the glass panes must also be painted but care

must be taken to see that no paint stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces in

similar hidden locations shall not be left out in painting. However, bottom edge of the shutters

where the painting is not practically possible, need not be done nor any deduction on this account

will be done but two coats of primer of approved make shall be done on the bottom edge before

fixing the shutters.

On painting steelworks, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts rivets overlaps

etc.

The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints shall be as according to the

detailed specifications under the respective headings.

14.6 Protective Measures : Doors, windows, floors, article of furniture etc. and such other parts of

the building not to be painted, shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and

droppings, if any

shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost and the surfaces cleaned. Damages if any to

furniture of fittings and fixtures shall be recoverable from the contractor.

14.7 Item to Include : Item includes all labour, material, equipments such as brushes, scrappers,

polish papers etc., scaffolding, cleaning of the area etc. complete as per the specifications. The

item also includes removing nails, marking good holes, cracks, patches etc.

14.8 Mode of Measurement and Payment :

1. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. and area shall be calculated in m2

correct to two place of decimals.

2. Corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat as fixed and the area so measured shall be

increased by the following percentages to allow for the girthed area. Corrugated asbestos cement

sheet 20% Semi corrugated asbestos cement sheet 10%

3. Cornices and other such wall or ceiling features, shall be measured along the girth and included

in the measurements.

The contract rate shall be per sqm area painted including all material and labour involved in all the

operations described above. 27.1 Two coats. Specification: 28 Removing existing plant / tree with due care and replantation of same tree as directed withproper care, machinery, crane, labour, mannure, soil etc all complete . Specification: The item includes trimming of branches of existing trees, excavating the pit in all types of strata

around existing tree. The excavation has to be carried out carefully so that root system of trees isnot disturbed. The tree along with bulb of root system shall have to be moved carefully with themachine. The bulb shall be covered with wet haisam / jute cloth. If required the trim branches shallalso be covered with wet jute cloth. The trees shall be replanted in excavated pit at new location.The size of new excavated pit shall be 0.30 m more than the old excavated pit. The depth of theexcavated pit shall be as per requirement. If required insecticides shall be applied. The wateringarrangement shall have to be made by the contractor at his own cost. Sufficient watering shall bedone. The item includes watering, maintainance of trees for a period of six months. If necessaryassistance from horticulture expert shall be taken at the cost of contractor. Mortality of the plantshall be as low as possible. Location of the pit will be given by the Engineer-incharge. Permission from forest department shall be obtained by the contractor. Total period for excavation of old existing pits, new pits & conveyeing old plants to the new pits andreplantation and confirmation of growth performance shall be at the earliest without hampering thespeed of execution of work. Mode of Measurenment : The contract rate shall be per No. of plants replanted The breakup of payment shall be as fallows: 1) On satisfactory completion of replantation of trees : 50% 2) On completion of six months of maintainance period : 50%. 29 Supplying 50 mm to 75 mm trap stone oversize metal at the road side including, conveyingand stacking etc. complete including all taxes and royalty and all leads . Specification: 3.1 General : The item provides the supply of specified type of stone metal 50 mm to 75 mmoversize at the roadside including obtaining the rubble from approved sources and quality andhand breaking to size, conveying to the site of work, including all lifts and leads upto 10 km and stacking in regular stacksas specified. 3.2 Material : Metal shall be obtained from the approved quarries as specified below : 3.2.1 Quarries : The contractor shall obtain the metal of the approved quality to the extentrequired for the work from the approved and authorized quarries out of approved quality rubble. Heshall, however, obtain the necessary permissions from the competent authorities, pay royalties,duties and if applicable octroi and be liable to pay compensation for any damage caused to thequarries or the land or property and adjoining properties either deliberately or through negligenceor otherwise, or from waste of materials in obtaining the requisite quantity of rubble. Blasting, ifrequired, shall be done with utmost care according to specification by obtaining necessarypermission for blasting operation from the competent authorities and the contractor shall be fullyresponsible for any accidents and compensations resulting there from. Alternatively, the contractorshall make his own arrangement for supply of hand broken metal approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensations to be paid asroyalty, rents, octroi and duties or damages to properties and injuries to persons etc., caused inobtaining the metal. No claim on account of any obstruction caused in collection of materials ordifficulties or action arising out of quarrying in private land shall be entertained and MIDC willremain indemnified with regard to such action and payment. Quarrying shall be done only fromsound portions of approved quarries, the disintegrated and weathered portions shall be rejected.The payment of royalty shall be made by the contractor and no reimbursement from MIDC isadmissible. 3.2.2 Metal : Quality : The metal of the trap stones shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, dense, clean, of closetexture and free from unsound material, cracks, decay and weathering. Their water absorptionshall be as low as possible but not more than 2 per cent. They shall generally be hand broken

metal. The physical test on metal shall be conducted by Engineer-in- Charge. The cost of suchtesting shall be inclusive in unit rate of Item. Size : The shape of the stone metal shall be regular The stone shall be broken with the smallestdimensions equal to the 50 mm thickness of oversize metal. The longest dimension shall not bemore than 75 mm. Before starting collection, the contractor shall get a sample conforming to therequired quality shape and size approved from the Engineer-in-Charge who will preserve it in hissite office for reference. The size of the metal shall be between 50 to 75 mm. 3.3 Conveyance to Site : Materials shall be brought to site for construction. The contractor shallbe responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting materials do not drop any of the contentson the road and shall not cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall also be responsible for anydamage or accident arising out of any such material falling on the road or elsewhere and shallattend and settle to all complaints in this regard. The Engineer-in-Charge may order the removal ofsuch materials at the expenses of the contractor in case of negligence. Vehicles conveying ordepositing materials shall not obstruct traffic. All leads upto 10 km and lifts included in the rate forthe item. 3.4 Stacking : The metal shall be stacked uniformly along the roadside or as directed in regularstacks of 3 m X 2 m X 1 m unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. Stackingshall be done only after the quality, shape and size of the metal are approved. The stacks shall bemade without appreciable hollows without making special efforts to hand-pack the material. Thestacks shall be free of earth, rubbish, vegetation, inferior or oversize or undersize material. Onestack in each unit section may be of different length if necessary to make up the total quantity inthat particular section. Low and wide stacks with outer retaining walls and the center filled inloosely shall not be permitted. The material shall be stacked entirely clear of the carriage way andas far as possible beyond the side widths and the side drains, on even ground or in the absence ofsuch even ground the platforms prepared in advance for the purpose by the contractor at his cost.If no such land is available, the width of the stack may be reduced and the stacks may be laid onthe side widths with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Such stacks shall be protected frombeing disturbed. Necessary precautions to provide barricading, signs and signals shall be taken,the contractor being responsible for any accident, injury and compensation due to his negligence inthis respect. On hill roads material shall be stacked only at places where narrow width and stackedon the side of the road as directed without interfering with free drainage. The Engineer-in-Chargemay, if required, get the stacks coming in the way of or obstructing the traffic, removed at the costof the contractor and the contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage to thematerials on that account. The stacking operations shall be started at the point farthest from thequarry and carried towards the nearest point. The stacks shall not be laid at such places wherethey are likely to be damaged on account of the traffic, washing out by rains or floods or drainage,slides of the banks or the slopes of cutting. The contractor without extra claims shall make any losson account of these or such other reasons good. As far as possible the metal shall be stackedevenly on one side of the road only and in such quantities per unit length as will be required forthat particular length or as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge. 3.5 Special Points : The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consent of owners ofquarries and lands, payment of royalties, octroi and duties, fees, rents, taxes etc. compensationdue to injuries to persons or damages to property in any way connected with the execution of thisitem and for loss of materials due to improper stacking etc., and shall make good the losseswithout extra claims. The contractor shall also be responsible for the blasting operations requiredfor obtaining the rubble. 3.6 Item to Include : 1) Obtaining metal of approved quality, shape and size from quarry metal, boulder metal, Lateritemetal and making payment of royalties, taxes, fees, rents, octroi and duties etc 2) Conveying to roadside including leads upto 10 km and all lifts. 3) Stacking. 3.7 Mode of Measurement and Payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of metalsupplied at site in stacks of approved size. When the metal is specified to be stacked in stacks of

one uniform size, smallest stack may be chosen in the particular km or unit section and measuredfor its length, breadth and depth. The cubic contents of this stack shall be multiplied by the numberof such stacks in the km or unit section to arrive at the quantity in the particular km or unit section.The Engineer-in-Charge may measure any other stacks also for verification. When the sizes ofstacks are not uniform, each stack shall be measured individually. The dimensions shall bemeasured correct to two places of decimal of a meter and quantity worked out correct to twoplaces of decimals of a cubic meter. If there is reason to believe that the stacks are very loose andare having unduly large hollows and or materials not satisfying the specifications, the stacks maybe got opened and restacked properly after removing the inferior material as directed by theEngineer- in- Charge by the contractor at his cost. The measurements of such a stack shall thenbe taken and if they are less than those of a normal heap, the quantity of the restacked stack shallbe multiplied by the no. of stacks to arrive at the quantity in the particular unit or length. Nodeduction shall be made for voids. Metal shall not be used until the full quantity is collected in kmor particular unit and measured. All stacks measured shall be marked with lime wash bands todistinguish them to avoid double measurement. If the material is found to be of inferior quality or ofsize not satisfying the requirements, the same shall be rejected summarily. All labour, materialsetc. required for measuring, restacking, checking, lime washing, etc. shall be at the cost ofcontractor. 29.1 Quarry metal. Specification: 30 Providing and fixing cautionary / mandatory / warning sign board made out of 3mm thick G.P.sheet highly resistance to moisture and having tensile strength 80 Mpa, compressive strength 160Mpa and treated for adhesive bonded with green retro reflective sheeting of high intensity gradehaving pressure sensitive heat activated adhesive white reflective cut out border with the messagehaving pressure sensitive screen printing of green transperent current over white retroreflectivesheeting having border and message in white back ground having a finish surface at back sidewith pigment french gray colour including M.S. angle of size 65x65x6 mm and 3.65 mtr longproperly cross braced with iron angle of size 50x50x5 mm duly painted with one coat of epoxypaint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including GI fixture and fixing theboard in 1:2:4 concrete block size 0.60x0.60x0.75 mt. including transportation etc. complete. Specification:

13.1 General: The work shall be executed as detailed in the item & as directed by the Engineer in-

charge.

13.2 Specifications: All the specifications shall be as per & as per standard engineering practice.

The manufacturers certificate shall be furnished for quality assurance.

13.3 Lettering and numerals for informatory sign boards definitions plates shall be accordance

with I.R.C.- “ Standard letters and numerals of different heights for use of highway signs” and that

of Marathi ( Devnagari ) letters shall be in proportion of English letters of different heights. The

numerals shall be in English, even for Marathi ( Devnagari ) informatory signs.

Colours shall be in accordance with IS-5-1961 ( Since revised IS-5-1994)

The sheet and MS angles should be in one piece and without joints. The sign plate shall be

securely bolted the posts. The remaining portion of the bolts after tightening the nut shall be

hammered to form reverting. The sign plate should never be welded to the post.

13.4 Mode Of Measurements: The mode of measurement shall be per number. of sign boards of

specified size, provided & fixed in positions as per specifications. 30.1 Cautionary / mandatory / warning sign board having shape of equilaterial trangle of 90 cmsides Specification: 31 Providing and supplying at departmental store Plain PVC pipes(Working pressure 6 kg/cm2)as per latest BS/IS specifications including cost of transportation and bearing ISI mark. Specification:

31.1 100mm dia Specification: 32 Providing and fixing informatory sign boards in square or rectangular shape of any size madeout of 12 gauge (3 mm) thick Aluminium sheet bounded with green reflective sheeting of highintensity grade having pressure sensitive / heat activated adhesive white retro reflective cut outborder with message having pressure sensitive screen printing of green transparent colour overwhite retro reflective sheeting having border and message in white back ground including M.S.angle iron frame of size 35 x 35 x 3 mm and two M.S. angle iron post of size 65 x 65 x 6 mm, 3.65m long properly cross based with angle iron of size 50 x 50 x 5 mm duly painted with one coat ofepoxy finish paint having alternate black and white bands of 25 cm width including G. I. fixtures etccomplete. Specification:

3.1 General: The work shall be executed as detailed in the item & as directed by the Engineer in-

charge.

3.2 Specifications: All the specifications shall be as per IRC & as per standard engineering

practice. The manufacturers certificate shall be furnished for quality assurance.

Lettering and numerals for informatory sign boards definitions plates shall be accordance with

I.R.C “ Standard letters and numerals of different heights for use of highway signs” and that of

Marathi ( Devnagari ) letters shall be in proportion of English letters of different heights. The

numerals shall be in English, even for Marathi ( Devnagari ) informatory signs.

Colours shall be in accordance with IS-5-1961 ( Since revised IS-5-1994)

Stove Enameling shall be as per IS-151-1985.

To check whether the boards is painted with stove enamel, put few drops of industrial chloroform

on the surface where painting is done and watch for minimum 5 minutes. If the board is painted

with stove enamel surface will not be show any effect or otherwise the painted surface will be

The item includes the providing and supplying at departmental store Plain PVC pipes(Working pressure 6 kg/cm2) as per latest BS/IS specifications including cost of

transportation and bearing ISI mark.

Mode of Measurement : The contract rate shall be unit of per meter length.

damaged / peeled off from the metal plate. Finished sign plates shall be coated with non-peelable

crystal clear protective transparent coating on front side to avoid damage retaining 100% reflection

for full retro reflective and partial retro reflective traffic road signs. ( Not obligatory)

The sheet and angle iron posts should be in one piece and without joints. The sign plate shall be

securely bolted the posts. The remaining portion of the bolts after tightening the nut shall be

hammered to form reverting. The sign plate should never be welded to the post.

3.3 Mode of Measurements: The mode of measurement shall be per sqm of informatory sign

board provided & fixed in positions as per specifications. The area of the informatory board

provided & fixed shall be measured in sqm and paid for.

Signed By

Organisation Unit

Signed Date

MAHARASHTRA

MAHARASHTRAINDUSTRIALDEVELOPMENTCORPORATION02/02/2016

:

:

:
